3 * Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
4 * 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 by Larry Wall
7 * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
8 * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file.
13 * 'I wonder what the Entish is for "yes" and "no",' he thought.
16 * [p.480 of _The Lord of the Rings_, III/iv: "Treebeard"]
22 * This file contains the code that creates, manipulates and destroys
23 * scalar values (SVs). The other types (AV, HV, GV, etc.) reuse the
24 * structure of an SV, so their creation and destruction is handled
25 * here; higher-level functions are in av.c, hv.c, and so on. Opcode
26 * level functions (eg. substr, split, join) for each of the types are
36 # if __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined(VMS)
47 /* Missing proto on LynxOS */
48 char *gconvert(double, int, int, char *);
51 #ifdef PERL_UTF8_CACHE_ASSERT
52 /* if adding more checks watch out for the following tests:
53 * t/op/index.t t/op/length.t t/op/pat.t t/op/substr.t
54 * lib/utf8.t lib/Unicode/Collate/t/index.t
57 # define ASSERT_UTF8_CACHE(cache) \
58 STMT_START { if (cache) { assert((cache)[0] <= (cache)[1]); \
59 assert((cache)[2] <= (cache)[3]); \
60 assert((cache)[3] <= (cache)[1]);} \
63 # define ASSERT_UTF8_CACHE(cache) NOOP
66 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
67 #define SV_COW_NEXT_SV(sv) INT2PTR(SV *,SvUVX(sv))
68 #define SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(current,next) SvUV_set(current, PTR2UV(next))
71 /* ============================================================================
73 =head1 Allocation and deallocation of SVs.
75 An SV (or AV, HV, etc.) is allocated in two parts: the head (struct
76 sv, av, hv...) contains type and reference count information, and for
77 many types, a pointer to the body (struct xrv, xpv, xpviv...), which
78 contains fields specific to each type. Some types store all they need
79 in the head, so don't have a body.
81 In all but the most memory-paranoid configurations (ex: PURIFY), heads
82 and bodies are allocated out of arenas, which by default are
83 approximately 4K chunks of memory parcelled up into N heads or bodies.
84 Sv-bodies are allocated by their sv-type, guaranteeing size
85 consistency needed to allocate safely from arrays.
87 For SV-heads, the first slot in each arena is reserved, and holds a
88 link to the next arena, some flags, and a note of the number of slots.
89 Snaked through each arena chain is a linked list of free items; when
90 this becomes empty, an extra arena is allocated and divided up into N
91 items which are threaded into the free list.
93 SV-bodies are similar, but they use arena-sets by default, which
94 separate the link and info from the arena itself, and reclaim the 1st
95 slot in the arena. SV-bodies are further described later.
97 The following global variables are associated with arenas:
99 PL_sv_arenaroot pointer to list of SV arenas
100 PL_sv_root pointer to list of free SV structures
102 PL_body_arenas head of linked-list of body arenas
103 PL_body_roots[] array of pointers to list of free bodies of svtype
104 arrays are indexed by the svtype needed
106 A few special SV heads are not allocated from an arena, but are
107 instead directly created in the interpreter structure, eg PL_sv_undef.
108 The size of arenas can be changed from the default by setting
109 PERL_ARENA_SIZE appropriately at compile time.
111 The SV arena serves the secondary purpose of allowing still-live SVs
112 to be located and destroyed during final cleanup.
114 At the lowest level, the macros new_SV() and del_SV() grab and free
115 an SV head. (If debugging with -DD, del_SV() calls the function S_del_sv()
116 to return the SV to the free list with error checking.) new_SV() calls
117 more_sv() / sv_add_arena() to add an extra arena if the free list is empty.
118 SVs in the free list have their SvTYPE field set to all ones.
120 At the time of very final cleanup, sv_free_arenas() is called from
121 perl_destruct() to physically free all the arenas allocated since the
122 start of the interpreter.
124 The function visit() scans the SV arenas list, and calls a specified
125 function for each SV it finds which is still live - ie which has an SvTYPE
126 other than all 1's, and a non-zero SvREFCNT. visit() is used by the
127 following functions (specified as [function that calls visit()] / [function
128 called by visit() for each SV]):
130 sv_report_used() / do_report_used()
131 dump all remaining SVs (debugging aid)
133 sv_clean_objs() / do_clean_objs(),do_clean_named_objs(),
134 do_clean_named_io_objs(),do_curse()
135 Attempt to free all objects pointed to by RVs,
136 try to do the same for all objects indir-
137 ectly referenced by typeglobs too, and
138 then do a final sweep, cursing any
139 objects that remain. Called once from
140 perl_destruct(), prior to calling sv_clean_all()
143 sv_clean_all() / do_clean_all()
144 SvREFCNT_dec(sv) each remaining SV, possibly
145 triggering an sv_free(). It also sets the
146 SVf_BREAK flag on the SV to indicate that the
147 refcnt has been artificially lowered, and thus
148 stopping sv_free() from giving spurious warnings
149 about SVs which unexpectedly have a refcnt
150 of zero. called repeatedly from perl_destruct()
151 until there are no SVs left.
153 =head2 Arena allocator API Summary
155 Private API to rest of sv.c
159 new_XPVNV(), del_XPVGV(),
164 sv_report_used(), sv_clean_objs(), sv_clean_all(), sv_free_arenas()
168 * ========================================================================= */
171 * "A time to plant, and a time to uproot what was planted..."
175 # define MEM_LOG_NEW_SV(sv, file, line, func) \
176 Perl_mem_log_new_sv(sv, file, line, func)
177 # define MEM_LOG_DEL_SV(sv, file, line, func) \
178 Perl_mem_log_del_sv(sv, file, line, func)
180 # define MEM_LOG_NEW_SV(sv, file, line, func) NOOP
181 # define MEM_LOG_DEL_SV(sv, file, line, func) NOOP
184 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS
185 # define FREE_SV_DEBUG_FILE(sv) STMT_START { \
186 if ((sv)->sv_debug_file) PerlMemShared_free((sv)->sv_debug_file); \
188 # define DEBUG_SV_SERIAL(sv) \
189 DEBUG_m(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf": (%05ld) del_SV\n", \
190 PTR2UV(sv), (long)(sv)->sv_debug_serial))
192 # define FREE_SV_DEBUG_FILE(sv)
193 # define DEBUG_SV_SERIAL(sv) NOOP
197 # define SvARENA_CHAIN(sv) ((sv)->sv_u.svu_rv)
198 # define SvARENA_CHAIN_SET(sv,val) (sv)->sv_u.svu_rv = MUTABLE_SV((val))
199 /* Whilst I'd love to do this, it seems that things like to check on
201 # define POSION_SV_HEAD(sv) PoisonNew(sv, 1, struct STRUCT_SV)
203 # define POSION_SV_HEAD(sv) PoisonNew(&SvANY(sv), 1, void *), \
204 PoisonNew(&SvREFCNT(sv), 1, U32)
206 # define SvARENA_CHAIN(sv) SvANY(sv)
207 # define SvARENA_CHAIN_SET(sv,val) SvANY(sv) = (void *)(val)
208 # define POSION_SV_HEAD(sv)
211 /* Mark an SV head as unused, and add to free list.
213 * If SVf_BREAK is set, skip adding it to the free list, as this SV had
214 * its refcount artificially decremented during global destruction, so
215 * there may be dangling pointers to it. The last thing we want in that
216 * case is for it to be reused. */
218 #define plant_SV(p) \
220 const U32 old_flags = SvFLAGS(p); \
221 MEM_LOG_DEL_SV(p, __FILE__, __LINE__, FUNCTION__); \
222 DEBUG_SV_SERIAL(p); \
223 FREE_SV_DEBUG_FILE(p); \
225 SvFLAGS(p) = SVTYPEMASK; \
226 if (!(old_flags & SVf_BREAK)) { \
227 SvARENA_CHAIN_SET(p, PL_sv_root); \
233 #define uproot_SV(p) \
236 PL_sv_root = MUTABLE_SV(SvARENA_CHAIN(p)); \
241 /* make some more SVs by adding another arena */
248 char *chunk; /* must use New here to match call to */
249 Newx(chunk,PERL_ARENA_SIZE,char); /* Safefree() in sv_free_arenas() */
250 sv_add_arena(chunk, PERL_ARENA_SIZE, 0);
255 /* new_SV(): return a new, empty SV head */
257 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS
258 /* provide a real function for a debugger to play with */
260 S_new_SV(pTHX_ const char *file, int line, const char *func)
267 sv = S_more_sv(aTHX);
271 sv->sv_debug_optype = PL_op ? PL_op->op_type : 0;
272 sv->sv_debug_line = (U16) (PL_parser && PL_parser->copline != NOLINE
278 sv->sv_debug_inpad = 0;
279 sv->sv_debug_parent = NULL;
280 sv->sv_debug_file = PL_curcop ? savesharedpv(CopFILE(PL_curcop)): NULL;
282 sv->sv_debug_serial = PL_sv_serial++;
284 MEM_LOG_NEW_SV(sv, file, line, func);
285 DEBUG_m(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf": (%05ld) new_SV (from %s:%d [%s])\n",
286 PTR2UV(sv), (long)sv->sv_debug_serial, file, line, func));
290 # define new_SV(p) (p)=S_new_SV(aTHX_ __FILE__, __LINE__, FUNCTION__)
298 (p) = S_more_sv(aTHX); \
302 MEM_LOG_NEW_SV(p, __FILE__, __LINE__, FUNCTION__); \
307 /* del_SV(): return an empty SV head to the free list */
320 S_del_sv(pTHX_ SV *p)
324 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_DEL_SV;
329 for (sva = PL_sv_arenaroot; sva; sva = MUTABLE_SV(SvANY(sva))) {
330 const SV * const sv = sva + 1;
331 const SV * const svend = &sva[SvREFCNT(sva)];
332 if (p >= sv && p < svend) {
338 Perl_ck_warner_d(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_INTERNAL),
339 "Attempt to free non-arena SV: 0x%"UVxf
340 pTHX__FORMAT, PTR2UV(p) pTHX__VALUE);
347 #else /* ! DEBUGGING */
349 #define del_SV(p) plant_SV(p)
351 #endif /* DEBUGGING */
355 =head1 SV Manipulation Functions
357 =for apidoc sv_add_arena
359 Given a chunk of memory, link it to the head of the list of arenas,
360 and split it into a list of free SVs.
366 S_sv_add_arena(pTHX_ char *const ptr, const U32 size, const U32 flags)
369 SV *const sva = MUTABLE_SV(ptr);
373 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_ADD_ARENA;
375 /* The first SV in an arena isn't an SV. */
376 SvANY(sva) = (void *) PL_sv_arenaroot; /* ptr to next arena */
377 SvREFCNT(sva) = size / sizeof(SV); /* number of SV slots */
378 SvFLAGS(sva) = flags; /* FAKE if not to be freed */
380 PL_sv_arenaroot = sva;
381 PL_sv_root = sva + 1;
383 svend = &sva[SvREFCNT(sva) - 1];
386 SvARENA_CHAIN_SET(sv, (sv + 1));
390 /* Must always set typemask because it's always checked in on cleanup
391 when the arenas are walked looking for objects. */
392 SvFLAGS(sv) = SVTYPEMASK;
395 SvARENA_CHAIN_SET(sv, 0);
399 SvFLAGS(sv) = SVTYPEMASK;
402 /* visit(): call the named function for each non-free SV in the arenas
403 * whose flags field matches the flags/mask args. */
406 S_visit(pTHX_ SVFUNC_t f, const U32 flags, const U32 mask)
412 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_VISIT;
414 for (sva = PL_sv_arenaroot; sva; sva = MUTABLE_SV(SvANY(sva))) {
415 const SV * const svend = &sva[SvREFCNT(sva)];
417 for (sv = sva + 1; sv < svend; ++sv) {
418 if (SvTYPE(sv) != (svtype)SVTYPEMASK
419 && (sv->sv_flags & mask) == flags
432 /* called by sv_report_used() for each live SV */
435 do_report_used(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
437 if (SvTYPE(sv) != (svtype)SVTYPEMASK) {
438 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "****\n");
445 =for apidoc sv_report_used
447 Dump the contents of all SVs not yet freed (debugging aid).
453 Perl_sv_report_used(pTHX)
456 visit(do_report_used, 0, 0);
462 /* called by sv_clean_objs() for each live SV */
465 do_clean_objs(pTHX_ SV *const ref)
470 SV * const target = SvRV(ref);
471 if (SvOBJECT(target)) {
472 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "Cleaning object ref:\n "), sv_dump(ref)));
473 if (SvWEAKREF(ref)) {
474 sv_del_backref(target, ref);
480 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(target);
487 /* clear any slots in a GV which hold objects - except IO;
488 * called by sv_clean_objs() for each live GV */
491 do_clean_named_objs(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
495 assert(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVGV);
496 assert(isGV_with_GP(sv));
500 /* freeing GP entries may indirectly free the current GV;
501 * hold onto it while we mess with the GP slots */
504 if ( ((obj = GvSV(sv) )) && SvOBJECT(obj)) {
505 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
506 "Cleaning named glob SV object:\n "), sv_dump(obj)));
508 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(obj);
510 if ( ((obj = MUTABLE_SV(GvAV(sv)) )) && SvOBJECT(obj)) {
511 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
512 "Cleaning named glob AV object:\n "), sv_dump(obj)));
514 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(obj);
516 if ( ((obj = MUTABLE_SV(GvHV(sv)) )) && SvOBJECT(obj)) {
517 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
518 "Cleaning named glob HV object:\n "), sv_dump(obj)));
520 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(obj);
522 if ( ((obj = MUTABLE_SV(GvCV(sv)) )) && SvOBJECT(obj)) {
523 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
524 "Cleaning named glob CV object:\n "), sv_dump(obj)));
526 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(obj);
528 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); /* undo the inc above */
531 /* clear any IO slots in a GV which hold objects (except stderr, defout);
532 * called by sv_clean_objs() for each live GV */
535 do_clean_named_io_objs(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
539 assert(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVGV);
540 assert(isGV_with_GP(sv));
541 if (!GvGP(sv) || sv == (SV*)PL_stderrgv || sv == (SV*)PL_defoutgv)
545 if ( ((obj = MUTABLE_SV(GvIO(sv)) )) && SvOBJECT(obj)) {
546 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
547 "Cleaning named glob IO object:\n "), sv_dump(obj)));
549 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(obj);
551 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv); /* undo the inc above */
554 /* Void wrapper to pass to visit() */
556 do_curse(pTHX_ SV * const sv) {
557 if ((PL_stderrgv && GvGP(PL_stderrgv) && (SV*)GvIO(PL_stderrgv) == sv)
558 || (PL_defoutgv && GvGP(PL_defoutgv) && (SV*)GvIO(PL_defoutgv) == sv))
564 =for apidoc sv_clean_objs
566 Attempt to destroy all objects not yet freed.
572 Perl_sv_clean_objs(pTHX)
576 PL_in_clean_objs = TRUE;
577 visit(do_clean_objs, SVf_ROK, SVf_ROK);
578 /* Some barnacles may yet remain, clinging to typeglobs.
579 * Run the non-IO destructors first: they may want to output
580 * error messages, close files etc */
581 visit(do_clean_named_objs, SVt_PVGV|SVpgv_GP, SVTYPEMASK|SVp_POK|SVpgv_GP);
582 visit(do_clean_named_io_objs, SVt_PVGV|SVpgv_GP, SVTYPEMASK|SVp_POK|SVpgv_GP);
583 /* And if there are some very tenacious barnacles clinging to arrays,
584 closures, or what have you.... */
585 visit(do_curse, SVs_OBJECT, SVs_OBJECT);
586 olddef = PL_defoutgv;
587 PL_defoutgv = NULL; /* disable skip of PL_defoutgv */
588 if (olddef && isGV_with_GP(olddef))
589 do_clean_named_io_objs(aTHX_ MUTABLE_SV(olddef));
590 olderr = PL_stderrgv;
591 PL_stderrgv = NULL; /* disable skip of PL_stderrgv */
592 if (olderr && isGV_with_GP(olderr))
593 do_clean_named_io_objs(aTHX_ MUTABLE_SV(olderr));
594 SvREFCNT_dec(olddef);
595 PL_in_clean_objs = FALSE;
598 /* called by sv_clean_all() for each live SV */
601 do_clean_all(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
604 if (sv == (const SV *) PL_fdpid || sv == (const SV *)PL_strtab) {
605 /* don't clean pid table and strtab */
608 DEBUG_D((PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "Cleaning loops: SV at 0x%"UVxf"\n", PTR2UV(sv)) ));
609 SvFLAGS(sv) |= SVf_BREAK;
614 =for apidoc sv_clean_all
616 Decrement the refcnt of each remaining SV, possibly triggering a
617 cleanup. This function may have to be called multiple times to free
618 SVs which are in complex self-referential hierarchies.
624 Perl_sv_clean_all(pTHX)
628 PL_in_clean_all = TRUE;
629 cleaned = visit(do_clean_all, 0,0);
634 ARENASETS: a meta-arena implementation which separates arena-info
635 into struct arena_set, which contains an array of struct
636 arena_descs, each holding info for a single arena. By separating
637 the meta-info from the arena, we recover the 1st slot, formerly
638 borrowed for list management. The arena_set is about the size of an
639 arena, avoiding the needless malloc overhead of a naive linked-list.
641 The cost is 1 arena-set malloc per ~320 arena-mallocs, + the unused
642 memory in the last arena-set (1/2 on average). In trade, we get
643 back the 1st slot in each arena (ie 1.7% of a CV-arena, less for
644 smaller types). The recovery of the wasted space allows use of
645 small arenas for large, rare body types, by changing array* fields
646 in body_details_by_type[] below.
649 char *arena; /* the raw storage, allocated aligned */
650 size_t size; /* its size ~4k typ */
651 svtype utype; /* bodytype stored in arena */
656 /* Get the maximum number of elements in set[] such that struct arena_set
657 will fit within PERL_ARENA_SIZE, which is probably just under 4K, and
658 therefore likely to be 1 aligned memory page. */
660 #define ARENAS_PER_SET ((PERL_ARENA_SIZE - sizeof(struct arena_set*) \
661 - 2 * sizeof(int)) / sizeof (struct arena_desc))
664 struct arena_set* next;
665 unsigned int set_size; /* ie ARENAS_PER_SET */
666 unsigned int curr; /* index of next available arena-desc */
667 struct arena_desc set[ARENAS_PER_SET];
671 =for apidoc sv_free_arenas
673 Deallocate the memory used by all arenas. Note that all the individual SV
674 heads and bodies within the arenas must already have been freed.
679 Perl_sv_free_arenas(pTHX)
686 /* Free arenas here, but be careful about fake ones. (We assume
687 contiguity of the fake ones with the corresponding real ones.) */
689 for (sva = PL_sv_arenaroot; sva; sva = svanext) {
690 svanext = MUTABLE_SV(SvANY(sva));
691 while (svanext && SvFAKE(svanext))
692 svanext = MUTABLE_SV(SvANY(svanext));
699 struct arena_set *aroot = (struct arena_set*) PL_body_arenas;
702 struct arena_set *current = aroot;
705 assert(aroot->set[i].arena);
706 Safefree(aroot->set[i].arena);
714 i = PERL_ARENA_ROOTS_SIZE;
716 PL_body_roots[i] = 0;
723 Here are mid-level routines that manage the allocation of bodies out
724 of the various arenas. There are 5 kinds of arenas:
726 1. SV-head arenas, which are discussed and handled above
727 2. regular body arenas
728 3. arenas for reduced-size bodies
731 Arena types 2 & 3 are chained by body-type off an array of
732 arena-root pointers, which is indexed by svtype. Some of the
733 larger/less used body types are malloced singly, since a large
734 unused block of them is wasteful. Also, several svtypes dont have
735 bodies; the data fits into the sv-head itself. The arena-root
736 pointer thus has a few unused root-pointers (which may be hijacked
737 later for arena types 4,5)
739 3 differs from 2 as an optimization; some body types have several
740 unused fields in the front of the structure (which are kept in-place
741 for consistency). These bodies can be allocated in smaller chunks,
742 because the leading fields arent accessed. Pointers to such bodies
743 are decremented to point at the unused 'ghost' memory, knowing that
744 the pointers are used with offsets to the real memory.
747 =head1 SV-Body Allocation
749 Allocation of SV-bodies is similar to SV-heads, differing as follows;
750 the allocation mechanism is used for many body types, so is somewhat
751 more complicated, it uses arena-sets, and has no need for still-live
754 At the outermost level, (new|del)_X*V macros return bodies of the
755 appropriate type. These macros call either (new|del)_body_type or
756 (new|del)_body_allocated macro pairs, depending on specifics of the
757 type. Most body types use the former pair, the latter pair is used to
758 allocate body types with "ghost fields".
760 "ghost fields" are fields that are unused in certain types, and
761 consequently don't need to actually exist. They are declared because
762 they're part of a "base type", which allows use of functions as
763 methods. The simplest examples are AVs and HVs, 2 aggregate types
764 which don't use the fields which support SCALAR semantics.
766 For these types, the arenas are carved up into appropriately sized
767 chunks, we thus avoid wasted memory for those unaccessed members.
768 When bodies are allocated, we adjust the pointer back in memory by the
769 size of the part not allocated, so it's as if we allocated the full
770 structure. (But things will all go boom if you write to the part that
771 is "not there", because you'll be overwriting the last members of the
772 preceding structure in memory.)
774 We calculate the correction using the STRUCT_OFFSET macro on the first
775 member present. If the allocated structure is smaller (no initial NV
776 actually allocated) then the net effect is to subtract the size of the NV
777 from the pointer, to return a new pointer as if an initial NV were actually
778 allocated. (We were using structures named *_allocated for this, but
779 this turned out to be a subtle bug, because a structure without an NV
780 could have a lower alignment constraint, but the compiler is allowed to
781 optimised accesses based on the alignment constraint of the actual pointer
782 to the full structure, for example, using a single 64 bit load instruction
783 because it "knows" that two adjacent 32 bit members will be 8-byte aligned.)
785 This is the same trick as was used for NV and IV bodies. Ironically it
786 doesn't need to be used for NV bodies any more, because NV is now at
787 the start of the structure. IV bodies don't need it either, because
788 they are no longer allocated.
790 In turn, the new_body_* allocators call S_new_body(), which invokes
791 new_body_inline macro, which takes a lock, and takes a body off the
792 linked list at PL_body_roots[sv_type], calling Perl_more_bodies() if
793 necessary to refresh an empty list. Then the lock is released, and
794 the body is returned.
796 Perl_more_bodies allocates a new arena, and carves it up into an array of N
797 bodies, which it strings into a linked list. It looks up arena-size
798 and body-size from the body_details table described below, thus
799 supporting the multiple body-types.
801 If PURIFY is defined, or PERL_ARENA_SIZE=0, arenas are not used, and
802 the (new|del)_X*V macros are mapped directly to malloc/free.
804 For each sv-type, struct body_details bodies_by_type[] carries
805 parameters which control these aspects of SV handling:
807 Arena_size determines whether arenas are used for this body type, and if
808 so, how big they are. PURIFY or PERL_ARENA_SIZE=0 set this field to
809 zero, forcing individual mallocs and frees.
811 Body_size determines how big a body is, and therefore how many fit into
812 each arena. Offset carries the body-pointer adjustment needed for
813 "ghost fields", and is used in *_allocated macros.
815 But its main purpose is to parameterize info needed in
816 Perl_sv_upgrade(). The info here dramatically simplifies the function
817 vs the implementation in 5.8.8, making it table-driven. All fields
818 are used for this, except for arena_size.
820 For the sv-types that have no bodies, arenas are not used, so those
821 PL_body_roots[sv_type] are unused, and can be overloaded. In
822 something of a special case, SVt_NULL is borrowed for HE arenas;
823 PL_body_roots[HE_SVSLOT=SVt_NULL] is filled by S_more_he, but the
824 bodies_by_type[SVt_NULL] slot is not used, as the table is not
829 struct body_details {
830 U8 body_size; /* Size to allocate */
831 U8 copy; /* Size of structure to copy (may be shorter) */
833 unsigned int type : 4; /* We have space for a sanity check. */
834 unsigned int cant_upgrade : 1; /* Cannot upgrade this type */
835 unsigned int zero_nv : 1; /* zero the NV when upgrading from this */
836 unsigned int arena : 1; /* Allocated from an arena */
837 size_t arena_size; /* Size of arena to allocate */
845 /* With -DPURFIY we allocate everything directly, and don't use arenas.
846 This seems a rather elegant way to simplify some of the code below. */
847 #define HASARENA FALSE
849 #define HASARENA TRUE
851 #define NOARENA FALSE
853 /* Size the arenas to exactly fit a given number of bodies. A count
854 of 0 fits the max number bodies into a PERL_ARENA_SIZE.block,
855 simplifying the default. If count > 0, the arena is sized to fit
856 only that many bodies, allowing arenas to be used for large, rare
857 bodies (XPVFM, XPVIO) without undue waste. The arena size is
858 limited by PERL_ARENA_SIZE, so we can safely oversize the
861 #define FIT_ARENA0(body_size) \
862 ((size_t)(PERL_ARENA_SIZE / body_size) * body_size)
863 #define FIT_ARENAn(count,body_size) \
864 ( count * body_size <= PERL_ARENA_SIZE) \
865 ? count * body_size \
866 : FIT_ARENA0 (body_size)
867 #define FIT_ARENA(count,body_size) \
869 ? FIT_ARENAn (count, body_size) \
870 : FIT_ARENA0 (body_size)
872 /* Calculate the length to copy. Specifically work out the length less any
873 final padding the compiler needed to add. See the comment in sv_upgrade
874 for why copying the padding proved to be a bug. */
876 #define copy_length(type, last_member) \
877 STRUCT_OFFSET(type, last_member) \
878 + sizeof (((type*)SvANY((const SV *)0))->last_member)
880 static const struct body_details bodies_by_type[] = {
881 /* HEs use this offset for their arena. */
882 { 0, 0, 0, SVt_NULL, FALSE, NONV, NOARENA, 0 },
884 /* The bind placeholder pretends to be an RV for now.
885 Also it's marked as "can't upgrade" to stop anyone using it before it's
887 { 0, 0, 0, SVt_BIND, TRUE, NONV, NOARENA, 0 },
889 /* IVs are in the head, so the allocation size is 0. */
891 sizeof(IV), /* This is used to copy out the IV body. */
892 STRUCT_OFFSET(XPVIV, xiv_iv), SVt_IV, FALSE, NONV,
893 NOARENA /* IVS don't need an arena */, 0
896 { sizeof(NV), sizeof(NV),
897 STRUCT_OFFSET(XPVNV, xnv_u),
898 SVt_NV, FALSE, HADNV, HASARENA, FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(NV)) },
900 { sizeof(XPV) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
901 copy_length(XPV, xpv_len) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
902 + STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
903 SVt_PV, FALSE, NONV, HASARENA,
904 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPV) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur)) },
906 { sizeof(XPVIV) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
907 copy_length(XPVIV, xiv_u) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
908 + STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
909 SVt_PVIV, FALSE, NONV, HASARENA,
910 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVIV) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur)) },
912 { sizeof(XPVNV) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
913 copy_length(XPVNV, xnv_u) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
914 + STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur),
915 SVt_PVNV, FALSE, HADNV, HASARENA,
916 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVNV) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPV, xpv_cur)) },
918 { sizeof(XPVMG), copy_length(XPVMG, xnv_u), 0, SVt_PVMG, FALSE, HADNV,
919 HASARENA, FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVMG)) },
924 SVt_REGEXP, FALSE, NONV, HASARENA,
925 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(regexp))
928 { sizeof(XPVGV), sizeof(XPVGV), 0, SVt_PVGV, TRUE, HADNV,
929 HASARENA, FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVGV)) },
931 { sizeof(XPVLV), sizeof(XPVLV), 0, SVt_PVLV, TRUE, HADNV,
932 HASARENA, FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVLV)) },
935 copy_length(XPVAV, xav_alloc),
937 SVt_PVAV, TRUE, NONV, HASARENA,
938 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVAV)) },
941 copy_length(XPVHV, xhv_max),
943 SVt_PVHV, TRUE, NONV, HASARENA,
944 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVHV)) },
949 SVt_PVCV, TRUE, NONV, HASARENA,
950 FIT_ARENA(0, sizeof(XPVCV)) },
955 SVt_PVFM, TRUE, NONV, NOARENA,
956 FIT_ARENA(20, sizeof(XPVFM)) },
961 SVt_PVIO, TRUE, NONV, HASARENA,
962 FIT_ARENA(24, sizeof(XPVIO)) },
965 #define new_body_allocated(sv_type) \
966 (void *)((char *)S_new_body(aTHX_ sv_type) \
967 - bodies_by_type[sv_type].offset)
969 /* return a thing to the free list */
971 #define del_body(thing, root) \
973 void ** const thing_copy = (void **)thing; \
974 *thing_copy = *root; \
975 *root = (void*)thing_copy; \
980 #define new_XNV() safemalloc(sizeof(XPVNV))
981 #define new_XPVNV() safemalloc(sizeof(XPVNV))
982 #define new_XPVMG() safemalloc(sizeof(XPVMG))
984 #define del_XPVGV(p) safefree(p)
988 #define new_XNV() new_body_allocated(SVt_NV)
989 #define new_XPVNV() new_body_allocated(SVt_PVNV)
990 #define new_XPVMG() new_body_allocated(SVt_PVMG)
992 #define del_XPVGV(p) del_body(p + bodies_by_type[SVt_PVGV].offset, \
993 &PL_body_roots[SVt_PVGV])
997 /* no arena for you! */
999 #define new_NOARENA(details) \
1000 safemalloc((details)->body_size + (details)->offset)
1001 #define new_NOARENAZ(details) \
1002 safecalloc((details)->body_size + (details)->offset, 1)
1005 Perl_more_bodies (pTHX_ const svtype sv_type, const size_t body_size,
1006 const size_t arena_size)
1009 void ** const root = &PL_body_roots[sv_type];
1010 struct arena_desc *adesc;
1011 struct arena_set *aroot = (struct arena_set *) PL_body_arenas;
1015 const size_t good_arena_size = Perl_malloc_good_size(arena_size);
1016 #if defined(DEBUGGING) && !defined(PERL_GLOBAL_STRUCT_PRIVATE)
1017 static bool done_sanity_check;
1019 /* PERL_GLOBAL_STRUCT_PRIVATE cannot coexist with global
1020 * variables like done_sanity_check. */
1021 if (!done_sanity_check) {
1022 unsigned int i = SVt_LAST;
1024 done_sanity_check = TRUE;
1027 assert (bodies_by_type[i].type == i);
1033 /* may need new arena-set to hold new arena */
1034 if (!aroot || aroot->curr >= aroot->set_size) {
1035 struct arena_set *newroot;
1036 Newxz(newroot, 1, struct arena_set);
1037 newroot->set_size = ARENAS_PER_SET;
1038 newroot->next = aroot;
1040 PL_body_arenas = (void *) newroot;
1041 DEBUG_m(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "new arenaset %p\n", (void*)aroot));
1044 /* ok, now have arena-set with at least 1 empty/available arena-desc */
1045 curr = aroot->curr++;
1046 adesc = &(aroot->set[curr]);
1047 assert(!adesc->arena);
1049 Newx(adesc->arena, good_arena_size, char);
1050 adesc->size = good_arena_size;
1051 adesc->utype = sv_type;
1052 DEBUG_m(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "arena %d added: %p size %"UVuf"\n",
1053 curr, (void*)adesc->arena, (UV)good_arena_size));
1055 start = (char *) adesc->arena;
1057 /* Get the address of the byte after the end of the last body we can fit.
1058 Remember, this is integer division: */
1059 end = start + good_arena_size / body_size * body_size;
1061 /* computed count doesn't reflect the 1st slot reservation */
1062 #if defined(MYMALLOC) || defined(HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE)
1063 DEBUG_m(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
1064 "arena %p end %p arena-size %d (from %d) type %d "
1066 (void*)start, (void*)end, (int)good_arena_size,
1067 (int)arena_size, sv_type, (int)body_size,
1068 (int)good_arena_size / (int)body_size));
1070 DEBUG_m(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
1071 "arena %p end %p arena-size %d type %d size %d ct %d\n",
1072 (void*)start, (void*)end,
1073 (int)arena_size, sv_type, (int)body_size,
1074 (int)good_arena_size / (int)body_size));
1076 *root = (void *)start;
1079 /* Where the next body would start: */
1080 char * const next = start + body_size;
1083 /* This is the last body: */
1084 assert(next == end);
1086 *(void **)start = 0;
1090 *(void**) start = (void *)next;
1095 /* grab a new thing from the free list, allocating more if necessary.
1096 The inline version is used for speed in hot routines, and the
1097 function using it serves the rest (unless PURIFY).
1099 #define new_body_inline(xpv, sv_type) \
1101 void ** const r3wt = &PL_body_roots[sv_type]; \
1102 xpv = (PTR_TBL_ENT_t*) (*((void **)(r3wt)) \
1103 ? *((void **)(r3wt)) : Perl_more_bodies(aTHX_ sv_type, \
1104 bodies_by_type[sv_type].body_size,\
1105 bodies_by_type[sv_type].arena_size)); \
1106 *(r3wt) = *(void**)(xpv); \
1112 S_new_body(pTHX_ const svtype sv_type)
1116 new_body_inline(xpv, sv_type);
1122 static const struct body_details fake_rv =
1123 { 0, 0, 0, SVt_IV, FALSE, NONV, NOARENA, 0 };
1126 =for apidoc sv_upgrade
1128 Upgrade an SV to a more complex form. Generally adds a new body type to the
1129 SV, then copies across as much information as possible from the old body.
1130 It croaks if the SV is already in a more complex form than requested. You
1131 generally want to use the C<SvUPGRADE> macro wrapper, which checks the type
1132 before calling C<sv_upgrade>, and hence does not croak. See also
1139 Perl_sv_upgrade(pTHX_ SV *const sv, svtype new_type)
1144 const svtype old_type = SvTYPE(sv);
1145 const struct body_details *new_type_details;
1146 const struct body_details *old_type_details
1147 = bodies_by_type + old_type;
1148 SV *referant = NULL;
1150 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UPGRADE;
1152 if (old_type == new_type)
1155 /* This clause was purposefully added ahead of the early return above to
1156 the shared string hackery for (sort {$a <=> $b} keys %hash), with the
1157 inference by Nick I-S that it would fix other troublesome cases. See
1158 changes 7162, 7163 (f130fd4589cf5fbb24149cd4db4137c8326f49c1 and parent)
1160 Given that shared hash key scalars are no longer PVIV, but PV, there is
1161 no longer need to unshare so as to free up the IVX slot for its proper
1162 purpose. So it's safe to move the early return earlier. */
1164 if (new_type > SVt_PVMG && SvIsCOW(sv)) {
1165 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
1168 old_body = SvANY(sv);
1170 /* Copying structures onto other structures that have been neatly zeroed
1171 has a subtle gotcha. Consider XPVMG
1173 +------+------+------+------+------+-------+-------+
1174 | NV | CUR | LEN | IV | MAGIC | STASH |
1175 +------+------+------+------+------+-------+-------+
1176 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
1178 where NVs are aligned to 8 bytes, so that sizeof that structure is
1179 actually 32 bytes long, with 4 bytes of padding at the end:
1181 +------+------+------+------+------+-------+-------+------+
1182 | NV | CUR | LEN | IV | MAGIC | STASH | ??? |
1183 +------+------+------+------+------+-------+-------+------+
1184 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
1186 so what happens if you allocate memory for this structure:
1188 +------+------+------+------+------+-------+-------+------+------+...
1189 | NV | CUR | LEN | IV | MAGIC | STASH | GP | NAME |
1190 +------+------+------+------+------+-------+-------+------+------+...
1191 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
1193 zero it, then copy sizeof(XPVMG) bytes on top of it? Not quite what you
1194 expect, because you copy the area marked ??? onto GP. Now, ??? may have
1195 started out as zero once, but it's quite possible that it isn't. So now,
1196 rather than a nicely zeroed GP, you have it pointing somewhere random.
1199 (In fact, GP ends up pointing at a previous GP structure, because the
1200 principle cause of the padding in XPVMG getting garbage is a copy of
1201 sizeof(XPVMG) bytes from a XPVGV structure in sv_unglob. Right now
1202 this happens to be moot because XPVGV has been re-ordered, with GP
1203 no longer after STASH)
1205 So we are careful and work out the size of used parts of all the
1213 referant = SvRV(sv);
1214 old_type_details = &fake_rv;
1215 if (new_type == SVt_NV)
1216 new_type = SVt_PVNV;
1218 if (new_type < SVt_PVIV) {
1219 new_type = (new_type == SVt_NV)
1220 ? SVt_PVNV : SVt_PVIV;
1225 if (new_type < SVt_PVNV) {
1226 new_type = SVt_PVNV;
1230 assert(new_type > SVt_PV);
1231 assert(SVt_IV < SVt_PV);
1232 assert(SVt_NV < SVt_PV);
1239 /* Because the XPVMG of PL_mess_sv isn't allocated from the arena,
1240 there's no way that it can be safely upgraded, because perl.c
1241 expects to Safefree(SvANY(PL_mess_sv)) */
1242 assert(sv != PL_mess_sv);
1243 /* This flag bit is used to mean other things in other scalar types.
1244 Given that it only has meaning inside the pad, it shouldn't be set
1245 on anything that can get upgraded. */
1246 assert(!SvPAD_TYPED(sv));
1249 if (old_type_details->cant_upgrade)
1250 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't upgrade %s (%" UVuf ") to %" UVuf,
1251 sv_reftype(sv, 0), (UV) old_type, (UV) new_type);
1254 if (old_type > new_type)
1255 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "sv_upgrade from type %d down to type %d",
1256 (int)old_type, (int)new_type);
1258 new_type_details = bodies_by_type + new_type;
1260 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~SVTYPEMASK;
1261 SvFLAGS(sv) |= new_type;
1263 /* This can't happen, as SVt_NULL is <= all values of new_type, so one of
1264 the return statements above will have triggered. */
1265 assert (new_type != SVt_NULL);
1268 assert(old_type == SVt_NULL);
1269 SvANY(sv) = (XPVIV*)((char*)&(sv->sv_u.svu_iv) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPVIV, xiv_iv));
1273 assert(old_type == SVt_NULL);
1274 SvANY(sv) = new_XNV();
1279 assert(new_type_details->body_size);
1282 assert(new_type_details->arena);
1283 assert(new_type_details->arena_size);
1284 /* This points to the start of the allocated area. */
1285 new_body_inline(new_body, new_type);
1286 Zero(new_body, new_type_details->body_size, char);
1287 new_body = ((char *)new_body) - new_type_details->offset;
1289 /* We always allocated the full length item with PURIFY. To do this
1290 we fake things so that arena is false for all 16 types.. */
1291 new_body = new_NOARENAZ(new_type_details);
1293 SvANY(sv) = new_body;
1294 if (new_type == SVt_PVAV) {
1298 if (old_type_details->body_size) {
1301 /* It will have been zeroed when the new body was allocated.
1302 Lets not write to it, in case it confuses a write-back
1308 #ifndef NODEFAULT_SHAREKEYS
1309 HvSHAREKEYS_on(sv); /* key-sharing on by default */
1311 HvMAX(sv) = 7; /* (start with 8 buckets) */
1314 /* SVt_NULL isn't the only thing upgraded to AV or HV.
1315 The target created by newSVrv also is, and it can have magic.
1316 However, it never has SvPVX set.
1318 if (old_type == SVt_IV) {
1320 } else if (old_type >= SVt_PV) {
1321 assert(SvPVX_const(sv) == 0);
1324 if (old_type >= SVt_PVMG) {
1325 SvMAGIC_set(sv, ((XPVMG*)old_body)->xmg_u.xmg_magic);
1326 SvSTASH_set(sv, ((XPVMG*)old_body)->xmg_stash);
1328 sv->sv_u.svu_array = NULL; /* or svu_hash */
1333 /* XXX Is this still needed? Was it ever needed? Surely as there is
1334 no route from NV to PVIV, NOK can never be true */
1335 assert(!SvNOKp(sv));
1347 assert(new_type_details->body_size);
1348 /* We always allocated the full length item with PURIFY. To do this
1349 we fake things so that arena is false for all 16 types.. */
1350 if(new_type_details->arena) {
1351 /* This points to the start of the allocated area. */
1352 new_body_inline(new_body, new_type);
1353 Zero(new_body, new_type_details->body_size, char);
1354 new_body = ((char *)new_body) - new_type_details->offset;
1356 new_body = new_NOARENAZ(new_type_details);
1358 SvANY(sv) = new_body;
1360 if (old_type_details->copy) {
1361 /* There is now the potential for an upgrade from something without
1362 an offset (PVNV or PVMG) to something with one (PVCV, PVFM) */
1363 int offset = old_type_details->offset;
1364 int length = old_type_details->copy;
1366 if (new_type_details->offset > old_type_details->offset) {
1367 const int difference
1368 = new_type_details->offset - old_type_details->offset;
1369 offset += difference;
1370 length -= difference;
1372 assert (length >= 0);
1374 Copy((char *)old_body + offset, (char *)new_body + offset, length,
1378 #ifndef NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO
1379 /* If NV 0.0 is stores as all bits 0 then Zero() already creates a
1380 * correct 0.0 for us. Otherwise, if the old body didn't have an
1381 * NV slot, but the new one does, then we need to initialise the
1382 * freshly created NV slot with whatever the correct bit pattern is
1384 if (old_type_details->zero_nv && !new_type_details->zero_nv
1385 && !isGV_with_GP(sv))
1389 if (new_type == SVt_PVIO) {
1390 IO * const io = MUTABLE_IO(sv);
1391 GV *iogv = gv_fetchpvs("IO::File::", GV_ADD, SVt_PVHV);
1394 /* Clear the stashcache because a new IO could overrule a package
1396 DEBUG_o(Perl_deb(aTHX_ "sv_upgrade clearing PL_stashcache\n"));
1397 hv_clear(PL_stashcache);
1399 SvSTASH_set(io, MUTABLE_HV(SvREFCNT_inc(GvHV(iogv))));
1400 IoPAGE_LEN(sv) = 60;
1402 if (new_type == SVt_REGEXP)
1403 sv->sv_u.svu_rx = (regexp *)new_body;
1404 else if (old_type < SVt_PV) {
1405 /* referant will be NULL unless the old type was SVt_IV emulating
1407 sv->sv_u.svu_rv = referant;
1411 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: sv_upgrade to unknown type %lu",
1412 (unsigned long)new_type);
1415 if (old_type > SVt_IV) {
1419 /* Note that there is an assumption that all bodies of types that
1420 can be upgraded came from arenas. Only the more complex non-
1421 upgradable types are allowed to be directly malloc()ed. */
1422 assert(old_type_details->arena);
1423 del_body((void*)((char*)old_body + old_type_details->offset),
1424 &PL_body_roots[old_type]);
1430 =for apidoc sv_backoff
1432 Remove any string offset. You should normally use the C<SvOOK_off> macro
1439 Perl_sv_backoff(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
1442 const char * const s = SvPVX_const(sv);
1444 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_BACKOFF;
1445 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
1448 assert(SvTYPE(sv) != SVt_PVHV);
1449 assert(SvTYPE(sv) != SVt_PVAV);
1451 SvOOK_offset(sv, delta);
1453 SvLEN_set(sv, SvLEN(sv) + delta);
1454 SvPV_set(sv, SvPVX(sv) - delta);
1455 Move(s, SvPVX(sv), SvCUR(sv)+1, char);
1456 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~SVf_OOK;
1463 Expands the character buffer in the SV. If necessary, uses C<sv_unref> and
1464 upgrades the SV to C<SVt_PV>. Returns a pointer to the character buffer.
1465 Use the C<SvGROW> wrapper instead.
1471 Perl_sv_grow(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN newlen)
1475 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_GROW;
1477 if (PL_madskills && newlen >= 0x100000) {
1478 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
1479 "Allocation too large: %"UVxf"\n", (UV)newlen);
1481 #ifdef HAS_64K_LIMIT
1482 if (newlen >= 0x10000) {
1483 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
1484 "Allocation too large: %"UVxf"\n", (UV)newlen);
1487 #endif /* HAS_64K_LIMIT */
1490 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PV) {
1491 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PV);
1492 s = SvPVX_mutable(sv);
1494 else if (SvOOK(sv)) { /* pv is offset? */
1496 s = SvPVX_mutable(sv);
1497 if (newlen > SvLEN(sv))
1498 newlen += 10 * (newlen - SvCUR(sv)); /* avoid copy each time */
1499 #ifdef HAS_64K_LIMIT
1500 if (newlen >= 0x10000)
1506 if (SvIsCOW(sv)) sv_force_normal(sv);
1507 s = SvPVX_mutable(sv);
1510 if (newlen > SvLEN(sv)) { /* need more room? */
1511 STRLEN minlen = SvCUR(sv);
1512 minlen += (minlen >> PERL_STRLEN_EXPAND_SHIFT) + 10;
1513 if (newlen < minlen)
1515 #ifndef Perl_safesysmalloc_size
1516 newlen = PERL_STRLEN_ROUNDUP(newlen);
1518 if (SvLEN(sv) && s) {
1519 s = (char*)saferealloc(s, newlen);
1522 s = (char*)safemalloc(newlen);
1523 if (SvPVX_const(sv) && SvCUR(sv)) {
1524 Move(SvPVX_const(sv), s, (newlen < SvCUR(sv)) ? newlen : SvCUR(sv), char);
1528 #ifdef Perl_safesysmalloc_size
1529 /* Do this here, do it once, do it right, and then we will never get
1530 called back into sv_grow() unless there really is some growing
1532 SvLEN_set(sv, Perl_safesysmalloc_size(s));
1534 SvLEN_set(sv, newlen);
1541 =for apidoc sv_setiv
1543 Copies an integer into the given SV, upgrading first if necessary.
1544 Does not handle 'set' magic. See also C<sv_setiv_mg>.
1550 Perl_sv_setiv(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const IV i)
1554 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETIV;
1556 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
1557 switch (SvTYPE(sv)) {
1560 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_IV);
1563 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVIV);
1567 if (!isGV_with_GP(sv))
1574 /* diag_listed_as: Can't coerce %s to %s in %s */
1575 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't coerce %s to integer in %s", sv_reftype(sv,0),
1579 (void)SvIOK_only(sv); /* validate number */
1585 =for apidoc sv_setiv_mg
1587 Like C<sv_setiv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
1593 Perl_sv_setiv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const IV i)
1595 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETIV_MG;
1602 =for apidoc sv_setuv
1604 Copies an unsigned integer into the given SV, upgrading first if necessary.
1605 Does not handle 'set' magic. See also C<sv_setuv_mg>.
1611 Perl_sv_setuv(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const UV u)
1613 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETUV;
1615 /* With the if statement to ensure that integers are stored as IVs whenever
1617 u=1.49 s=0.52 cu=72.49 cs=10.64 scripts=270 tests=20865
1620 u=1.35 s=0.47 cu=73.45 cs=11.43 scripts=270 tests=20865
1622 If you wish to remove the following if statement, so that this routine
1623 (and its callers) always return UVs, please benchmark to see what the
1624 effect is. Modern CPUs may be different. Or may not :-)
1626 if (u <= (UV)IV_MAX) {
1627 sv_setiv(sv, (IV)u);
1636 =for apidoc sv_setuv_mg
1638 Like C<sv_setuv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
1644 Perl_sv_setuv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const UV u)
1646 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETUV_MG;
1653 =for apidoc sv_setnv
1655 Copies a double into the given SV, upgrading first if necessary.
1656 Does not handle 'set' magic. See also C<sv_setnv_mg>.
1662 Perl_sv_setnv(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const NV num)
1666 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETNV;
1668 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
1669 switch (SvTYPE(sv)) {
1672 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_NV);
1676 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVNV);
1680 if (!isGV_with_GP(sv))
1687 /* diag_listed_as: Can't coerce %s to %s in %s */
1688 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't coerce %s to number in %s", sv_reftype(sv,0),
1693 (void)SvNOK_only(sv); /* validate number */
1698 =for apidoc sv_setnv_mg
1700 Like C<sv_setnv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
1706 Perl_sv_setnv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const NV num)
1708 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETNV_MG;
1714 /* Print an "isn't numeric" warning, using a cleaned-up,
1715 * printable version of the offending string
1719 S_not_a_number(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
1726 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NOT_A_NUMBER;
1729 dsv = newSVpvs_flags("", SVs_TEMP);
1730 pv = sv_uni_display(dsv, sv, 10, UNI_DISPLAY_ISPRINT);
1733 const char * const limit = tmpbuf + sizeof(tmpbuf) - 8;
1734 /* each *s can expand to 4 chars + "...\0",
1735 i.e. need room for 8 chars */
1737 const char *s = SvPVX_const(sv);
1738 const char * const end = s + SvCUR(sv);
1739 for ( ; s < end && d < limit; s++ ) {
1741 if (ch & 128 && !isPRINT_LC(ch)) {
1750 else if (ch == '\r') {
1754 else if (ch == '\f') {
1758 else if (ch == '\\') {
1762 else if (ch == '\0') {
1766 else if (isPRINT_LC(ch))
1783 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_NUMERIC),
1784 /* diag_listed_as: Argument "%s" isn't numeric%s */
1785 "Argument \"%s\" isn't numeric in %s", pv,
1788 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_NUMERIC),
1789 /* diag_listed_as: Argument "%s" isn't numeric%s */
1790 "Argument \"%s\" isn't numeric", pv);
1794 =for apidoc looks_like_number
1796 Test if the content of an SV looks like a number (or is a number).
1797 C<Inf> and C<Infinity> are treated as numbers (so will not issue a
1798 non-numeric warning), even if your atof() doesn't grok them. Get-magic is
1805 Perl_looks_like_number(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
1810 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_LOOKS_LIKE_NUMBER;
1812 if (SvPOK(sv) || SvPOKp(sv)) {
1813 sbegin = SvPV_nomg_const(sv, len);
1816 return SvFLAGS(sv) & (SVf_NOK|SVp_NOK|SVf_IOK|SVp_IOK);
1817 return grok_number(sbegin, len, NULL);
1821 S_glob_2number(pTHX_ GV * const gv)
1823 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_GLOB_2NUMBER;
1825 /* We know that all GVs stringify to something that is not-a-number,
1826 so no need to test that. */
1827 if (ckWARN(WARN_NUMERIC))
1829 SV *const buffer = sv_newmortal();
1830 gv_efullname3(buffer, gv, "*");
1831 not_a_number(buffer);
1833 /* We just want something true to return, so that S_sv_2iuv_common
1834 can tail call us and return true. */
1838 /* Actually, ISO C leaves conversion of UV to IV undefined, but
1839 until proven guilty, assume that things are not that bad... */
1844 As 64 bit platforms often have an NV that doesn't preserve all bits of
1845 an IV (an assumption perl has been based on to date) it becomes necessary
1846 to remove the assumption that the NV always carries enough precision to
1847 recreate the IV whenever needed, and that the NV is the canonical form.
1848 Instead, IV/UV and NV need to be given equal rights. So as to not lose
1849 precision as a side effect of conversion (which would lead to insanity
1850 and the dragon(s) in t/op/numconvert.t getting very angry) the intent is
1851 1) to distinguish between IV/UV/NV slots that have cached a valid
1852 conversion where precision was lost and IV/UV/NV slots that have a
1853 valid conversion which has lost no precision
1854 2) to ensure that if a numeric conversion to one form is requested that
1855 would lose precision, the precise conversion (or differently
1856 imprecise conversion) is also performed and cached, to prevent
1857 requests for different numeric formats on the same SV causing
1858 lossy conversion chains. (lossless conversion chains are perfectly
1863 SvIOKp is true if the IV slot contains a valid value
1864 SvIOK is true only if the IV value is accurate (UV if SvIOK_UV true)
1865 SvNOKp is true if the NV slot contains a valid value
1866 SvNOK is true only if the NV value is accurate
1869 while converting from PV to NV, check to see if converting that NV to an
1870 IV(or UV) would lose accuracy over a direct conversion from PV to
1871 IV(or UV). If it would, cache both conversions, return NV, but mark
1872 SV as IOK NOKp (ie not NOK).
1874 While converting from PV to IV, check to see if converting that IV to an
1875 NV would lose accuracy over a direct conversion from PV to NV. If it
1876 would, cache both conversions, flag similarly.
1878 Before, the SV value "3.2" could become NV=3.2 IV=3 NOK, IOK quite
1879 correctly because if IV & NV were set NV *always* overruled.
1880 Now, "3.2" will become NV=3.2 IV=3 NOK, IOKp, because the flag's meaning
1881 changes - now IV and NV together means that the two are interchangeable:
1882 SvIVX == (IV) SvNVX && SvNVX == (NV) SvIVX;
1884 The benefit of this is that operations such as pp_add know that if
1885 SvIOK is true for both left and right operands, then integer addition
1886 can be used instead of floating point (for cases where the result won't
1887 overflow). Before, floating point was always used, which could lead to
1888 loss of precision compared with integer addition.
1890 * making IV and NV equal status should make maths accurate on 64 bit
1892 * may speed up maths somewhat if pp_add and friends start to use
1893 integers when possible instead of fp. (Hopefully the overhead in
1894 looking for SvIOK and checking for overflow will not outweigh the
1895 fp to integer speedup)
1896 * will slow down integer operations (callers of SvIV) on "inaccurate"
1897 values, as the change from SvIOK to SvIOKp will cause a call into
1898 sv_2iv each time rather than a macro access direct to the IV slot
1899 * should speed up number->string conversion on integers as IV is
1900 favoured when IV and NV are equally accurate
1902 ####################################################################
1903 You had better be using SvIOK_notUV if you want an IV for arithmetic:
1904 SvIOK is true if (IV or UV), so you might be getting (IV)SvUV.
1905 On the other hand, SvUOK is true iff UV.
1906 ####################################################################
1908 Your mileage will vary depending your CPU's relative fp to integer
1912 #ifndef NV_PRESERVES_UV
1913 # define IS_NUMBER_UNDERFLOW_IV 1
1914 # define IS_NUMBER_UNDERFLOW_UV 2
1915 # define IS_NUMBER_IV_AND_UV 2
1916 # define IS_NUMBER_OVERFLOW_IV 4
1917 # define IS_NUMBER_OVERFLOW_UV 5
1919 /* sv_2iuv_non_preserve(): private routine for use by sv_2iv() and sv_2uv() */
1921 /* For sv_2nv these three cases are "SvNOK and don't bother casting" */
1923 S_sv_2iuv_non_preserve(pTHX_ SV *const sv
1931 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2IUV_NON_PRESERVE;
1933 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,"sv_2iuv_non '%s', IV=0x%"UVxf" NV=%"NVgf" inttype=%"UVXf"\n", SvPVX_const(sv), SvIVX(sv), SvNVX(sv), (UV)numtype));
1934 if (SvNVX(sv) < (NV)IV_MIN) {
1935 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv);
1937 SvIV_set(sv, IV_MIN);
1938 return IS_NUMBER_UNDERFLOW_IV;
1940 if (SvNVX(sv) > (NV)UV_MAX) {
1941 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv);
1944 SvUV_set(sv, UV_MAX);
1945 return IS_NUMBER_OVERFLOW_UV;
1947 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv);
1949 /* Can't use strtol etc to convert this string. (See truth table in
1951 if (SvNVX(sv) <= (UV)IV_MAX) {
1952 SvIV_set(sv, I_V(SvNVX(sv)));
1953 if ((NV)(SvIVX(sv)) == SvNVX(sv)) {
1954 SvIOK_on(sv); /* Integer is precise. NOK, IOK */
1956 /* Integer is imprecise. NOK, IOKp */
1958 return SvNVX(sv) < 0 ? IS_NUMBER_UNDERFLOW_UV : IS_NUMBER_IV_AND_UV;
1961 SvUV_set(sv, U_V(SvNVX(sv)));
1962 if ((NV)(SvUVX(sv)) == SvNVX(sv)) {
1963 if (SvUVX(sv) == UV_MAX) {
1964 /* As we know that NVs don't preserve UVs, UV_MAX cannot
1965 possibly be preserved by NV. Hence, it must be overflow.
1967 return IS_NUMBER_OVERFLOW_UV;
1969 SvIOK_on(sv); /* Integer is precise. NOK, UOK */
1971 /* Integer is imprecise. NOK, IOKp */
1973 return IS_NUMBER_OVERFLOW_IV;
1975 #endif /* !NV_PRESERVES_UV*/
1978 S_sv_2iuv_common(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
1982 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2IUV_COMMON;
1985 /* erm. not sure. *should* never get NOKp (without NOK) from sv_2nv
1986 * without also getting a cached IV/UV from it at the same time
1987 * (ie PV->NV conversion should detect loss of accuracy and cache
1988 * IV or UV at same time to avoid this. */
1989 /* IV-over-UV optimisation - choose to cache IV if possible */
1991 if (SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_NV)
1992 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVNV);
1994 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv); /* Must do this first, to clear any SvOOK */
1995 /* < not <= as for NV doesn't preserve UV, ((NV)IV_MAX+1) will almost
1996 certainly cast into the IV range at IV_MAX, whereas the correct
1997 answer is the UV IV_MAX +1. Hence < ensures that dodgy boundary
1999 #if defined(NAN_COMPARE_BROKEN) && defined(Perl_isnan)
2000 if (Perl_isnan(SvNVX(sv))) {
2006 if (SvNVX(sv) < (NV)IV_MAX + 0.5) {
2007 SvIV_set(sv, I_V(SvNVX(sv)));
2008 if (SvNVX(sv) == (NV) SvIVX(sv)
2009 #ifndef NV_PRESERVES_UV
2010 && (((UV)1 << NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS) >
2011 (UV)(SvIVX(sv) > 0 ? SvIVX(sv) : -SvIVX(sv)))
2012 /* Don't flag it as "accurately an integer" if the number
2013 came from a (by definition imprecise) NV operation, and
2014 we're outside the range of NV integer precision */
2018 SvIOK_on(sv); /* Can this go wrong with rounding? NWC */
2020 /* scalar has trailing garbage, eg "42a" */
2022 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
2023 "0x%"UVxf" iv(%"NVgf" => %"IVdf") (precise)\n",
2029 /* IV not precise. No need to convert from PV, as NV
2030 conversion would already have cached IV if it detected
2031 that PV->IV would be better than PV->NV->IV
2032 flags already correct - don't set public IOK. */
2033 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
2034 "0x%"UVxf" iv(%"NVgf" => %"IVdf") (imprecise)\n",
2039 /* Can the above go wrong if SvIVX == IV_MIN and SvNVX < IV_MIN,
2040 but the cast (NV)IV_MIN rounds to a the value less (more
2041 negative) than IV_MIN which happens to be equal to SvNVX ??
2042 Analogous to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF rounding up to NV (2**64) and
2043 NV rounding back to 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF, so UVX == UV(NVX) and
2044 (NV)UVX == NVX are both true, but the values differ. :-(
2045 Hopefully for 2s complement IV_MIN is something like
2046 0x8000000000000000 which will be exact. NWC */
2049 SvUV_set(sv, U_V(SvNVX(sv)));
2051 (SvNVX(sv) == (NV) SvUVX(sv))
2052 #ifndef NV_PRESERVES_UV
2053 /* Make sure it's not 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF */
2054 /*&& (SvUVX(sv) != UV_MAX) irrelevant with code below */
2055 && (((UV)1 << NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS) > SvUVX(sv))
2056 /* Don't flag it as "accurately an integer" if the number
2057 came from a (by definition imprecise) NV operation, and
2058 we're outside the range of NV integer precision */
2064 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
2065 "0x%"UVxf" 2iv(%"UVuf" => %"IVdf") (as unsigned)\n",
2071 else if (SvPOKp(sv)) {
2073 const int numtype = grok_number(SvPVX_const(sv), SvCUR(sv), &value);
2074 /* We want to avoid a possible problem when we cache an IV/ a UV which
2075 may be later translated to an NV, and the resulting NV is not
2076 the same as the direct translation of the initial string
2077 (eg 123.456 can shortcut to the IV 123 with atol(), but we must
2078 be careful to ensure that the value with the .456 is around if the
2079 NV value is requested in the future).
2081 This means that if we cache such an IV/a UV, we need to cache the
2082 NV as well. Moreover, we trade speed for space, and do not
2083 cache the NV if we are sure it's not needed.
2086 /* SVt_PVNV is one higher than SVt_PVIV, hence this order */
2087 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT))
2088 == IS_NUMBER_IN_UV) {
2089 /* It's definitely an integer, only upgrade to PVIV */
2090 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVIV)
2091 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVIV);
2093 } else if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVNV)
2094 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVNV);
2096 /* If NVs preserve UVs then we only use the UV value if we know that
2097 we aren't going to call atof() below. If NVs don't preserve UVs
2098 then the value returned may have more precision than atof() will
2099 return, even though value isn't perfectly accurate. */
2100 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV
2101 #ifdef NV_PRESERVES_UV
2104 )) == IS_NUMBER_IN_UV) {
2105 /* This won't turn off the public IOK flag if it was set above */
2106 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv);
2108 if (!(numtype & IS_NUMBER_NEG)) {
2110 if (value <= (UV)IV_MAX) {
2111 SvIV_set(sv, (IV)value);
2113 /* it didn't overflow, and it was positive. */
2114 SvUV_set(sv, value);
2118 /* 2s complement assumption */
2119 if (value <= (UV)IV_MIN) {
2120 SvIV_set(sv, -(IV)value);
2122 /* Too negative for an IV. This is a double upgrade, but
2123 I'm assuming it will be rare. */
2124 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVNV)
2125 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVNV);
2129 SvNV_set(sv, -(NV)value);
2130 SvIV_set(sv, IV_MIN);
2134 /* For !NV_PRESERVES_UV and IS_NUMBER_IN_UV and IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT we
2135 will be in the previous block to set the IV slot, and the next
2136 block to set the NV slot. So no else here. */
2138 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT))
2139 != IS_NUMBER_IN_UV) {
2140 /* It wasn't an (integer that doesn't overflow the UV). */
2141 SvNV_set(sv, Atof(SvPVX_const(sv)));
2143 if (! numtype && ckWARN(WARN_NUMERIC))
2146 #if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE)
2147 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2iv(%" PERL_PRIgldbl ")\n",
2148 PTR2UV(sv), SvNVX(sv)));
2150 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2iv(%"NVgf")\n",
2151 PTR2UV(sv), SvNVX(sv)));
2154 #ifdef NV_PRESERVES_UV
2155 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv);
2157 if (SvNVX(sv) < (NV)IV_MAX + 0.5) {
2158 SvIV_set(sv, I_V(SvNVX(sv)));
2159 if ((NV)(SvIVX(sv)) == SvNVX(sv)) {
2162 NOOP; /* Integer is imprecise. NOK, IOKp */
2164 /* UV will not work better than IV */
2166 if (SvNVX(sv) > (NV)UV_MAX) {
2168 /* Integer is inaccurate. NOK, IOKp, is UV */
2169 SvUV_set(sv, UV_MAX);
2171 SvUV_set(sv, U_V(SvNVX(sv)));
2172 /* 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF not an issue in here, NVs
2173 NV preservse UV so can do correct comparison. */
2174 if ((NV)(SvUVX(sv)) == SvNVX(sv)) {
2177 NOOP; /* Integer is imprecise. NOK, IOKp, is UV */
2182 #else /* NV_PRESERVES_UV */
2183 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT))
2184 == (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT)) {
2185 /* The IV/UV slot will have been set from value returned by
2186 grok_number above. The NV slot has just been set using
2189 assert (SvIOKp(sv));
2191 if (((UV)1 << NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS) >
2192 U_V(SvNVX(sv) > 0 ? SvNVX(sv) : -SvNVX(sv))) {
2193 /* Small enough to preserve all bits. */
2194 (void)SvIOKp_on(sv);
2196 SvIV_set(sv, I_V(SvNVX(sv)));
2197 if ((NV)(SvIVX(sv)) == SvNVX(sv))
2199 /* Assumption: first non-preserved integer is < IV_MAX,
2200 this NV is in the preserved range, therefore: */
2201 if (!(U_V(SvNVX(sv) > 0 ? SvNVX(sv) : -SvNVX(sv))
2203 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "sv_2iv assumed (U_V(fabs((double)SvNVX(sv))) < (UV)IV_MAX) but SvNVX(sv)=%"NVgf" U_V is 0x%"UVxf", IV_MAX is 0x%"UVxf"\n", SvNVX(sv), U_V(SvNVX(sv)), (UV)IV_MAX);
2207 0 0 already failed to read UV.
2208 0 1 already failed to read UV.
2209 1 0 you won't get here in this case. IV/UV
2210 slot set, public IOK, Atof() unneeded.
2211 1 1 already read UV.
2212 so there's no point in sv_2iuv_non_preserve() attempting
2213 to use atol, strtol, strtoul etc. */
2215 sv_2iuv_non_preserve (sv, numtype);
2217 sv_2iuv_non_preserve (sv);
2221 #endif /* NV_PRESERVES_UV */
2222 /* It might be more code efficient to go through the entire logic above
2223 and conditionally set with SvIOKp_on() rather than SvIOK(), but it
2224 gets complex and potentially buggy, so more programmer efficient
2225 to do it this way, by turning off the public flags: */
2227 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~(SVf_IOK|SVf_NOK);
2231 if (isGV_with_GP(sv))
2232 return glob_2number(MUTABLE_GV(sv));
2234 if (!SvPADTMP(sv)) {
2235 if (!PL_localizing && ckWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED))
2238 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_IV)
2239 /* Typically the caller expects that sv_any is not NULL now. */
2240 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_IV);
2241 /* Return 0 from the caller. */
2248 =for apidoc sv_2iv_flags
2250 Return the integer value of an SV, doing any necessary string
2251 conversion. If flags includes SV_GMAGIC, does an mg_get() first.
2252 Normally used via the C<SvIV(sv)> and C<SvIVx(sv)> macros.
2258 Perl_sv_2iv_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const I32 flags)
2265 if (SvGMAGICAL(sv) && (flags & SV_GMAGIC))
2271 if (flags & SV_SKIP_OVERLOAD)
2273 tmpstr = AMG_CALLunary(sv, numer_amg);
2274 if (tmpstr && (!SvROK(tmpstr) || (SvRV(tmpstr) != SvRV(sv)))) {
2275 return SvIV(tmpstr);
2278 return PTR2IV(SvRV(sv));
2281 if (SvVALID(sv) || isREGEXP(sv)) {
2282 /* FBMs use the space for SvIVX and SvNVX for other purposes, and use
2283 the same flag bit as SVf_IVisUV, so must not let them cache IVs.
2284 In practice they are extremely unlikely to actually get anywhere
2285 accessible by user Perl code - the only way that I'm aware of is when
2286 a constant subroutine which is used as the second argument to index.
2288 Regexps have no SvIVX and SvNVX fields.
2290 assert(isREGEXP(sv) || SvPOKp(sv));
2293 const char * const ptr =
2294 isREGEXP(sv) ? RX_WRAPPED((REGEXP*)sv) : SvPVX_const(sv);
2296 = grok_number(ptr, SvCUR(sv), &value);
2298 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT))
2299 == IS_NUMBER_IN_UV) {
2300 /* It's definitely an integer */
2301 if (numtype & IS_NUMBER_NEG) {
2302 if (value < (UV)IV_MIN)
2305 if (value < (UV)IV_MAX)
2310 if (ckWARN(WARN_NUMERIC))
2313 return I_V(Atof(ptr));
2317 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv)) {
2318 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
2320 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
2323 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && !SvOK(sv)) {
2324 if (ckWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED))
2331 if (S_sv_2iuv_common(aTHX_ sv))
2335 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2iv(%"IVdf")\n",
2336 PTR2UV(sv),SvIVX(sv)));
2337 return SvIsUV(sv) ? (IV)SvUVX(sv) : SvIVX(sv);
2341 =for apidoc sv_2uv_flags
2343 Return the unsigned integer value of an SV, doing any necessary string
2344 conversion. If flags includes SV_GMAGIC, does an mg_get() first.
2345 Normally used via the C<SvUV(sv)> and C<SvUVx(sv)> macros.
2351 Perl_sv_2uv_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const I32 flags)
2358 if (SvGMAGICAL(sv) && (flags & SV_GMAGIC))
2364 if (flags & SV_SKIP_OVERLOAD)
2366 tmpstr = AMG_CALLunary(sv, numer_amg);
2367 if (tmpstr && (!SvROK(tmpstr) || (SvRV(tmpstr) != SvRV(sv)))) {
2368 return SvUV(tmpstr);
2371 return PTR2UV(SvRV(sv));
2374 if (SvVALID(sv) || isREGEXP(sv)) {
2375 /* FBMs use the space for SvIVX and SvNVX for other purposes, and use
2376 the same flag bit as SVf_IVisUV, so must not let them cache IVs.
2377 Regexps have no SvIVX and SvNVX fields. */
2378 assert(isREGEXP(sv) || SvPOKp(sv));
2381 const char * const ptr =
2382 isREGEXP(sv) ? RX_WRAPPED((REGEXP*)sv) : SvPVX_const(sv);
2384 = grok_number(ptr, SvCUR(sv), &value);
2386 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT))
2387 == IS_NUMBER_IN_UV) {
2388 /* It's definitely an integer */
2389 if (!(numtype & IS_NUMBER_NEG))
2393 if (ckWARN(WARN_NUMERIC))
2396 return U_V(Atof(ptr));
2400 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv)) {
2401 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
2403 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
2406 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && !SvOK(sv)) {
2407 if (ckWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED))
2414 if (S_sv_2iuv_common(aTHX_ sv))
2418 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2uv(%"UVuf")\n",
2419 PTR2UV(sv),SvUVX(sv)));
2420 return SvIsUV(sv) ? SvUVX(sv) : (UV)SvIVX(sv);
2424 =for apidoc sv_2nv_flags
2426 Return the num value of an SV, doing any necessary string or integer
2427 conversion. If flags includes SV_GMAGIC, does an mg_get() first.
2428 Normally used via the C<SvNV(sv)> and C<SvNVx(sv)> macros.
2434 Perl_sv_2nv_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const I32 flags)
2439 if (SvGMAGICAL(sv) || SvVALID(sv) || isREGEXP(sv)) {
2440 /* FBMs use the space for SvIVX and SvNVX for other purposes, and use
2441 the same flag bit as SVf_IVisUV, so must not let them cache NVs.
2442 Regexps have no SvIVX and SvNVX fields. */
2444 if (flags & SV_GMAGIC)
2448 if (SvPOKp(sv) && !SvIOKp(sv)) {
2449 ptr = SvPVX_const(sv);
2451 if (!SvIOKp(sv) && ckWARN(WARN_NUMERIC) &&
2452 !grok_number(ptr, SvCUR(sv), NULL))
2458 return (NV)SvUVX(sv);
2460 return (NV)SvIVX(sv);
2466 ptr = RX_WRAPPED((REGEXP *)sv);
2469 assert(SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG);
2470 /* This falls through to the report_uninit near the end of the
2472 } else if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv)) {
2477 if (flags & SV_SKIP_OVERLOAD)
2479 tmpstr = AMG_CALLunary(sv, numer_amg);
2480 if (tmpstr && (!SvROK(tmpstr) || (SvRV(tmpstr) != SvRV(sv)))) {
2481 return SvNV(tmpstr);
2484 return PTR2NV(SvRV(sv));
2486 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
2488 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
2491 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && !SvOK(sv)) {
2492 if (ckWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED))
2497 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_NV) {
2498 /* The logic to use SVt_PVNV if necessary is in sv_upgrade. */
2499 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_NV);
2500 #ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
2502 STORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL_SET_STANDARD();
2503 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
2504 "0x%"UVxf" num(%" PERL_PRIgldbl ")\n",
2505 PTR2UV(sv), SvNVX(sv));
2506 RESTORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL();
2510 STORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL_SET_STANDARD();
2511 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" num(%"NVgf")\n",
2512 PTR2UV(sv), SvNVX(sv));
2513 RESTORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL();
2517 else if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVNV)
2518 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVNV);
2523 SvNV_set(sv, SvIsUV(sv) ? (NV)SvUVX(sv) : (NV)SvIVX(sv));
2524 #ifdef NV_PRESERVES_UV
2530 /* Only set the public NV OK flag if this NV preserves the IV */
2531 /* Check it's not 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF */
2533 SvIsUV(sv) ? ((SvUVX(sv) != UV_MAX)&&(SvUVX(sv) == U_V(SvNVX(sv))))
2534 : (SvIVX(sv) == I_V(SvNVX(sv))))
2540 else if (SvPOKp(sv)) {
2542 const int numtype = grok_number(SvPVX_const(sv), SvCUR(sv), &value);
2543 if (!SvIOKp(sv) && !numtype && ckWARN(WARN_NUMERIC))
2545 #ifdef NV_PRESERVES_UV
2546 if ((numtype & (IS_NUMBER_IN_UV | IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT))
2547 == IS_NUMBER_IN_UV) {
2548 /* It's definitely an integer */
2549 SvNV_set(sv, (numtype & IS_NUMBER_NEG) ? -(NV)value : (NV)value);
2551 SvNV_set(sv, Atof(SvPVX_const(sv)));
2557 SvNV_set(sv, Atof(SvPVX_const(sv)));
2558 /* Only set the public NV OK flag if this NV preserves the value in
2559 the PV at least as well as an IV/UV would.
2560 Not sure how to do this 100% reliably. */
2561 /* if that shift count is out of range then Configure's test is
2562 wonky. We shouldn't be in here with NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS ==
2564 if (((UV)1 << NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS) >
2565 U_V(SvNVX(sv) > 0 ? SvNVX(sv) : -SvNVX(sv))) {
2566 SvNOK_on(sv); /* Definitely small enough to preserve all bits */
2567 } else if (!(numtype & IS_NUMBER_IN_UV)) {
2568 /* Can't use strtol etc to convert this string, so don't try.
2569 sv_2iv and sv_2uv will use the NV to convert, not the PV. */
2572 /* value has been set. It may not be precise. */
2573 if ((numtype & IS_NUMBER_NEG) && (value > (UV)IV_MIN)) {
2574 /* 2s complement assumption for (UV)IV_MIN */
2575 SvNOK_on(sv); /* Integer is too negative. */
2580 if (numtype & IS_NUMBER_NEG) {
2581 SvIV_set(sv, -(IV)value);
2582 } else if (value <= (UV)IV_MAX) {
2583 SvIV_set(sv, (IV)value);
2585 SvUV_set(sv, value);
2589 if (numtype & IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT) {
2590 /* I believe that even if the original PV had decimals,
2591 they are lost beyond the limit of the FP precision.
2592 However, neither is canonical, so both only get p
2593 flags. NWC, 2000/11/25 */
2594 /* Both already have p flags, so do nothing */
2596 const NV nv = SvNVX(sv);
2597 if (SvNVX(sv) < (NV)IV_MAX + 0.5) {
2598 if (SvIVX(sv) == I_V(nv)) {
2601 /* It had no "." so it must be integer. */
2605 /* between IV_MAX and NV(UV_MAX).
2606 Could be slightly > UV_MAX */
2608 if (numtype & IS_NUMBER_NOT_INT) {
2609 /* UV and NV both imprecise. */
2611 const UV nv_as_uv = U_V(nv);
2613 if (value == nv_as_uv && SvUVX(sv) != UV_MAX) {
2622 /* It might be more code efficient to go through the entire logic above
2623 and conditionally set with SvNOKp_on() rather than SvNOK(), but it
2624 gets complex and potentially buggy, so more programmer efficient
2625 to do it this way, by turning off the public flags: */
2627 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~(SVf_IOK|SVf_NOK);
2628 #endif /* NV_PRESERVES_UV */
2631 if (isGV_with_GP(sv)) {
2632 glob_2number(MUTABLE_GV(sv));
2636 if (!PL_localizing && !SvPADTMP(sv) && ckWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED))
2638 assert (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_NV);
2639 /* Typically the caller expects that sv_any is not NULL now. */
2640 /* XXX Ilya implies that this is a bug in callers that assume this
2641 and ideally should be fixed. */
2644 #if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE)
2646 STORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL_SET_STANDARD();
2647 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2nv(%" PERL_PRIgldbl ")\n",
2648 PTR2UV(sv), SvNVX(sv));
2649 RESTORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL();
2653 STORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL_SET_STANDARD();
2654 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 1nv(%"NVgf")\n",
2655 PTR2UV(sv), SvNVX(sv));
2656 RESTORE_NUMERIC_LOCAL();
2665 Return an SV with the numeric value of the source SV, doing any necessary
2666 reference or overload conversion. You must use the C<SvNUM(sv)> macro to
2667 access this function.
2673 Perl_sv_2num(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
2675 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2NUM;
2680 SV * const tmpsv = AMG_CALLunary(sv, numer_amg);
2681 TAINT_IF(tmpsv && SvTAINTED(tmpsv));
2682 if (tmpsv && (!SvROK(tmpsv) || (SvRV(tmpsv) != SvRV(sv))))
2683 return sv_2num(tmpsv);
2685 return sv_2mortal(newSVuv(PTR2UV(SvRV(sv))));
2688 /* uiv_2buf(): private routine for use by sv_2pv_flags(): print an IV or
2689 * UV as a string towards the end of buf, and return pointers to start and
2692 * We assume that buf is at least TYPE_CHARS(UV) long.
2696 S_uiv_2buf(char *const buf, const IV iv, UV uv, const int is_uv, char **const peob)
2698 char *ptr = buf + TYPE_CHARS(UV);
2699 char * const ebuf = ptr;
2702 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UIV_2BUF;
2714 *--ptr = '0' + (char)(uv % 10);
2723 =for apidoc sv_2pv_flags
2725 Returns a pointer to the string value of an SV, and sets *lp to its length.
2726 If flags includes SV_GMAGIC, does an mg_get() first. Coerces sv to a
2727 string if necessary. Normally invoked via the C<SvPV_flags> macro.
2728 C<sv_2pv()> and C<sv_2pv_nomg> usually end up here too.
2734 Perl_sv_2pv_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN *const lp, const I32 flags)
2744 if (SvGMAGICAL(sv) && (flags & SV_GMAGIC))
2749 if (flags & SV_SKIP_OVERLOAD)
2751 tmpstr = AMG_CALLunary(sv, string_amg);
2752 TAINT_IF(tmpstr && SvTAINTED(tmpstr));
2753 if (tmpstr && (!SvROK(tmpstr) || (SvRV(tmpstr) != SvRV(sv)))) {
2755 /* char *pv = lp ? SvPV(tmpstr, *lp) : SvPV_nolen(tmpstr);
2759 if ((SvFLAGS(tmpstr) & (SVf_POK)) == SVf_POK) {
2760 if (flags & SV_CONST_RETURN) {
2761 pv = (char *) SvPVX_const(tmpstr);
2763 pv = (flags & SV_MUTABLE_RETURN)
2764 ? SvPVX_mutable(tmpstr) : SvPVX(tmpstr);
2767 *lp = SvCUR(tmpstr);
2769 pv = sv_2pv_flags(tmpstr, lp, flags);
2782 SV *const referent = SvRV(sv);
2786 retval = buffer = savepvn("NULLREF", len);
2787 } else if (SvTYPE(referent) == SVt_REGEXP &&
2788 (!(PL_curcop->cop_hints & HINT_NO_AMAGIC) ||
2789 amagic_is_enabled(string_amg))) {
2790 REGEXP * const re = (REGEXP *)MUTABLE_PTR(referent);
2794 /* If the regex is UTF-8 we want the containing scalar to
2795 have an UTF-8 flag too */
2802 *lp = RX_WRAPLEN(re);
2804 return RX_WRAPPED(re);
2806 const char *const typestr = sv_reftype(referent, 0);
2807 const STRLEN typelen = strlen(typestr);
2808 UV addr = PTR2UV(referent);
2809 const char *stashname = NULL;
2810 STRLEN stashnamelen = 0; /* hush, gcc */
2811 const char *buffer_end;
2813 if (SvOBJECT(referent)) {
2814 const HEK *const name = HvNAME_HEK(SvSTASH(referent));
2817 stashname = HEK_KEY(name);
2818 stashnamelen = HEK_LEN(name);
2820 if (HEK_UTF8(name)) {
2826 stashname = "__ANON__";
2829 len = stashnamelen + 1 /* = */ + typelen + 3 /* (0x */
2830 + 2 * sizeof(UV) + 2 /* )\0 */;
2832 len = typelen + 3 /* (0x */
2833 + 2 * sizeof(UV) + 2 /* )\0 */;
2836 Newx(buffer, len, char);
2837 buffer_end = retval = buffer + len;
2839 /* Working backwards */
2843 *--retval = PL_hexdigit[addr & 15];
2844 } while (addr >>= 4);
2850 memcpy(retval, typestr, typelen);
2854 retval -= stashnamelen;
2855 memcpy(retval, stashname, stashnamelen);
2857 /* retval may not necessarily have reached the start of the
2859 assert (retval >= buffer);
2861 len = buffer_end - retval - 1; /* -1 for that \0 */
2873 if (flags & SV_MUTABLE_RETURN)
2874 return SvPVX_mutable(sv);
2875 if (flags & SV_CONST_RETURN)
2876 return (char *)SvPVX_const(sv);
2881 /* I'm assuming that if both IV and NV are equally valid then
2882 converting the IV is going to be more efficient */
2883 const U32 isUIOK = SvIsUV(sv);
2884 char buf[TYPE_CHARS(UV)];
2888 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVIV)
2889 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVIV);
2890 ptr = uiv_2buf(buf, SvIVX(sv), SvUVX(sv), isUIOK, &ebuf);
2892 /* inlined from sv_setpvn */
2893 s = SvGROW_mutable(sv, len + 1);
2894 Move(ptr, s, len, char);
2898 else if (SvNOK(sv)) {
2899 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVNV)
2900 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PVNV);
2901 if (SvNVX(sv) == 0.0) {
2902 s = SvGROW_mutable(sv, 2);
2907 /* The +20 is pure guesswork. Configure test needed. --jhi */
2908 s = SvGROW_mutable(sv, NV_DIG + 20);
2909 /* some Xenix systems wipe out errno here */
2910 Gconvert(SvNVX(sv), NV_DIG, 0, s);
2919 else if (isGV_with_GP(sv)) {
2920 GV *const gv = MUTABLE_GV(sv);
2921 SV *const buffer = sv_newmortal();
2923 gv_efullname3(buffer, gv, "*");
2925 assert(SvPOK(buffer));
2929 *lp = SvCUR(buffer);
2930 return SvPVX(buffer);
2932 else if (isREGEXP(sv)) {
2933 if (lp) *lp = RX_WRAPLEN((REGEXP *)sv);
2934 return RX_WRAPPED((REGEXP *)sv);
2939 if (flags & SV_UNDEF_RETURNS_NULL)
2941 if (!PL_localizing && !SvPADTMP(sv) && ckWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED))
2943 /* Typically the caller expects that sv_any is not NULL now. */
2944 if (!SvREADONLY(sv) && SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PV)
2945 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PV);
2950 const STRLEN len = s - SvPVX_const(sv);
2956 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2pv(%s)\n",
2957 PTR2UV(sv),SvPVX_const(sv)));
2958 if (flags & SV_CONST_RETURN)
2959 return (char *)SvPVX_const(sv);
2960 if (flags & SV_MUTABLE_RETURN)
2961 return SvPVX_mutable(sv);
2966 =for apidoc sv_copypv
2968 Copies a stringified representation of the source SV into the
2969 destination SV. Automatically performs any necessary mg_get and
2970 coercion of numeric values into strings. Guaranteed to preserve
2971 UTF8 flag even from overloaded objects. Similar in nature to
2972 sv_2pv[_flags] but operates directly on an SV instead of just the
2973 string. Mostly uses sv_2pv_flags to do its work, except when that
2974 would lose the UTF-8'ness of the PV.
2976 =for apidoc sv_copypv_nomg
2978 Like sv_copypv, but doesn't invoke get magic first.
2980 =for apidoc sv_copypv_flags
2982 Implementation of sv_copypv and sv_copypv_nomg. Calls get magic iff flags
2989 Perl_sv_copypv(pTHX_ SV *const dsv, SV *const ssv)
2991 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_COPYPV;
2993 sv_copypv_flags(dsv, ssv, 0);
2997 Perl_sv_copypv_flags(pTHX_ SV *const dsv, SV *const ssv, const I32 flags)
3002 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_COPYPV_FLAGS;
3004 if ((flags & SV_GMAGIC) && SvGMAGICAL(ssv))
3006 s = SvPV_nomg_const(ssv,len);
3007 sv_setpvn(dsv,s,len);
3015 =for apidoc sv_2pvbyte
3017 Return a pointer to the byte-encoded representation of the SV, and set *lp
3018 to its length. May cause the SV to be downgraded from UTF-8 as a
3021 Usually accessed via the C<SvPVbyte> macro.
3027 Perl_sv_2pvbyte(pTHX_ SV *sv, STRLEN *const lp)
3029 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2PVBYTE;
3031 if (((SvREADONLY(sv) || SvFAKE(sv)) && !SvIsCOW(sv))
3032 || isGV_with_GP(sv) || SvROK(sv)) {
3033 SV *sv2 = sv_newmortal();
3037 else SvGETMAGIC(sv);
3038 sv_utf8_downgrade(sv,0);
3039 return lp ? SvPV_nomg(sv,*lp) : SvPV_nomg_nolen(sv);
3043 =for apidoc sv_2pvutf8
3045 Return a pointer to the UTF-8-encoded representation of the SV, and set *lp
3046 to its length. May cause the SV to be upgraded to UTF-8 as a side-effect.
3048 Usually accessed via the C<SvPVutf8> macro.
3054 Perl_sv_2pvutf8(pTHX_ SV *sv, STRLEN *const lp)
3056 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2PVUTF8;
3058 if (((SvREADONLY(sv) || SvFAKE(sv)) && !SvIsCOW(sv))
3059 || isGV_with_GP(sv) || SvROK(sv))
3060 sv = sv_mortalcopy(sv);
3063 sv_utf8_upgrade_nomg(sv);
3064 return lp ? SvPV_nomg(sv,*lp) : SvPV_nomg_nolen(sv);
3069 =for apidoc sv_2bool
3071 This macro is only used by sv_true() or its macro equivalent, and only if
3072 the latter's argument is neither SvPOK, SvIOK nor SvNOK.
3073 It calls sv_2bool_flags with the SV_GMAGIC flag.
3075 =for apidoc sv_2bool_flags
3077 This function is only used by sv_true() and friends, and only if
3078 the latter's argument is neither SvPOK, SvIOK nor SvNOK. If the flags
3079 contain SV_GMAGIC, then it does an mg_get() first.
3086 Perl_sv_2bool_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const I32 flags)
3090 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2BOOL_FLAGS;
3092 if(flags & SV_GMAGIC) SvGETMAGIC(sv);
3098 SV * const tmpsv = AMG_CALLunary(sv, bool__amg);
3099 if (tmpsv && (!SvROK(tmpsv) || (SvRV(tmpsv) != SvRV(sv))))
3100 return cBOOL(SvTRUE(tmpsv));
3102 return SvRV(sv) != 0;
3104 return SvTRUE_common(sv, isGV_with_GP(sv) ? 1 : 0);
3108 =for apidoc sv_utf8_upgrade
3110 Converts the PV of an SV to its UTF-8-encoded form.
3111 Forces the SV to string form if it is not already.
3112 Will C<mg_get> on C<sv> if appropriate.
3113 Always sets the SvUTF8 flag to avoid future validity checks even
3114 if the whole string is the same in UTF-8 as not.
3115 Returns the number of bytes in the converted string
3117 This is not a general purpose byte encoding to Unicode interface:
3118 use the Encode extension for that.
3120 =for apidoc sv_utf8_upgrade_nomg
3122 Like sv_utf8_upgrade, but doesn't do magic on C<sv>.
3124 =for apidoc sv_utf8_upgrade_flags
3126 Converts the PV of an SV to its UTF-8-encoded form.
3127 Forces the SV to string form if it is not already.
3128 Always sets the SvUTF8 flag to avoid future validity checks even
3129 if all the bytes are invariant in UTF-8.
3130 If C<flags> has C<SV_GMAGIC> bit set,
3131 will C<mg_get> on C<sv> if appropriate, else not.
3132 Returns the number of bytes in the converted string
3133 C<sv_utf8_upgrade> and
3134 C<sv_utf8_upgrade_nomg> are implemented in terms of this function.
3136 This is not a general purpose byte encoding to Unicode interface:
3137 use the Encode extension for that.
3141 The grow version is currently not externally documented. It adds a parameter,
3142 extra, which is the number of unused bytes the string of 'sv' is guaranteed to
3143 have free after it upon return. This allows the caller to reserve extra space
3144 that it intends to fill, to avoid extra grows.
3146 Also externally undocumented for the moment is the flag SV_FORCE_UTF8_UPGRADE,
3147 which can be used to tell this function to not first check to see if there are
3148 any characters that are different in UTF-8 (variant characters) which would
3149 force it to allocate a new string to sv, but to assume there are. Typically
3150 this flag is used by a routine that has already parsed the string to find that
3151 there are such characters, and passes this information on so that the work
3152 doesn't have to be repeated.
3154 (One might think that the calling routine could pass in the position of the
3155 first such variant, so it wouldn't have to be found again. But that is not the
3156 case, because typically when the caller is likely to use this flag, it won't be
3157 calling this routine unless it finds something that won't fit into a byte.
3158 Otherwise it tries to not upgrade and just use bytes. But some things that
3159 do fit into a byte are variants in utf8, and the caller may not have been
3160 keeping track of these.)
3162 If the routine itself changes the string, it adds a trailing NUL. Such a NUL
3163 isn't guaranteed due to having other routines do the work in some input cases,
3164 or if the input is already flagged as being in utf8.
3166 The speed of this could perhaps be improved for many cases if someone wanted to
3167 write a fast function that counts the number of variant characters in a string,
3168 especially if it could return the position of the first one.
3173 Perl_sv_utf8_upgrade_flags_grow(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const I32 flags, STRLEN extra)
3177 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UTF8_UPGRADE_FLAGS_GROW;
3179 if (sv == &PL_sv_undef)
3181 if (!SvPOK_nog(sv)) {
3183 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && (SvPOKp(sv) || SvIOKp(sv) || SvNOKp(sv))) {
3184 (void) sv_2pv_flags(sv,&len, flags);
3186 if (extra) SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + extra);
3190 (void) SvPV_force_flags(sv,len,flags & SV_GMAGIC);
3195 if (extra) SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + extra);
3200 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
3203 if (PL_encoding && !(flags & SV_UTF8_NO_ENCODING)) {
3204 sv_recode_to_utf8(sv, PL_encoding);
3205 if (extra) SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + extra);
3209 if (SvCUR(sv) == 0) {
3210 if (extra) SvGROW(sv, extra);
3211 } else { /* Assume Latin-1/EBCDIC */
3212 /* This function could be much more efficient if we
3213 * had a FLAG in SVs to signal if there are any variant
3214 * chars in the PV. Given that there isn't such a flag
3215 * make the loop as fast as possible (although there are certainly ways
3216 * to speed this up, eg. through vectorization) */
3217 U8 * s = (U8 *) SvPVX_const(sv);
3218 U8 * e = (U8 *) SvEND(sv);
3220 STRLEN two_byte_count = 0;
3222 if (flags & SV_FORCE_UTF8_UPGRADE) goto must_be_utf8;
3224 /* See if really will need to convert to utf8. We mustn't rely on our
3225 * incoming SV being well formed and having a trailing '\0', as certain
3226 * code in pp_formline can send us partially built SVs. */
3230 if (NATIVE_IS_INVARIANT(ch)) continue;
3232 t--; /* t already incremented; re-point to first variant */
3237 /* utf8 conversion not needed because all are invariants. Mark as
3238 * UTF-8 even if no variant - saves scanning loop */
3240 if (extra) SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + extra);
3245 /* Here, the string should be converted to utf8, either because of an
3246 * input flag (two_byte_count = 0), or because a character that
3247 * requires 2 bytes was found (two_byte_count = 1). t points either to
3248 * the beginning of the string (if we didn't examine anything), or to
3249 * the first variant. In either case, everything from s to t - 1 will
3250 * occupy only 1 byte each on output.
3252 * There are two main ways to convert. One is to create a new string
3253 * and go through the input starting from the beginning, appending each
3254 * converted value onto the new string as we go along. It's probably
3255 * best to allocate enough space in the string for the worst possible
3256 * case rather than possibly running out of space and having to
3257 * reallocate and then copy what we've done so far. Since everything
3258 * from s to t - 1 is invariant, the destination can be initialized
3259 * with these using a fast memory copy
3261 * The other way is to figure out exactly how big the string should be
3262 * by parsing the entire input. Then you don't have to make it big
3263 * enough to handle the worst possible case, and more importantly, if
3264 * the string you already have is large enough, you don't have to
3265 * allocate a new string, you can copy the last character in the input
3266 * string to the final position(s) that will be occupied by the
3267 * converted string and go backwards, stopping at t, since everything
3268 * before that is invariant.
3270 * There are advantages and disadvantages to each method.
3272 * In the first method, we can allocate a new string, do the memory
3273 * copy from the s to t - 1, and then proceed through the rest of the
3274 * string byte-by-byte.
3276 * In the second method, we proceed through the rest of the input
3277 * string just calculating how big the converted string will be. Then
3278 * there are two cases:
3279 * 1) if the string has enough extra space to handle the converted
3280 * value. We go backwards through the string, converting until we
3281 * get to the position we are at now, and then stop. If this
3282 * position is far enough along in the string, this method is
3283 * faster than the other method. If the memory copy were the same
3284 * speed as the byte-by-byte loop, that position would be about
3285 * half-way, as at the half-way mark, parsing to the end and back
3286 * is one complete string's parse, the same amount as starting
3287 * over and going all the way through. Actually, it would be
3288 * somewhat less than half-way, as it's faster to just count bytes
3289 * than to also copy, and we don't have the overhead of allocating
3290 * a new string, changing the scalar to use it, and freeing the
3291 * existing one. But if the memory copy is fast, the break-even
3292 * point is somewhere after half way. The counting loop could be
3293 * sped up by vectorization, etc, to move the break-even point
3294 * further towards the beginning.
3295 * 2) if the string doesn't have enough space to handle the converted
3296 * value. A new string will have to be allocated, and one might
3297 * as well, given that, start from the beginning doing the first
3298 * method. We've spent extra time parsing the string and in
3299 * exchange all we've gotten is that we know precisely how big to
3300 * make the new one. Perl is more optimized for time than space,
3301 * so this case is a loser.
3302 * So what I've decided to do is not use the 2nd method unless it is
3303 * guaranteed that a new string won't have to be allocated, assuming
3304 * the worst case. I also decided not to put any more conditions on it
3305 * than this, for now. It seems likely that, since the worst case is
3306 * twice as big as the unknown portion of the string (plus 1), we won't
3307 * be guaranteed enough space, causing us to go to the first method,
3308 * unless the string is short, or the first variant character is near
3309 * the end of it. In either of these cases, it seems best to use the
3310 * 2nd method. The only circumstance I can think of where this would
3311 * be really slower is if the string had once had much more data in it
3312 * than it does now, but there is still a substantial amount in it */
3315 STRLEN invariant_head = t - s;
3316 STRLEN size = invariant_head + (e - t) * 2 + 1 + extra;
3317 if (SvLEN(sv) < size) {
3319 /* Here, have decided to allocate a new string */
3324 Newx(dst, size, U8);
3326 /* If no known invariants at the beginning of the input string,
3327 * set so starts from there. Otherwise, can use memory copy to
3328 * get up to where we are now, and then start from here */
3330 if (invariant_head <= 0) {
3333 Copy(s, dst, invariant_head, char);
3334 d = dst + invariant_head;
3338 const UV uv = NATIVE8_TO_UNI(*t++);
3339 if (UNI_IS_INVARIANT(uv))
3340 *d++ = (U8)UNI_TO_NATIVE(uv);
3342 *d++ = (U8)UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_HI(uv);
3343 *d++ = (U8)UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_LO(uv);
3347 SvPV_free(sv); /* No longer using pre-existing string */
3348 SvPV_set(sv, (char*)dst);
3349 SvCUR_set(sv, d - dst);
3350 SvLEN_set(sv, size);
3353 /* Here, have decided to get the exact size of the string.
3354 * Currently this happens only when we know that there is
3355 * guaranteed enough space to fit the converted string, so
3356 * don't have to worry about growing. If two_byte_count is 0,
3357 * then t points to the first byte of the string which hasn't
3358 * been examined yet. Otherwise two_byte_count is 1, and t
3359 * points to the first byte in the string that will expand to
3360 * two. Depending on this, start examining at t or 1 after t.
3363 U8 *d = t + two_byte_count;
3366 /* Count up the remaining bytes that expand to two */
3369 const U8 chr = *d++;
3370 if (! NATIVE_IS_INVARIANT(chr)) two_byte_count++;
3373 /* The string will expand by just the number of bytes that
3374 * occupy two positions. But we are one afterwards because of
3375 * the increment just above. This is the place to put the
3376 * trailing NUL, and to set the length before we decrement */
3378 d += two_byte_count;
3379 SvCUR_set(sv, d - s);
3383 /* Having decremented d, it points to the position to put the
3384 * very last byte of the expanded string. Go backwards through
3385 * the string, copying and expanding as we go, stopping when we
3386 * get to the part that is invariant the rest of the way down */
3390 const U8 ch = NATIVE8_TO_UNI(*e--);
3391 if (UNI_IS_INVARIANT(ch)) {
3392 *d-- = UNI_TO_NATIVE(ch);
3394 *d-- = (U8)UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_LO(ch);
3395 *d-- = (U8)UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_HI(ch);
3400 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG && SvMAGIC(sv)) {
3401 /* Update pos. We do it at the end rather than during
3402 * the upgrade, to avoid slowing down the common case
3403 * (upgrade without pos) */
3404 MAGIC * mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_regex_global);
3406 I32 pos = mg->mg_len;
3407 if (pos > 0 && (U32)pos > invariant_head) {
3408 U8 *d = (U8*) SvPVX(sv) + invariant_head;
3409 STRLEN n = (U32)pos - invariant_head;
3411 if (UTF8_IS_START(*d))
3416 mg->mg_len = d - (U8*)SvPVX(sv);
3419 if ((mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))
3420 magic_setutf8(sv,mg); /* clear UTF8 cache */
3425 /* Mark as UTF-8 even if no variant - saves scanning loop */
3431 =for apidoc sv_utf8_downgrade
3433 Attempts to convert the PV of an SV from characters to bytes.
3434 If the PV contains a character that cannot fit
3435 in a byte, this conversion will fail;
3436 in this case, either returns false or, if C<fail_ok> is not
3439 This is not a general purpose Unicode to byte encoding interface:
3440 use the Encode extension for that.
3446 Perl_sv_utf8_downgrade(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const bool fail_ok)
3450 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UTF8_DOWNGRADE;
3452 if (SvPOKp(sv) && SvUTF8(sv)) {
3456 int mg_flags = SV_GMAGIC;
3459 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
3461 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG && SvMAGIC(sv)) {
3463 MAGIC * mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_regex_global);
3465 I32 pos = mg->mg_len;
3467 sv_pos_b2u(sv, &pos);
3468 mg_flags = 0; /* sv_pos_b2u does get magic */
3472 if ((mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))
3473 magic_setutf8(sv,mg); /* clear UTF8 cache */
3476 s = (U8 *) SvPV_flags(sv, len, mg_flags);
3478 if (!utf8_to_bytes(s, &len)) {
3483 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Wide character in %s",
3486 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Wide character");
3497 =for apidoc sv_utf8_encode
3499 Converts the PV of an SV to UTF-8, but then turns the C<SvUTF8>
3500 flag off so that it looks like octets again.
3506 Perl_sv_utf8_encode(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
3508 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UTF8_ENCODE;
3510 if (SvREADONLY(sv)) {
3511 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
3513 (void) sv_utf8_upgrade(sv);
3518 =for apidoc sv_utf8_decode
3520 If the PV of the SV is an octet sequence in UTF-8
3521 and contains a multiple-byte character, the C<SvUTF8> flag is turned on
3522 so that it looks like a character. If the PV contains only single-byte
3523 characters, the C<SvUTF8> flag stays off.
3524 Scans PV for validity and returns false if the PV is invalid UTF-8.
3530 Perl_sv_utf8_decode(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
3532 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UTF8_DECODE;
3535 const U8 *start, *c;
3538 /* The octets may have got themselves encoded - get them back as
3541 if (!sv_utf8_downgrade(sv, TRUE))
3544 /* it is actually just a matter of turning the utf8 flag on, but
3545 * we want to make sure everything inside is valid utf8 first.
3547 c = start = (const U8 *) SvPVX_const(sv);
3548 if (!is_utf8_string(c, SvCUR(sv)))
3550 e = (const U8 *) SvEND(sv);
3553 if (!UTF8_IS_INVARIANT(ch)) {
3558 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG && SvMAGIC(sv)) {
3559 /* adjust pos to the start of a UTF8 char sequence */
3560 MAGIC * mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_regex_global);
3562 I32 pos = mg->mg_len;
3564 for (c = start + pos; c > start; c--) {
3565 if (UTF8_IS_START(*c))
3568 mg->mg_len = c - start;
3571 if ((mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))
3572 magic_setutf8(sv,mg); /* clear UTF8 cache */
3579 =for apidoc sv_setsv
3581 Copies the contents of the source SV C<ssv> into the destination SV
3582 C<dsv>. The source SV may be destroyed if it is mortal, so don't use this
3583 function if the source SV needs to be reused. Does not handle 'set' magic.
3584 Loosely speaking, it performs a copy-by-value, obliterating any previous
3585 content of the destination.
3587 You probably want to use one of the assortment of wrappers, such as
3588 C<SvSetSV>, C<SvSetSV_nosteal>, C<SvSetMagicSV> and
3589 C<SvSetMagicSV_nosteal>.
3591 =for apidoc sv_setsv_flags
3593 Copies the contents of the source SV C<ssv> into the destination SV
3594 C<dsv>. The source SV may be destroyed if it is mortal, so don't use this
3595 function if the source SV needs to be reused. Does not handle 'set' magic.
3596 Loosely speaking, it performs a copy-by-value, obliterating any previous
3597 content of the destination.
3598 If the C<flags> parameter has the C<SV_GMAGIC> bit set, will C<mg_get> on
3599 C<ssv> if appropriate, else not. If the C<flags>
3600 parameter has the C<NOSTEAL> bit set then the
3601 buffers of temps will not be stolen. <sv_setsv>
3602 and C<sv_setsv_nomg> are implemented in terms of this function.
3604 You probably want to use one of the assortment of wrappers, such as
3605 C<SvSetSV>, C<SvSetSV_nosteal>, C<SvSetMagicSV> and
3606 C<SvSetMagicSV_nosteal>.
3608 This is the primary function for copying scalars, and most other
3609 copy-ish functions and macros use this underneath.
3615 S_glob_assign_glob(pTHX_ SV *const dstr, SV *const sstr, const int dtype)
3617 I32 mro_changes = 0; /* 1 = method, 2 = isa, 3 = recursive isa */
3618 HV *old_stash = NULL;
3620 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_GLOB_ASSIGN_GLOB;
3622 if (dtype != SVt_PVGV && !isGV_with_GP(dstr)) {
3623 const char * const name = GvNAME(sstr);
3624 const STRLEN len = GvNAMELEN(sstr);
3626 if (dtype >= SVt_PV) {
3632 SvUPGRADE(dstr, SVt_PVGV);
3633 (void)SvOK_off(dstr);
3634 /* We have to turn this on here, even though we turn it off
3635 below, as GvSTASH will fail an assertion otherwise. */
3636 isGV_with_GP_on(dstr);
3638 GvSTASH(dstr) = GvSTASH(sstr);
3640 Perl_sv_add_backref(aTHX_ MUTABLE_SV(GvSTASH(dstr)), dstr);
3641 gv_name_set(MUTABLE_GV(dstr), name, len,
3642 GV_ADD | (GvNAMEUTF8(sstr) ? SVf_UTF8 : 0 ));
3643 SvFAKE_on(dstr); /* can coerce to non-glob */
3646 if(GvGP(MUTABLE_GV(sstr))) {
3647 /* If source has method cache entry, clear it */
3649 SvREFCNT_dec(GvCV(sstr));
3650 GvCV_set(sstr, NULL);
3653 /* If source has a real method, then a method is
3656 GvCV((const GV *)sstr) && GvSTASH(dstr) && HvENAME(GvSTASH(dstr))
3662 /* If dest already had a real method, that's a change as well */
3664 !mro_changes && GvGP(MUTABLE_GV(dstr)) && GvCVu((const GV *)dstr)
3665 && GvSTASH(dstr) && HvENAME(GvSTASH(dstr))
3670 /* We don't need to check the name of the destination if it was not a
3671 glob to begin with. */
3672 if(dtype == SVt_PVGV) {
3673 const char * const name = GvNAME((const GV *)dstr);
3676 /* The stash may have been detached from the symbol table, so
3678 && GvSTASH(dstr) && HvENAME(GvSTASH(dstr))
3682 const STRLEN len = GvNAMELEN(dstr);
3683 if ((len > 1 && name[len-2] == ':' && name[len-1] == ':')
3684 || (len == 1 && name[0] == ':')) {
3687 /* Set aside the old stash, so we can reset isa caches on
3689 if((old_stash = GvHV(dstr)))
3690 /* Make sure we do not lose it early. */
3691 SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(
3692 sv_2mortal((SV *)old_stash)
3698 gp_free(MUTABLE_GV(dstr));
3699 isGV_with_GP_off(dstr); /* SvOK_off does not like globs. */
3700 (void)SvOK_off(dstr);
3701 isGV_with_GP_on(dstr);
3702 GvINTRO_off(dstr); /* one-shot flag */
3703 GvGP_set(dstr, gp_ref(GvGP(sstr)));
3704 if (SvTAINTED(sstr))
3706 if (GvIMPORTED(dstr) != GVf_IMPORTED
3707 && CopSTASH_ne(PL_curcop, GvSTASH(dstr)))
3709 GvIMPORTED_on(dstr);
3712 if(mro_changes == 2) {
3713 if (GvAV((const GV *)sstr)) {
3715 SV * const sref = (SV *)GvAV((const GV *)dstr);
3716 if (SvSMAGICAL(sref) && (mg = mg_find(sref, PERL_MAGIC_isa))) {
3717 if (SvTYPE(mg->mg_obj) != SVt_PVAV) {
3718 AV * const ary = newAV();
3719 av_push(ary, mg->mg_obj); /* takes the refcount */
3720 mg->mg_obj = (SV *)ary;
3722 av_push((AV *)mg->mg_obj, SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN(dstr));
3724 else sv_magic(sref, dstr, PERL_MAGIC_isa, NULL, 0);
3726 mro_isa_changed_in(GvSTASH(dstr));
3728 else if(mro_changes == 3) {
3729 HV * const stash = GvHV(dstr);
3730 if(old_stash ? (HV *)HvENAME_get(old_stash) : stash)
3736 else if(mro_changes) mro_method_changed_in(GvSTASH(dstr));
3741 S_glob_assign_ref(pTHX_ SV *const dstr, SV *const sstr)
3743 SV * const sref = SvRV(sstr);
3745 const int intro = GvINTRO(dstr);
3748 const U32 stype = SvTYPE(sref);
3750 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_GLOB_ASSIGN_REF;
3753 GvINTRO_off(dstr); /* one-shot flag */
3754 GvLINE(dstr) = CopLINE(PL_curcop);
3755 GvEGV(dstr) = MUTABLE_GV(dstr);
3760 location = (SV **) &(GvGP(dstr)->gp_cv); /* XXX bypassing GvCV_set */
3761 import_flag = GVf_IMPORTED_CV;
3764 location = (SV **) &GvHV(dstr);
3765 import_flag = GVf_IMPORTED_HV;
3768 location = (SV **) &GvAV(dstr);
3769 import_flag = GVf_IMPORTED_AV;
3772 location = (SV **) &GvIOp(dstr);
3775 location = (SV **) &GvFORM(dstr);
3778 location = &GvSV(dstr);
3779 import_flag = GVf_IMPORTED_SV;
3782 if (stype == SVt_PVCV) {
3783 /*if (GvCVGEN(dstr) && (GvCV(dstr) != (const CV *)sref || GvCVGEN(dstr))) {*/
3784 if (GvCVGEN(dstr)) {
3785 SvREFCNT_dec(GvCV(dstr));
3786 GvCV_set(dstr, NULL);
3787 GvCVGEN(dstr) = 0; /* Switch off cacheness. */
3790 /* SAVEt_GVSLOT takes more room on the savestack and has more
3791 overhead in leave_scope than SAVEt_GENERIC_SV. But for CVs
3792 leave_scope needs access to the GV so it can reset method
3793 caches. We must use SAVEt_GVSLOT whenever the type is
3794 SVt_PVCV, even if the stash is anonymous, as the stash may
3795 gain a name somehow before leave_scope. */
3796 if (stype == SVt_PVCV) {
3797 /* There is no save_pushptrptrptr. Creating it for this
3798 one call site would be overkill. So inline the ss add
3802 SS_ADD_PTR(location);
3803 SS_ADD_PTR(SvREFCNT_inc(*location));
3804 SS_ADD_UV(SAVEt_GVSLOT);
3807 else SAVEGENERICSV(*location);
3810 if (stype == SVt_PVCV && (*location != sref || GvCVGEN(dstr))) {
3811 CV* const cv = MUTABLE_CV(*location);
3813 if (!GvCVGEN((const GV *)dstr) &&
3814 (CvROOT(cv) || CvXSUB(cv)) &&
3815 /* redundant check that avoids creating the extra SV
3816 most of the time: */
3817 (CvCONST(cv) || ckWARN(WARN_REDEFINE)))
3819 SV * const new_const_sv =
3820 CvCONST((const CV *)sref)
3821 ? cv_const_sv((const CV *)sref)
3823 report_redefined_cv(
3824 sv_2mortal(Perl_newSVpvf(aTHX_
3827 HvNAME_HEK(GvSTASH((const GV *)dstr))
3829 HEKfARG(GvENAME_HEK(MUTABLE_GV(dstr)))
3832 CvCONST((const CV *)sref) ? &new_const_sv : NULL
3836 cv_ckproto_len_flags(cv, (const GV *)dstr,
3837 SvPOK(sref) ? CvPROTO(sref) : NULL,
3838 SvPOK(sref) ? CvPROTOLEN(sref) : 0,
3839 SvPOK(sref) ? SvUTF8(sref) : 0);
3841 GvCVGEN(dstr) = 0; /* Switch off cacheness. */
3842 GvASSUMECV_on(dstr);
3843 if(GvSTASH(dstr)) gv_method_changed(dstr); /* sub foo { 1 } sub bar { 2 } *bar = \&foo */
3845 *location = SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN(sref);
3846 if (import_flag && !(GvFLAGS(dstr) & import_flag)
3847 && CopSTASH_ne(PL_curcop, GvSTASH(dstr))) {
3848 GvFLAGS(dstr) |= import_flag;
3850 if (stype == SVt_PVHV) {
3851 const char * const name = GvNAME((GV*)dstr);
3852 const STRLEN len = GvNAMELEN(dstr);
3855 (len > 1 && name[len-2] == ':' && name[len-1] == ':')
3856 || (len == 1 && name[0] == ':')
3858 && (!dref || HvENAME_get(dref))
3861 (HV *)sref, (HV *)dref,
3867 stype == SVt_PVAV && sref != dref
3868 && strEQ(GvNAME((GV*)dstr), "ISA")
3869 /* The stash may have been detached from the symbol table, so
3870 check its name before doing anything. */
3871 && GvSTASH(dstr) && HvENAME(GvSTASH(dstr))
3874 MAGIC * const omg = dref && SvSMAGICAL(dref)
3875 ? mg_find(dref, PERL_MAGIC_isa)
3877 if (SvSMAGICAL(sref) && (mg = mg_find(sref, PERL_MAGIC_isa))) {
3878 if (SvTYPE(mg->mg_obj) != SVt_PVAV) {
3879 AV * const ary = newAV();
3880 av_push(ary, mg->mg_obj); /* takes the refcount */
3881 mg->mg_obj = (SV *)ary;
3884 if (SvTYPE(omg->mg_obj) == SVt_PVAV) {
3885 SV **svp = AvARRAY((AV *)omg->mg_obj);
3886 I32 items = AvFILLp((AV *)omg->mg_obj) + 1;
3890 SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN(*svp++)
3896 SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN(omg->mg_obj)
3900 av_push((AV *)mg->mg_obj,SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN(dstr));
3905 sref, omg ? omg->mg_obj : dstr, PERL_MAGIC_isa, NULL, 0
3907 mg = mg_find(sref, PERL_MAGIC_isa);
3909 /* Since the *ISA assignment could have affected more than
3910 one stash, don't call mro_isa_changed_in directly, but let
3911 magic_clearisa do it for us, as it already has the logic for
3912 dealing with globs vs arrays of globs. */
3914 Perl_magic_clearisa(aTHX_ NULL, mg);
3916 else if (stype == SVt_PVIO) {
3917 DEBUG_o(Perl_deb(aTHX_ "glob_assign_ref clearing PL_stashcache\n"));
3918 /* It's a cache. It will rebuild itself quite happily.
3919 It's a lot of effort to work out exactly which key (or keys)
3920 might be invalidated by the creation of the this file handle.
3922 hv_clear(PL_stashcache);
3926 if (!intro) SvREFCNT_dec(dref);
3927 if (SvTAINTED(sstr))
3932 /* Work around compiler warnings about unsigned >= THRESHOLD when thres-
3934 #if SV_COW_THRESHOLD
3935 # define GE_COW_THRESHOLD(len) ((len) >= SV_COW_THRESHOLD)
3937 # define GE_COW_THRESHOLD(len) 1
3939 #if SV_COWBUF_THRESHOLD
3940 # define GE_COWBUF_THRESHOLD(len) ((len) >= SV_COWBUF_THRESHOLD)
3942 # define GE_COWBUF_THRESHOLD(len) 1
3946 Perl_sv_setsv_flags(pTHX_ SV *dstr, SV* sstr, const I32 flags)
3953 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETSV_FLAGS;
3958 if (SvIS_FREED(dstr)) {
3959 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: attempt to copy value %" SVf
3960 " to a freed scalar %p", SVfARG(sstr), (void *)dstr);
3962 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(dstr);
3964 sstr = &PL_sv_undef;
3965 if (SvIS_FREED(sstr)) {
3966 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: attempt to copy freed scalar %p to %p",
3967 (void*)sstr, (void*)dstr);
3969 stype = SvTYPE(sstr);
3970 dtype = SvTYPE(dstr);
3972 /* There's a lot of redundancy below but we're going for speed here */
3977 if (dtype != SVt_PVGV && dtype != SVt_PVLV) {
3978 (void)SvOK_off(dstr);
3986 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_IV);
3990 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_PVIV);
3994 goto end_of_first_switch;
3996 (void)SvIOK_only(dstr);
3997 SvIV_set(dstr, SvIVX(sstr));
4000 /* SvTAINTED can only be true if the SV has taint magic, which in
4001 turn means that the SV type is PVMG (or greater). This is the
4002 case statement for SVt_IV, so this cannot be true (whatever gcov
4004 assert(!SvTAINTED(sstr));
4009 if (dtype < SVt_PV && dtype != SVt_IV)
4010 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_IV);
4018 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_NV);
4022 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_PVNV);
4026 goto end_of_first_switch;
4028 SvNV_set(dstr, SvNVX(sstr));
4029 (void)SvNOK_only(dstr);
4030 /* SvTAINTED can only be true if the SV has taint magic, which in
4031 turn means that the SV type is PVMG (or greater). This is the
4032 case statement for SVt_NV, so this cannot be true (whatever gcov
4034 assert(!SvTAINTED(sstr));
4041 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_PV);
4044 if (dtype < SVt_PVIV)
4045 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_PVIV);
4048 if (dtype < SVt_PVNV)
4049 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_PVNV);
4053 const char * const type = sv_reftype(sstr,0);
4055 /* diag_listed_as: Bizarre copy of %s */
4056 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Bizarre copy of %s in %s", type, OP_DESC(PL_op));
4058 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Bizarre copy of %s", type);
4064 if (dtype < SVt_REGEXP)
4066 if (dtype >= SVt_PV) {
4072 sv_upgrade(dstr, SVt_REGEXP);
4076 /* case SVt_BIND: */
4080 if (SvGMAGICAL(sstr) && (flags & SV_GMAGIC)) {
4082 if (SvTYPE(sstr) != stype)
4083 stype = SvTYPE(sstr);
4085 if (isGV_with_GP(sstr) && dtype <= SVt_PVLV) {
4086 glob_assign_glob(dstr, sstr, dtype);
4089 if (stype == SVt_PVLV)
4091 if (isREGEXP(sstr)) goto upgregexp;
4092 SvUPGRADE(dstr, SVt_PVNV);
4095 SvUPGRADE(dstr, (svtype)stype);
4097 end_of_first_switch:
4099 /* dstr may have been upgraded. */
4100 dtype = SvTYPE(dstr);
4101 sflags = SvFLAGS(sstr);
4103 if (dtype == SVt_PVCV) {
4104 /* Assigning to a subroutine sets the prototype. */
4107 const char *const ptr = SvPV_const(sstr, len);
4109 SvGROW(dstr, len + 1);
4110 Copy(ptr, SvPVX(dstr), len + 1, char);
4111 SvCUR_set(dstr, len);
4113 SvFLAGS(dstr) |= sflags & SVf_UTF8;
4114 CvAUTOLOAD_off(dstr);
4119 else if (dtype == SVt_PVAV || dtype == SVt_PVHV || dtype == SVt_PVFM) {
4120 const char * const type = sv_reftype(dstr,0);
4122 /* diag_listed_as: Cannot copy to %s */
4123 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Cannot copy to %s in %s", type, OP_DESC(PL_op));
4125 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Cannot copy to %s", type);
4126 } else if (sflags & SVf_ROK) {
4127 if (isGV_with_GP(dstr)
4128 && SvTYPE(SvRV(sstr)) == SVt_PVGV && isGV_with_GP(SvRV(sstr))) {
4131 if (GvIMPORTED(dstr) != GVf_IMPORTED
4132 && CopSTASH_ne(PL_curcop, GvSTASH(dstr)))
4134 GvIMPORTED_on(dstr);
4139 glob_assign_glob(dstr, sstr, dtype);
4143 if (dtype >= SVt_PV) {
4144 if (isGV_with_GP(dstr)) {
4145 glob_assign_ref(dstr, sstr);
4148 if (SvPVX_const(dstr)) {
4154 (void)SvOK_off(dstr);
4155 SvRV_set(dstr, SvREFCNT_inc(SvRV(sstr)));
4156 SvFLAGS(dstr) |= sflags & SVf_ROK;
4157 assert(!(sflags & SVp_NOK));
4158 assert(!(sflags & SVp_IOK));
4159 assert(!(sflags & SVf_NOK));
4160 assert(!(sflags & SVf_IOK));
4162 else if (isGV_with_GP(dstr)) {
4163 if (!(sflags & SVf_OK)) {
4164 Perl_ck_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_MISC),
4165 "Undefined value assigned to typeglob");
4168 GV *gv = gv_fetchsv_nomg(sstr, GV_ADD, SVt_PVGV);
4169 if (dstr != (const SV *)gv) {
4170 const char * const name = GvNAME((const GV *)dstr);
4171 const STRLEN len = GvNAMELEN(dstr);
4172 HV *old_stash = NULL;
4173 bool reset_isa = FALSE;
4174 if ((len > 1 && name[len-2] == ':' && name[len-1] == ':')
4175 || (len == 1 && name[0] == ':')) {
4176 /* Set aside the old stash, so we can reset isa caches
4177 on its subclasses. */
4178 if((old_stash = GvHV(dstr))) {
4179 /* Make sure we do not lose it early. */
4180 SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void_NN(
4181 sv_2mortal((SV *)old_stash)
4188 gp_free(MUTABLE_GV(dstr));
4189 GvGP_set(dstr, gp_ref(GvGP(gv)));
4192 HV * const stash = GvHV(dstr);
4194 old_stash ? (HV *)HvENAME_get(old_stash) : stash
4204 else if ((dtype == SVt_REGEXP || dtype == SVt_PVLV)
4205 && (stype == SVt_REGEXP || isREGEXP(sstr))) {
4206 reg_temp_copy((REGEXP*)dstr, (REGEXP*)sstr);
4208 else if (sflags & SVp_POK) {
4210 const STRLEN cur = SvCUR(sstr);
4211 const STRLEN len = SvLEN(sstr);
4214 * Check to see if we can just swipe the string. If so, it's a
4215 * possible small lose on short strings, but a big win on long ones.
4216 * It might even be a win on short strings if SvPVX_const(dstr)
4217 * has to be allocated and SvPVX_const(sstr) has to be freed.
4218 * Likewise if we can set up COW rather than doing an actual copy, we
4219 * drop to the else clause, as the swipe code and the COW setup code
4220 * have much in common.
4223 /* Whichever path we take through the next code, we want this true,
4224 and doing it now facilitates the COW check. */
4225 (void)SvPOK_only(dstr);
4228 /* If we're already COW then this clause is not true, and if COW
4229 is allowed then we drop down to the else and make dest COW
4230 with us. If caller hasn't said that we're allowed to COW
4231 shared hash keys then we don't do the COW setup, even if the
4232 source scalar is a shared hash key scalar. */
4233 (((flags & SV_COW_SHARED_HASH_KEYS)
4234 ? !(sflags & SVf_IsCOW)
4235 #ifdef PERL_NEW_COPY_ON_WRITE
4237 ((!GE_COWBUF_THRESHOLD(cur) && SvLEN(dstr) > cur)
4238 /* If this is a regular (non-hek) COW, only so many COW
4239 "copies" are possible. */
4240 || CowREFCNT(sstr) == SV_COW_REFCNT_MAX))
4242 : 1 /* If making a COW copy is forbidden then the behaviour we
4243 desire is as if the source SV isn't actually already
4244 COW, even if it is. So we act as if the source flags
4245 are not COW, rather than actually testing them. */
4247 #ifndef PERL_ANY_COW
4248 /* The change that added SV_COW_SHARED_HASH_KEYS makes the logic
4249 when PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE is defined a little wrong.
4250 Conceptually PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE being defined should
4251 override SV_COW_SHARED_HASH_KEYS, because it means "always COW"
4252 but in turn, it's somewhat dead code, never expected to go
4253 live, but more kept as a placeholder on how to do it better
4254 in a newer implementation. */
4255 /* If we are COW and dstr is a suitable target then we drop down
4256 into the else and make dest a COW of us. */
4257 || (SvFLAGS(dstr) & SVf_BREAK)
4262 #ifdef PERL_NEW_COPY_ON_WRITE
4263 /* slated for free anyway (and not COW)? */
4264 (sflags & (SVs_TEMP|SVf_IsCOW)) == SVs_TEMP &&
4266 (sflags & SVs_TEMP) && /* slated for free anyway? */
4268 !(sflags & SVf_OOK) && /* and not involved in OOK hack? */
4269 (!(flags & SV_NOSTEAL)) &&
4270 /* and we're allowed to steal temps */
4271 SvREFCNT(sstr) == 1 && /* and no other references to it? */
4272 len) /* and really is a string */
4274 && ((flags & SV_COW_SHARED_HASH_KEYS)
4275 ? (!((sflags & CAN_COW_MASK) == CAN_COW_FLAGS
4276 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4277 && (SvFLAGS(dstr) & CAN_COW_MASK) == CAN_COW_FLAGS
4278 && SvTYPE(sstr) >= SVt_PVIV
4280 && !(SvFLAGS(dstr) & SVf_BREAK)
4281 && !(sflags & SVf_IsCOW)
4282 && GE_COW_THRESHOLD(cur) && cur+1 < len
4283 && (GE_COWBUF_THRESHOLD(cur) || SvLEN(dstr) < cur+1)
4289 /* Failed the swipe test, and it's not a shared hash key either.
4290 Have to copy the string. */
4291 SvGROW(dstr, cur + 1); /* inlined from sv_setpvn */
4292 Move(SvPVX_const(sstr),SvPVX(dstr),cur,char);
4293 SvCUR_set(dstr, cur);
4294 *SvEND(dstr) = '\0';
4296 /* If PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE is not defined, then isSwipe will always
4298 /* Either it's a shared hash key, or it's suitable for
4299 copy-on-write or we can swipe the string. */
4301 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "Copy on write: sstr --> dstr\n");
4307 if (!(sflags & SVf_IsCOW)) {
4309 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4310 /* Make the source SV into a loop of 1.
4311 (about to become 2) */
4312 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(sstr, sstr);
4314 CowREFCNT(sstr) = 0;
4319 /* Initial code is common. */
4320 if (SvPVX_const(dstr)) { /* we know that dtype >= SVt_PV */
4325 /* making another shared SV. */
4328 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4329 assert (SvTYPE(dstr) >= SVt_PVIV);
4330 /* SvIsCOW_normal */
4331 /* splice us in between source and next-after-source. */
4332 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(dstr, SV_COW_NEXT_SV(sstr));
4333 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(sstr, dstr);
4337 SvPV_set(dstr, SvPVX_mutable(sstr));
4341 /* SvIsCOW_shared_hash */
4342 DEBUG_C(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
4343 "Copy on write: Sharing hash\n"));
4345 assert (SvTYPE(dstr) >= SVt_PV);
4347 HEK_KEY(share_hek_hek(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(SvPVX_const(sstr)))));
4349 SvLEN_set(dstr, len);
4350 SvCUR_set(dstr, cur);
4354 { /* Passes the swipe test. */
4355 SvPV_set(dstr, SvPVX_mutable(sstr));
4356 SvLEN_set(dstr, SvLEN(sstr));
4357 SvCUR_set(dstr, SvCUR(sstr));
4360 (void)SvOK_off(sstr); /* NOTE: nukes most SvFLAGS on sstr */
4361 SvPV_set(sstr, NULL);
4367 if (sflags & SVp_NOK) {
4368 SvNV_set(dstr, SvNVX(sstr));
4370 if (sflags & SVp_IOK) {
4371 SvIV_set(dstr, SvIVX(sstr));
4372 /* Must do this otherwise some other overloaded use of 0x80000000
4373 gets confused. I guess SVpbm_VALID */
4374 if (sflags & SVf_IVisUV)
4377 SvFLAGS(dstr) |= sflags & (SVf_IOK|SVp_IOK|SVf_NOK|SVp_NOK|SVf_UTF8);
4379 const MAGIC * const smg = SvVSTRING_mg(sstr);
4381 sv_magic(dstr, NULL, PERL_MAGIC_vstring,
4382 smg->mg_ptr, smg->mg_len);
4383 SvRMAGICAL_on(dstr);
4387 else if (sflags & (SVp_IOK|SVp_NOK)) {
4388 (void)SvOK_off(dstr);
4389 SvFLAGS(dstr) |= sflags & (SVf_IOK|SVp_IOK|SVf_IVisUV|SVf_NOK|SVp_NOK);
4390 if (sflags & SVp_IOK) {
4391 /* XXXX Do we want to set IsUV for IV(ROK)? Be extra safe... */
4392 SvIV_set(dstr, SvIVX(sstr));
4394 if (sflags & SVp_NOK) {
4395 SvNV_set(dstr, SvNVX(sstr));
4399 if (isGV_with_GP(sstr)) {
4400 gv_efullname3(dstr, MUTABLE_GV(sstr), "*");
4403 (void)SvOK_off(dstr);
4405 if (SvTAINTED(sstr))
4410 =for apidoc sv_setsv_mg
4412 Like C<sv_setsv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
4418 Perl_sv_setsv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const dstr, SV *const sstr)
4420 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETSV_MG;
4422 sv_setsv(dstr,sstr);
4427 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4428 # define SVt_COW SVt_PVIV
4430 # define SVt_COW SVt_PV
4433 Perl_sv_setsv_cow(pTHX_ SV *dstr, SV *sstr)
4435 STRLEN cur = SvCUR(sstr);
4436 STRLEN len = SvLEN(sstr);
4439 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETSV_COW;
4442 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "Fast copy on write: %p -> %p\n",
4443 (void*)sstr, (void*)dstr);
4450 if (SvTHINKFIRST(dstr))
4451 sv_force_normal_flags(dstr, SV_COW_DROP_PV);
4452 else if (SvPVX_const(dstr))
4453 Safefree(SvPVX_mutable(dstr));
4457 SvUPGRADE(dstr, SVt_COW);
4459 assert (SvPOK(sstr));
4460 assert (SvPOKp(sstr));
4461 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4462 assert (!SvIOK(sstr));
4463 assert (!SvIOKp(sstr));
4464 assert (!SvNOK(sstr));
4465 assert (!SvNOKp(sstr));
4468 if (SvIsCOW(sstr)) {
4470 if (SvLEN(sstr) == 0) {
4471 /* source is a COW shared hash key. */
4472 DEBUG_C(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
4473 "Fast copy on write: Sharing hash\n"));
4474 new_pv = HEK_KEY(share_hek_hek(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(SvPVX_const(sstr))));
4477 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4478 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(dstr, SV_COW_NEXT_SV(sstr));
4480 assert(SvCUR(sstr)+1 < SvLEN(sstr));
4481 assert(CowREFCNT(sstr) < SV_COW_REFCNT_MAX);
4484 assert ((SvFLAGS(sstr) & CAN_COW_MASK) == CAN_COW_FLAGS);
4485 SvUPGRADE(sstr, SVt_COW);
4487 DEBUG_C(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
4488 "Fast copy on write: Converting sstr to COW\n"));
4489 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4490 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(dstr, sstr);
4492 CowREFCNT(sstr) = 0;
4495 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4496 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(sstr, dstr);
4500 new_pv = SvPVX_mutable(sstr);
4503 SvPV_set(dstr, new_pv);
4504 SvFLAGS(dstr) = (SVt_COW|SVf_POK|SVp_POK|SVf_IsCOW);
4507 SvLEN_set(dstr, len);
4508 SvCUR_set(dstr, cur);
4517 =for apidoc sv_setpvn
4519 Copies a string into an SV. The C<len> parameter indicates the number of
4520 bytes to be copied. If the C<ptr> argument is NULL the SV will become
4521 undefined. Does not handle 'set' magic. See C<sv_setpvn_mg>.
4527 Perl_sv_setpvn(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const ptr, const STRLEN len)
4532 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVN;
4534 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
4540 /* len is STRLEN which is unsigned, need to copy to signed */
4543 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: sv_setpvn called with negative strlen %"
4546 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PV);
4548 dptr = SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
4549 Move(ptr,dptr,len,char);
4552 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(sv); /* validate pointer */
4554 if (SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVCV) CvAUTOLOAD_off(sv);
4558 =for apidoc sv_setpvn_mg
4560 Like C<sv_setpvn>, but also handles 'set' magic.
4566 Perl_sv_setpvn_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const ptr, const STRLEN len)
4568 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVN_MG;
4570 sv_setpvn(sv,ptr,len);
4575 =for apidoc sv_setpv
4577 Copies a string into an SV. The string must be null-terminated. Does not
4578 handle 'set' magic. See C<sv_setpv_mg>.
4584 Perl_sv_setpv(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const ptr)
4589 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPV;
4591 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
4597 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PV);
4599 SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
4600 Move(ptr,SvPVX(sv),len+1,char);
4602 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(sv); /* validate pointer */
4604 if (SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVCV) CvAUTOLOAD_off(sv);
4608 =for apidoc sv_setpv_mg
4610 Like C<sv_setpv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
4616 Perl_sv_setpv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const ptr)
4618 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPV_MG;
4625 Perl_sv_sethek(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const HEK *const hek)
4629 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETHEK;
4635 if (HEK_LEN(hek) == HEf_SVKEY) {
4636 sv_setsv(sv, *(SV**)HEK_KEY(hek));
4639 const int flags = HEK_FLAGS(hek);
4640 if (flags & HVhek_WASUTF8) {
4641 STRLEN utf8_len = HEK_LEN(hek);
4642 char *as_utf8 = (char *)bytes_to_utf8((U8*)HEK_KEY(hek), &utf8_len);
4643 sv_usepvn_flags(sv, as_utf8, utf8_len, SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL);
4646 } else if (flags & HVhek_UNSHARED) {
4647 sv_setpvn(sv, HEK_KEY(hek), HEK_LEN(hek));
4650 else SvUTF8_off(sv);
4654 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
4655 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PV);
4656 Safefree(SvPVX(sv));
4657 SvPV_set(sv,(char *)HEK_KEY(share_hek_hek(hek)));
4658 SvCUR_set(sv, HEK_LEN(hek));
4664 else SvUTF8_off(sv);
4672 =for apidoc sv_usepvn_flags
4674 Tells an SV to use C<ptr> to find its string value. Normally the
4675 string is stored inside the SV but sv_usepvn allows the SV to use an
4676 outside string. The C<ptr> should point to memory that was allocated
4677 by C<malloc>. It must be the start of a mallocked block
4678 of memory, and not a pointer to the middle of it. The
4679 string length, C<len>, must be supplied. By default
4680 this function will realloc (i.e. move) the memory pointed to by C<ptr>,
4681 so that pointer should not be freed or used by the programmer after
4682 giving it to sv_usepvn, and neither should any pointers from "behind"
4683 that pointer (e.g. ptr + 1) be used.
4685 If C<flags> & SV_SMAGIC is true, will call SvSETMAGIC. If C<flags> &
4686 SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL is true, then C<ptr[len]> must be NUL, and the realloc
4687 will be skipped (i.e. the buffer is actually at least 1 byte longer than
4688 C<len>, and already meets the requirements for storing in C<SvPVX>).
4694 Perl_sv_usepvn_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, char *ptr, const STRLEN len, const U32 flags)
4699 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_USEPVN_FLAGS;
4701 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
4702 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PV);
4705 if (flags & SV_SMAGIC)
4709 if (SvPVX_const(sv))
4713 if (flags & SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL)
4714 assert(ptr[len] == '\0');
4717 allocate = (flags & SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL)
4719 #ifdef Perl_safesysmalloc_size
4722 PERL_STRLEN_ROUNDUP(len + 1);
4724 if (flags & SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL) {
4725 /* It's long enough - do nothing.
4726 Specifically Perl_newCONSTSUB is relying on this. */
4729 /* Force a move to shake out bugs in callers. */
4730 char *new_ptr = (char*)safemalloc(allocate);
4731 Copy(ptr, new_ptr, len, char);
4732 PoisonFree(ptr,len,char);
4736 ptr = (char*) saferealloc (ptr, allocate);
4739 #ifdef Perl_safesysmalloc_size
4740 SvLEN_set(sv, Perl_safesysmalloc_size(ptr));
4742 SvLEN_set(sv, allocate);
4746 if (!(flags & SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL)) {
4749 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(sv); /* validate pointer */
4751 if (flags & SV_SMAGIC)
4755 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4756 /* Need to do this *after* making the SV normal, as we need the buffer
4757 pointer to remain valid until after we've copied it. If we let go too early,
4758 another thread could invalidate it by unsharing last of the same hash key
4759 (which it can do by means other than releasing copy-on-write Svs)
4760 or by changing the other copy-on-write SVs in the loop. */
4762 S_sv_release_COW(pTHX_ SV *sv, const char *pvx, SV *after)
4764 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_RELEASE_COW;
4766 { /* this SV was SvIsCOW_normal(sv) */
4767 /* we need to find the SV pointing to us. */
4768 SV *current = SV_COW_NEXT_SV(after);
4770 if (current == sv) {
4771 /* The SV we point to points back to us (there were only two of us
4773 Hence other SV is no longer copy on write either. */
4776 /* We need to follow the pointers around the loop. */
4778 while ((next = SV_COW_NEXT_SV(current)) != sv) {
4781 /* don't loop forever if the structure is bust, and we have
4782 a pointer into a closed loop. */
4783 assert (current != after);
4784 assert (SvPVX_const(current) == pvx);
4786 /* Make the SV before us point to the SV after us. */
4787 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(current, after);
4793 =for apidoc sv_force_normal_flags
4795 Undo various types of fakery on an SV, where fakery means
4796 "more than" a string: if the PV is a shared string, make
4797 a private copy; if we're a ref, stop refing; if we're a glob, downgrade to
4798 an xpvmg; if we're a copy-on-write scalar, this is the on-write time when
4799 we do the copy, and is also used locally; if this is a
4800 vstring, drop the vstring magic. If C<SV_COW_DROP_PV> is set
4801 then a copy-on-write scalar drops its PV buffer (if any) and becomes
4802 SvPOK_off rather than making a copy. (Used where this
4803 scalar is about to be set to some other value.) In addition,
4804 the C<flags> parameter gets passed to C<sv_unref_flags()>
4805 when unreffing. C<sv_force_normal> calls this function
4806 with flags set to 0.
4812 Perl_sv_force_normal_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const U32 flags)
4816 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_FORCE_NORMAL_FLAGS;
4819 if (SvREADONLY(sv)) {
4820 if (IN_PERL_RUNTIME)
4821 Perl_croak_no_modify();
4823 else if (SvIsCOW(sv)) {
4824 const char * const pvx = SvPVX_const(sv);
4825 const STRLEN len = SvLEN(sv);
4826 const STRLEN cur = SvCUR(sv);
4827 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4828 /* next COW sv in the loop. If len is 0 then this is a shared-hash
4829 key scalar, so we mustn't attempt to call SV_COW_NEXT_SV(), as
4830 we'll fail an assertion. */
4831 SV * const next = len ? SV_COW_NEXT_SV(sv) : 0;
4835 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
4836 "Copy on write: Force normal %ld\n",
4841 # ifdef PERL_NEW_COPY_ON_WRITE
4842 if (len && CowREFCNT(sv) == 0)
4843 /* We own the buffer ourselves. */
4849 /* This SV doesn't own the buffer, so need to Newx() a new one: */
4850 # ifdef PERL_NEW_COPY_ON_WRITE
4851 /* Must do this first, since the macro uses SvPVX. */
4852 if (len) CowREFCNT(sv)--;
4856 if (flags & SV_COW_DROP_PV) {
4857 /* OK, so we don't need to copy our buffer. */
4860 SvGROW(sv, cur + 1);
4861 Move(pvx,SvPVX(sv),cur,char);
4866 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
4867 sv_release_COW(sv, pvx, next);
4870 unshare_hek(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(pvx));
4878 if (SvREADONLY(sv)) {
4879 if (IN_PERL_RUNTIME)
4880 Perl_croak_no_modify();
4884 const char * const pvx = SvPVX_const(sv);
4885 const STRLEN len = SvCUR(sv);
4889 if (flags & SV_COW_DROP_PV) {
4890 /* OK, so we don't need to copy our buffer. */
4893 SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
4894 Move(pvx,SvPVX(sv),len,char);
4897 unshare_hek(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(pvx));
4901 sv_unref_flags(sv, flags);
4902 else if (SvFAKE(sv) && isGV_with_GP(sv))
4903 sv_unglob(sv, flags);
4904 else if (SvFAKE(sv) && isREGEXP(sv)) {
4905 /* Need to downgrade the REGEXP to a simple(r) scalar. This is analogous
4906 to sv_unglob. We only need it here, so inline it. */
4907 const bool islv = SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVLV;
4908 const svtype new_type =
4909 islv ? SVt_NULL : SvMAGIC(sv) || SvSTASH(sv) ? SVt_PVMG : SVt_PV;
4910 SV *const temp = newSV_type(new_type);
4911 regexp *const temp_p = ReANY((REGEXP *)sv);
4913 if (new_type == SVt_PVMG) {
4914 SvMAGIC_set(temp, SvMAGIC(sv));
4915 SvMAGIC_set(sv, NULL);
4916 SvSTASH_set(temp, SvSTASH(sv));
4917 SvSTASH_set(sv, NULL);
4919 if (!islv) SvCUR_set(temp, SvCUR(sv));
4920 /* Remember that SvPVX is in the head, not the body. But
4921 RX_WRAPPED is in the body. */
4922 assert(ReANY((REGEXP *)sv)->mother_re);
4923 /* Their buffer is already owned by someone else. */
4924 if (flags & SV_COW_DROP_PV) {
4925 /* SvLEN is already 0. For SVt_REGEXP, we have a brand new
4926 zeroed body. For SVt_PVLV, it should have been set to 0
4927 before turning into a regexp. */
4928 assert(!SvLEN(islv ? sv : temp));
4929 sv->sv_u.svu_pv = 0;
4932 sv->sv_u.svu_pv = savepvn(RX_WRAPPED((REGEXP *)sv), SvCUR(sv));
4933 SvLEN_set(islv ? sv : temp, SvCUR(sv)+1);
4937 /* Now swap the rest of the bodies. */
4941 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~SVTYPEMASK;
4942 SvFLAGS(sv) |= new_type;
4943 SvANY(sv) = SvANY(temp);
4946 SvFLAGS(temp) &= ~(SVTYPEMASK);
4947 SvFLAGS(temp) |= SVt_REGEXP|SVf_FAKE;
4948 SvANY(temp) = temp_p;
4949 temp->sv_u.svu_rx = (regexp *)temp_p;
4951 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(temp);
4953 else if (SvVOK(sv)) sv_unmagic(sv, PERL_MAGIC_vstring);
4959 Efficient removal of characters from the beginning of the string buffer.
4960 SvPOK(sv), or at least SvPOKp(sv), must be true and the C<ptr> must be a
4961 pointer to somewhere inside the string buffer. The C<ptr> becomes the first
4962 character of the adjusted string. Uses the "OOK hack". On return, only
4963 SvPOK(sv) and SvPOKp(sv) among the OK flags will be true.
4965 Beware: after this function returns, C<ptr> and SvPVX_const(sv) may no longer
4966 refer to the same chunk of data.
4968 The unfortunate similarity of this function's name to that of Perl's C<chop>
4969 operator is strictly coincidental. This function works from the left;
4970 C<chop> works from the right.
4976 Perl_sv_chop(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const ptr)
4987 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CHOP;
4989 if (!ptr || !SvPOKp(sv))
4991 delta = ptr - SvPVX_const(sv);
4993 /* Nothing to do. */
4996 max_delta = SvLEN(sv) ? SvLEN(sv) : SvCUR(sv);
4997 if (delta > max_delta)
4998 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: sv_chop ptr=%p, start=%p, end=%p",
4999 ptr, SvPVX_const(sv), SvPVX_const(sv) + max_delta);
5000 /* SvPVX(sv) may move in SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST(sv), so don't use ptr any more */
5001 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST(sv);
5002 SvPOK_only_UTF8(sv);
5005 if (!SvLEN(sv)) { /* make copy of shared string */
5006 const char *pvx = SvPVX_const(sv);
5007 const STRLEN len = SvCUR(sv);
5008 SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
5009 Move(pvx,SvPVX(sv),len,char);
5015 SvOOK_offset(sv, old_delta);
5017 SvLEN_set(sv, SvLEN(sv) - delta);
5018 SvCUR_set(sv, SvCUR(sv) - delta);
5019 SvPV_set(sv, SvPVX(sv) + delta);
5021 p = (U8 *)SvPVX_const(sv);
5024 /* how many bytes were evacuated? we will fill them with sentinel
5025 bytes, except for the part holding the new offset of course. */
5028 evacn += (old_delta < 0x100 ? 1 : 1 + sizeof(STRLEN));
5030 assert(evacn <= delta + old_delta);
5036 if (delta < 0x100) {
5040 p -= sizeof(STRLEN);
5041 Copy((U8*)&delta, p, sizeof(STRLEN), U8);
5045 /* Fill the preceding buffer with sentinals to verify that no-one is
5055 =for apidoc sv_catpvn
5057 Concatenates the string onto the end of the string which is in the SV. The
5058 C<len> indicates number of bytes to copy. If the SV has the UTF-8
5059 status set, then the bytes appended should be valid UTF-8.
5060 Handles 'get' magic, but not 'set' magic. See C<sv_catpvn_mg>.
5062 =for apidoc sv_catpvn_flags
5064 Concatenates the string onto the end of the string which is in the SV. The
5065 C<len> indicates number of bytes to copy. If the SV has the UTF-8
5066 status set, then the bytes appended should be valid UTF-8.
5067 If C<flags> has the C<SV_SMAGIC> bit set, will
5068 C<mg_set> on C<dsv> afterwards if appropriate.
5069 C<sv_catpvn> and C<sv_catpvn_nomg> are implemented
5070 in terms of this function.
5076 Perl_sv_catpvn_flags(pTHX_ SV *const dsv, const char *sstr, const STRLEN slen, const I32 flags)
5080 const char * const dstr = SvPV_force_flags(dsv, dlen, flags);
5082 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPVN_FLAGS;
5083 assert((flags & (SV_CATBYTES|SV_CATUTF8)) != (SV_CATBYTES|SV_CATUTF8));
5085 if (!(flags & SV_CATBYTES) || !SvUTF8(dsv)) {
5086 if (flags & SV_CATUTF8 && !SvUTF8(dsv)) {
5087 sv_utf8_upgrade_flags_grow(dsv, 0, slen + 1);
5090 else SvGROW(dsv, dlen + slen + 1);
5092 sstr = SvPVX_const(dsv);
5093 Move(sstr, SvPVX(dsv) + dlen, slen, char);
5094 SvCUR_set(dsv, SvCUR(dsv) + slen);
5097 /* We inline bytes_to_utf8, to avoid an extra malloc. */
5098 const char * const send = sstr + slen;
5101 /* Something this code does not account for, which I think is
5102 impossible; it would require the same pv to be treated as
5103 bytes *and* utf8, which would indicate a bug elsewhere. */
5104 assert(sstr != dstr);
5106 SvGROW(dsv, dlen + slen * 2 + 1);
5107 d = (U8 *)SvPVX(dsv) + dlen;
5109 while (sstr < send) {
5110 const UV uv = NATIVE_TO_ASCII((U8)*sstr++);
5111 if (UNI_IS_INVARIANT(uv))
5112 *d++ = (U8)UTF_TO_NATIVE(uv);
5114 *d++ = (U8)UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_HI(uv);
5115 *d++ = (U8)UTF8_EIGHT_BIT_LO(uv);
5118 SvCUR_set(dsv, d-(const U8 *)SvPVX(dsv));
5121 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(dsv); /* validate pointer */
5123 if (flags & SV_SMAGIC)
5128 =for apidoc sv_catsv
5130 Concatenates the string from SV C<ssv> onto the end of the string in SV
5131 C<dsv>. If C<ssv> is null, does nothing; otherwise modifies only C<dsv>.
5132 Handles 'get' magic on both SVs, but no 'set' magic. See C<sv_catsv_mg> and
5135 =for apidoc sv_catsv_flags
5137 Concatenates the string from SV C<ssv> onto the end of the string in SV
5138 C<dsv>. If C<ssv> is null, does nothing; otherwise modifies only C<dsv>.
5139 If C<flags> include C<SV_GMAGIC> bit set, will call C<mg_get> on both SVs if
5140 appropriate. If C<flags> include C<SV_SMAGIC>, C<mg_set> will be called on
5141 the modified SV afterward, if appropriate. C<sv_catsv>, C<sv_catsv_nomg>,
5142 and C<sv_catsv_mg> are implemented in terms of this function.
5147 Perl_sv_catsv_flags(pTHX_ SV *const dsv, SV *const ssv, const I32 flags)
5151 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATSV_FLAGS;
5155 const char *spv = SvPV_flags_const(ssv, slen, flags);
5157 if (flags & SV_GMAGIC)
5159 sv_catpvn_flags(dsv, spv, slen,
5160 DO_UTF8(ssv) ? SV_CATUTF8 : SV_CATBYTES);
5161 if (flags & SV_SMAGIC)
5168 =for apidoc sv_catpv
5170 Concatenates the string onto the end of the string which is in the SV.
5171 If the SV has the UTF-8 status set, then the bytes appended should be
5172 valid UTF-8. Handles 'get' magic, but not 'set' magic. See C<sv_catpv_mg>.
5177 Perl_sv_catpv(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *ptr)
5184 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPV;
5188 junk = SvPV_force(sv, tlen);
5190 SvGROW(sv, tlen + len + 1);
5192 ptr = SvPVX_const(sv);
5193 Move(ptr,SvPVX(sv)+tlen,len+1,char);
5194 SvCUR_set(sv, SvCUR(sv) + len);
5195 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(sv); /* validate pointer */
5200 =for apidoc sv_catpv_flags
5202 Concatenates the string onto the end of the string which is in the SV.
5203 If the SV has the UTF-8 status set, then the bytes appended should
5204 be valid UTF-8. If C<flags> has the C<SV_SMAGIC> bit set, will C<mg_set>
5205 on the modified SV if appropriate.
5211 Perl_sv_catpv_flags(pTHX_ SV *dstr, const char *sstr, const I32 flags)
5213 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPV_FLAGS;
5214 sv_catpvn_flags(dstr, sstr, strlen(sstr), flags);
5218 =for apidoc sv_catpv_mg
5220 Like C<sv_catpv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
5226 Perl_sv_catpv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const ptr)
5228 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPV_MG;
5237 Creates a new SV. A non-zero C<len> parameter indicates the number of
5238 bytes of preallocated string space the SV should have. An extra byte for a
5239 trailing NUL is also reserved. (SvPOK is not set for the SV even if string
5240 space is allocated.) The reference count for the new SV is set to 1.
5242 In 5.9.3, newSV() replaces the older NEWSV() API, and drops the first
5243 parameter, I<x>, a debug aid which allowed callers to identify themselves.
5244 This aid has been superseded by a new build option, PERL_MEM_LOG (see
5245 L<perlhacktips/PERL_MEM_LOG>). The older API is still there for use in XS
5246 modules supporting older perls.
5252 Perl_newSV(pTHX_ const STRLEN len)
5259 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PV);
5260 SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
5265 =for apidoc sv_magicext
5267 Adds magic to an SV, upgrading it if necessary. Applies the
5268 supplied vtable and returns a pointer to the magic added.
5270 Note that C<sv_magicext> will allow things that C<sv_magic> will not.
5271 In particular, you can add magic to SvREADONLY SVs, and add more than
5272 one instance of the same 'how'.
5274 If C<namlen> is greater than zero then a C<savepvn> I<copy> of C<name> is
5275 stored, if C<namlen> is zero then C<name> is stored as-is and - as another
5276 special case - if C<(name && namlen == HEf_SVKEY)> then C<name> is assumed
5277 to contain an C<SV*> and is stored as-is with its REFCNT incremented.
5279 (This is now used as a subroutine by C<sv_magic>.)
5284 Perl_sv_magicext(pTHX_ SV *const sv, SV *const obj, const int how,
5285 const MGVTBL *const vtable, const char *const name, const I32 namlen)
5290 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_MAGICEXT;
5292 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PVMG);
5293 Newxz(mg, 1, MAGIC);
5294 mg->mg_moremagic = SvMAGIC(sv);
5295 SvMAGIC_set(sv, mg);
5297 /* Sometimes a magic contains a reference loop, where the sv and
5298 object refer to each other. To prevent a reference loop that
5299 would prevent such objects being freed, we look for such loops
5300 and if we find one we avoid incrementing the object refcount.
5302 Note we cannot do this to avoid self-tie loops as intervening RV must
5303 have its REFCNT incremented to keep it in existence.
5306 if (!obj || obj == sv ||
5307 how == PERL_MAGIC_arylen ||
5308 how == PERL_MAGIC_symtab ||
5309 (SvTYPE(obj) == SVt_PVGV &&
5310 (GvSV(obj) == sv || GvHV(obj) == (const HV *)sv
5311 || GvAV(obj) == (const AV *)sv || GvCV(obj) == (const CV *)sv
5312 || GvIOp(obj) == (const IO *)sv || GvFORM(obj) == (const CV *)sv)))
5317 mg->mg_obj = SvREFCNT_inc_simple(obj);
5318 mg->mg_flags |= MGf_REFCOUNTED;
5321 /* Normal self-ties simply pass a null object, and instead of
5322 using mg_obj directly, use the SvTIED_obj macro to produce a
5323 new RV as needed. For glob "self-ties", we are tieing the PVIO
5324 with an RV obj pointing to the glob containing the PVIO. In
5325 this case, to avoid a reference loop, we need to weaken the
5329 if (how == PERL_MAGIC_tiedscalar && SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVIO &&
5330 obj && SvROK(obj) && GvIO(SvRV(obj)) == (const IO *)sv)
5336 mg->mg_len = namlen;
5339 mg->mg_ptr = savepvn(name, namlen);
5340 else if (namlen == HEf_SVKEY) {
5341 /* Yes, this is casting away const. This is only for the case of
5342 HEf_SVKEY. I think we need to document this aberation of the
5343 constness of the API, rather than making name non-const, as
5344 that change propagating outwards a long way. */
5345 mg->mg_ptr = (char*)SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN((SV *)name);
5347 mg->mg_ptr = (char *) name;
5349 mg->mg_virtual = (MGVTBL *) vtable;
5356 =for apidoc sv_magic
5358 Adds magic to an SV. First upgrades C<sv> to type C<SVt_PVMG> if
5359 necessary, then adds a new magic item of type C<how> to the head of the
5362 See C<sv_magicext> (which C<sv_magic> now calls) for a description of the
5363 handling of the C<name> and C<namlen> arguments.
5365 You need to use C<sv_magicext> to add magic to SvREADONLY SVs and also
5366 to add more than one instance of the same 'how'.
5372 Perl_sv_magic(pTHX_ SV *const sv, SV *const obj, const int how,
5373 const char *const name, const I32 namlen)
5376 const MGVTBL *vtable;
5379 unsigned int vtable_index;
5381 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_MAGIC;
5383 if (how < 0 || (unsigned)how > C_ARRAY_LENGTH(PL_magic_data)
5384 || ((flags = PL_magic_data[how]),
5385 (vtable_index = flags & PERL_MAGIC_VTABLE_MASK)
5386 > magic_vtable_max))
5387 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Don't know how to handle magic of type \\%o", how);
5389 /* PERL_MAGIC_ext is reserved for use by extensions not perl internals.
5390 Useful for attaching extension internal data to perl vars.
5391 Note that multiple extensions may clash if magical scalars
5392 etc holding private data from one are passed to another. */
5394 vtable = (vtable_index == magic_vtable_max)
5395 ? NULL : PL_magic_vtables + vtable_index;
5399 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
5401 if (SvREADONLY(sv)) {
5403 /* its okay to attach magic to shared strings */
5407 && !PERL_MAGIC_TYPE_READONLY_ACCEPTABLE(how)
5410 Perl_croak_no_modify();
5413 if (SvMAGICAL(sv) || (how == PERL_MAGIC_taint && SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG)) {
5414 if (SvMAGIC(sv) && (mg = mg_find(sv, how))) {
5415 /* sv_magic() refuses to add a magic of the same 'how' as an
5418 if (how == PERL_MAGIC_taint)
5424 /* Rest of work is done else where */
5425 mg = sv_magicext(sv,obj,how,vtable,name,namlen);
5428 case PERL_MAGIC_taint:
5431 case PERL_MAGIC_ext:
5432 case PERL_MAGIC_dbfile:
5439 S_sv_unmagicext_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const int type, MGVTBL *vtbl, const U32 flags)
5446 if (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVMG || !SvMAGIC(sv))
5448 mgp = &(((XPVMG*) SvANY(sv))->xmg_u.xmg_magic);
5449 for (mg = *mgp; mg; mg = *mgp) {
5450 const MGVTBL* const virt = mg->mg_virtual;
5451 if (mg->mg_type == type && (!flags || virt == vtbl)) {
5452 *mgp = mg->mg_moremagic;
5453 if (virt && virt->svt_free)
5454 virt->svt_free(aTHX_ sv, mg);
5455 if (mg->mg_ptr && mg->mg_type != PERL_MAGIC_regex_global) {
5457 Safefree(mg->mg_ptr);
5458 else if (mg->mg_len == HEf_SVKEY)
5459 SvREFCNT_dec(MUTABLE_SV(mg->mg_ptr));
5460 else if (mg->mg_type == PERL_MAGIC_utf8)
5461 Safefree(mg->mg_ptr);
5463 if (mg->mg_flags & MGf_REFCOUNTED)
5464 SvREFCNT_dec(mg->mg_obj);
5468 mgp = &mg->mg_moremagic;
5471 if (SvMAGICAL(sv)) /* if we're under save_magic, wait for restore_magic; */
5472 mg_magical(sv); /* else fix the flags now */
5476 SvFLAGS(sv) |= (SvFLAGS(sv) & (SVp_IOK|SVp_NOK|SVp_POK)) >> PRIVSHIFT;
5482 =for apidoc sv_unmagic
5484 Removes all magic of type C<type> from an SV.
5490 Perl_sv_unmagic(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const int type)
5492 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UNMAGIC;
5493 return S_sv_unmagicext_flags(aTHX_ sv, type, NULL, 0);
5497 =for apidoc sv_unmagicext
5499 Removes all magic of type C<type> with the specified C<vtbl> from an SV.
5505 Perl_sv_unmagicext(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const int type, MGVTBL *vtbl)
5507 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UNMAGICEXT;
5508 return S_sv_unmagicext_flags(aTHX_ sv, type, vtbl, 1);
5512 =for apidoc sv_rvweaken
5514 Weaken a reference: set the C<SvWEAKREF> flag on this RV; give the
5515 referred-to SV C<PERL_MAGIC_backref> magic if it hasn't already; and
5516 push a back-reference to this RV onto the array of backreferences
5517 associated with that magic. If the RV is magical, set magic will be
5518 called after the RV is cleared.
5524 Perl_sv_rvweaken(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
5528 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_RVWEAKEN;
5530 if (!SvOK(sv)) /* let undefs pass */
5533 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't weaken a nonreference");
5534 else if (SvWEAKREF(sv)) {
5535 Perl_ck_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_MISC), "Reference is already weak");
5538 else if (SvREADONLY(sv)) croak_no_modify();
5540 Perl_sv_add_backref(aTHX_ tsv, sv);
5542 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(tsv);
5546 /* Give tsv backref magic if it hasn't already got it, then push a
5547 * back-reference to sv onto the array associated with the backref magic.
5549 * As an optimisation, if there's only one backref and it's not an AV,
5550 * store it directly in the HvAUX or mg_obj slot, avoiding the need to
5551 * allocate an AV. (Whether the slot holds an AV tells us whether this is
5555 /* A discussion about the backreferences array and its refcount:
5557 * The AV holding the backreferences is pointed to either as the mg_obj of
5558 * PERL_MAGIC_backref, or in the specific case of a HV, from the
5559 * xhv_backreferences field. The array is created with a refcount
5560 * of 2. This means that if during global destruction the array gets
5561 * picked on before its parent to have its refcount decremented by the
5562 * random zapper, it won't actually be freed, meaning it's still there for
5563 * when its parent gets freed.
5565 * When the parent SV is freed, the extra ref is killed by
5566 * Perl_sv_kill_backrefs. The other ref is killed, in the case of magic,
5567 * by mg_free() / MGf_REFCOUNTED, or for a hash, by Perl_hv_kill_backrefs.
5569 * When a single backref SV is stored directly, it is not reference
5574 Perl_sv_add_backref(pTHX_ SV *const tsv, SV *const sv)
5581 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_ADD_BACKREF;
5583 /* find slot to store array or singleton backref */
5585 if (SvTYPE(tsv) == SVt_PVHV) {
5586 svp = (SV**)Perl_hv_backreferences_p(aTHX_ MUTABLE_HV(tsv));
5589 (SvMAGICAL(tsv) ? mg_find(tsv, PERL_MAGIC_backref) : NULL))))
5591 sv_magic(tsv, NULL, PERL_MAGIC_backref, NULL, 0);
5592 mg = mg_find(tsv, PERL_MAGIC_backref);
5594 svp = &(mg->mg_obj);
5597 /* create or retrieve the array */
5599 if ( (!*svp && SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVAV)
5600 || (*svp && SvTYPE(*svp) != SVt_PVAV)
5605 SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void(av);
5606 /* av now has a refcnt of 2; see discussion above */
5608 /* move single existing backref to the array */
5610 AvARRAY(av)[++AvFILLp(av)] = *svp; /* av_push() */
5614 mg->mg_flags |= MGf_REFCOUNTED;
5617 av = MUTABLE_AV(*svp);
5620 /* optimisation: store single backref directly in HvAUX or mg_obj */
5624 /* push new backref */
5625 assert(SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV);
5626 if (AvFILLp(av) >= AvMAX(av)) {
5627 av_extend(av, AvFILLp(av)+1);
5629 AvARRAY(av)[++AvFILLp(av)] = sv; /* av_push() */
5632 /* delete a back-reference to ourselves from the backref magic associated
5633 * with the SV we point to.
5637 Perl_sv_del_backref(pTHX_ SV *const tsv, SV *const sv)
5642 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_DEL_BACKREF;
5644 if (SvTYPE(tsv) == SVt_PVHV) {
5646 svp = (SV**)Perl_hv_backreferences_p(aTHX_ MUTABLE_HV(tsv));
5648 else if (SvIS_FREED(tsv) && PL_phase == PERL_PHASE_DESTRUCT) {
5649 /* It's possible for the the last (strong) reference to tsv to have
5650 become freed *before* the last thing holding a weak reference.
5651 If both survive longer than the backreferences array, then when
5652 the referent's reference count drops to 0 and it is freed, it's
5653 not able to chase the backreferences, so they aren't NULLed.
5655 For example, a CV holds a weak reference to its stash. If both the
5656 CV and the stash survive longer than the backreferences array,
5657 and the CV gets picked for the SvBREAK() treatment first,
5658 *and* it turns out that the stash is only being kept alive because
5659 of an our variable in the pad of the CV, then midway during CV
5660 destruction the stash gets freed, but CvSTASH() isn't set to NULL.
5661 It ends up pointing to the freed HV. Hence it's chased in here, and
5662 if this block wasn't here, it would hit the !svp panic just below.
5664 I don't believe that "better" destruction ordering is going to help
5665 here - during global destruction there's always going to be the
5666 chance that something goes out of order. We've tried to make it
5667 foolproof before, and it only resulted in evolutionary pressure on
5668 fools. Which made us look foolish for our hubris. :-(
5674 = SvMAGICAL(tsv) ? mg_find(tsv, PERL_MAGIC_backref) : NULL;
5675 svp = mg ? &(mg->mg_obj) : NULL;
5679 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: del_backref, svp=0");
5681 /* It's possible that sv is being freed recursively part way through the
5682 freeing of tsv. If this happens, the backreferences array of tsv has
5683 already been freed, and so svp will be NULL. If this is the case,
5684 we should not panic. Instead, nothing needs doing, so return. */
5685 if (PL_phase == PERL_PHASE_DESTRUCT && SvREFCNT(tsv) == 0)
5687 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: del_backref, *svp=%p phase=%s refcnt=%" UVuf,
5688 *svp, PL_phase_names[PL_phase], (UV)SvREFCNT(tsv));
5691 if (SvTYPE(*svp) == SVt_PVAV) {
5695 AV * const av = (AV*)*svp;
5697 assert(!SvIS_FREED(av));
5701 /* for an SV with N weak references to it, if all those
5702 * weak refs are deleted, then sv_del_backref will be called
5703 * N times and O(N^2) compares will be done within the backref
5704 * array. To ameliorate this potential slowness, we:
5705 * 1) make sure this code is as tight as possible;
5706 * 2) when looking for SV, look for it at both the head and tail of the
5707 * array first before searching the rest, since some create/destroy
5708 * patterns will cause the backrefs to be freed in order.
5715 SV **p = &svp[fill];
5716 SV *const topsv = *p;
5723 /* We weren't the last entry.
5724 An unordered list has this property that you
5725 can take the last element off the end to fill
5726 the hole, and it's still an unordered list :-)
5732 break; /* should only be one */
5739 AvFILLp(av) = fill-1;
5741 else if (SvIS_FREED(*svp) && PL_phase == PERL_PHASE_DESTRUCT) {
5742 /* freed AV; skip */
5745 /* optimisation: only a single backref, stored directly */
5747 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: del_backref, *svp=%p, sv=%p", *svp, sv);
5754 Perl_sv_kill_backrefs(pTHX_ SV *const sv, AV *const av)
5760 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_KILL_BACKREFS;
5765 /* after multiple passes through Perl_sv_clean_all() for a thingy
5766 * that has badly leaked, the backref array may have gotten freed,
5767 * since we only protect it against 1 round of cleanup */
5768 if (SvIS_FREED(av)) {
5769 if (PL_in_clean_all) /* All is fair */
5772 "panic: magic_killbackrefs (freed backref AV/SV)");
5776 is_array = (SvTYPE(av) == SVt_PVAV);
5778 assert(!SvIS_FREED(av));
5781 last = svp + AvFILLp(av);
5784 /* optimisation: only a single backref, stored directly */
5790 while (svp <= last) {
5792 SV *const referrer = *svp;
5793 if (SvWEAKREF(referrer)) {
5794 /* XXX Should we check that it hasn't changed? */
5795 assert(SvROK(referrer));
5796 SvRV_set(referrer, 0);
5798 SvWEAKREF_off(referrer);
5799 SvSETMAGIC(referrer);
5800 } else if (SvTYPE(referrer) == SVt_PVGV ||
5801 SvTYPE(referrer) == SVt_PVLV) {
5802 assert(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVHV); /* stash backref */
5803 /* You lookin' at me? */
5804 assert(GvSTASH(referrer));
5805 assert(GvSTASH(referrer) == (const HV *)sv);
5806 GvSTASH(referrer) = 0;
5807 } else if (SvTYPE(referrer) == SVt_PVCV ||
5808 SvTYPE(referrer) == SVt_PVFM) {
5809 if (SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVHV) { /* stash backref */
5810 /* You lookin' at me? */
5811 assert(CvSTASH(referrer));
5812 assert(CvSTASH(referrer) == (const HV *)sv);
5813 SvANY(MUTABLE_CV(referrer))->xcv_stash = 0;
5816 assert(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVGV);
5817 /* You lookin' at me? */
5818 assert(CvGV(referrer));
5819 assert(CvGV(referrer) == (const GV *)sv);
5820 anonymise_cv_maybe(MUTABLE_GV(sv),
5821 MUTABLE_CV(referrer));
5826 "panic: magic_killbackrefs (flags=%"UVxf")",
5827 (UV)SvFLAGS(referrer));
5838 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(av); /* remove extra count added by sv_add_backref() */
5844 =for apidoc sv_insert
5846 Inserts a string at the specified offset/length within the SV. Similar to
5847 the Perl substr() function. Handles get magic.
5849 =for apidoc sv_insert_flags
5851 Same as C<sv_insert>, but the extra C<flags> are passed to the
5852 C<SvPV_force_flags> that applies to C<bigstr>.
5858 Perl_sv_insert_flags(pTHX_ SV *const bigstr, const STRLEN offset, const STRLEN len, const char *const little, const STRLEN littlelen, const U32 flags)
5865 SSize_t i; /* better be sizeof(STRLEN) or bad things happen */
5868 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_INSERT_FLAGS;
5871 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't modify nonexistent substring");
5872 SvPV_force_flags(bigstr, curlen, flags);
5873 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(bigstr);
5874 if (offset + len > curlen) {
5875 SvGROW(bigstr, offset+len+1);
5876 Zero(SvPVX(bigstr)+curlen, offset+len-curlen, char);
5877 SvCUR_set(bigstr, offset+len);
5881 i = littlelen - len;
5882 if (i > 0) { /* string might grow */
5883 big = SvGROW(bigstr, SvCUR(bigstr) + i + 1);
5884 mid = big + offset + len;
5885 midend = bigend = big + SvCUR(bigstr);
5888 while (midend > mid) /* shove everything down */
5889 *--bigend = *--midend;
5890 Move(little,big+offset,littlelen,char);
5891 SvCUR_set(bigstr, SvCUR(bigstr) + i);
5896 Move(little,SvPVX(bigstr)+offset,len,char);
5901 big = SvPVX(bigstr);
5904 bigend = big + SvCUR(bigstr);
5906 if (midend > bigend)
5907 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: sv_insert, midend=%p, bigend=%p",
5910 if (mid - big > bigend - midend) { /* faster to shorten from end */
5912 Move(little, mid, littlelen,char);
5915 i = bigend - midend;
5917 Move(midend, mid, i,char);
5921 SvCUR_set(bigstr, mid - big);
5923 else if ((i = mid - big)) { /* faster from front */
5924 midend -= littlelen;
5926 Move(big, midend - i, i, char);
5927 sv_chop(bigstr,midend-i);
5929 Move(little, mid, littlelen,char);
5931 else if (littlelen) {
5932 midend -= littlelen;
5933 sv_chop(bigstr,midend);
5934 Move(little,midend,littlelen,char);
5937 sv_chop(bigstr,midend);
5943 =for apidoc sv_replace
5945 Make the first argument a copy of the second, then delete the original.
5946 The target SV physically takes over ownership of the body of the source SV
5947 and inherits its flags; however, the target keeps any magic it owns,
5948 and any magic in the source is discarded.
5949 Note that this is a rather specialist SV copying operation; most of the
5950 time you'll want to use C<sv_setsv> or one of its many macro front-ends.
5956 Perl_sv_replace(pTHX_ SV *const sv, SV *const nsv)
5959 const U32 refcnt = SvREFCNT(sv);
5961 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_REPLACE;
5963 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(sv);
5964 if (SvREFCNT(nsv) != 1) {
5965 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: reference miscount on nsv in sv_replace()"
5966 " (%" UVuf " != 1)", (UV) SvREFCNT(nsv));
5968 if (SvMAGICAL(sv)) {
5972 sv_upgrade(nsv, SVt_PVMG);
5973 SvMAGIC_set(nsv, SvMAGIC(sv));
5974 SvFLAGS(nsv) |= SvMAGICAL(sv);
5976 SvMAGIC_set(sv, NULL);
5980 assert(!SvREFCNT(sv));
5981 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS
5982 sv->sv_flags = nsv->sv_flags;
5983 sv->sv_any = nsv->sv_any;
5984 sv->sv_refcnt = nsv->sv_refcnt;
5985 sv->sv_u = nsv->sv_u;
5987 StructCopy(nsv,sv,SV);
5989 if(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_IV) {
5991 = (XPVIV*)((char*)&(sv->sv_u.svu_iv) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPVIV, xiv_iv));
5995 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
5996 if (SvIsCOW_normal(nsv)) {
5997 /* We need to follow the pointers around the loop to make the
5998 previous SV point to sv, rather than nsv. */
6001 while ((next = SV_COW_NEXT_SV(current)) != nsv) {
6004 assert(SvPVX_const(current) == SvPVX_const(nsv));
6006 /* Make the SV before us point to the SV after us. */
6008 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "previous is\n");
6010 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
6011 "move it from 0x%"UVxf" to 0x%"UVxf"\n",
6012 (UV) SV_COW_NEXT_SV(current), (UV) sv);
6014 SV_COW_NEXT_SV_SET(current, sv);
6017 SvREFCNT(sv) = refcnt;
6018 SvFLAGS(nsv) |= SVTYPEMASK; /* Mark as freed */
6023 /* We're about to free a GV which has a CV that refers back to us.
6024 * If that CV will outlive us, make it anonymous (i.e. fix up its CvGV
6028 S_anonymise_cv_maybe(pTHX_ GV *gv, CV* cv)
6033 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ANONYMISE_CV_MAYBE;
6036 assert(SvREFCNT(gv) == 0);
6037 assert(isGV(gv) && isGV_with_GP(gv));
6039 assert(!CvANON(cv));
6040 assert(CvGV(cv) == gv);
6041 assert(!CvNAMED(cv));
6043 /* will the CV shortly be freed by gp_free() ? */
6044 if (GvCV(gv) == cv && GvGP(gv)->gp_refcnt < 2 && SvREFCNT(cv) < 2) {
6045 SvANY(cv)->xcv_gv_u.xcv_gv = NULL;
6049 /* if not, anonymise: */
6050 gvname = (GvSTASH(gv) && HvNAME(GvSTASH(gv)) && HvENAME(GvSTASH(gv)))
6051 ? newSVhek(HvENAME_HEK(GvSTASH(gv)))
6052 : newSVpvn_flags( "__ANON__", 8, 0 );
6053 sv_catpvs(gvname, "::__ANON__");
6054 anongv = gv_fetchsv(gvname, GV_ADDMULTI, SVt_PVCV);
6055 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(gvname);
6059 SvANY(cv)->xcv_gv_u.xcv_gv = MUTABLE_GV(SvREFCNT_inc(anongv));
6064 =for apidoc sv_clear
6066 Clear an SV: call any destructors, free up any memory used by the body,
6067 and free the body itself. The SV's head is I<not> freed, although
6068 its type is set to all 1's so that it won't inadvertently be assumed
6069 to be live during global destruction etc.
6070 This function should only be called when REFCNT is zero. Most of the time
6071 you'll want to call C<sv_free()> (or its macro wrapper C<SvREFCNT_dec>)
6078 Perl_sv_clear(pTHX_ SV *const orig_sv)
6083 const struct body_details *sv_type_details;
6089 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CLEAR;
6091 /* within this loop, sv is the SV currently being freed, and
6092 * iter_sv is the most recent AV or whatever that's being iterated
6093 * over to provide more SVs */
6099 assert(SvREFCNT(sv) == 0);
6100 assert(SvTYPE(sv) != (svtype)SVTYPEMASK);
6102 if (type <= SVt_IV) {
6103 /* See the comment in sv.h about the collusion between this
6104 * early return and the overloading of the NULL slots in the
6108 SvFLAGS(sv) &= SVf_BREAK;
6109 SvFLAGS(sv) |= SVTYPEMASK;
6113 assert(!SvOBJECT(sv) || type >= SVt_PVMG); /* objs are always >= MG */
6115 if (type >= SVt_PVMG) {
6117 if (!curse(sv, 1)) goto get_next_sv;
6118 type = SvTYPE(sv); /* destructor may have changed it */
6120 /* Free back-references before magic, in case the magic calls
6121 * Perl code that has weak references to sv. */
6122 if (type == SVt_PVHV) {
6123 Perl_hv_kill_backrefs(aTHX_ MUTABLE_HV(sv));
6127 else if (type == SVt_PVMG && SvPAD_OUR(sv)) {
6128 SvREFCNT_dec(SvOURSTASH(sv));
6129 } else if (SvMAGIC(sv)) {
6130 /* Free back-references before other types of magic. */
6131 sv_unmagic(sv, PERL_MAGIC_backref);
6135 if (type == SVt_PVMG && SvPAD_TYPED(sv))
6136 SvREFCNT_dec(SvSTASH(sv));
6139 /* case SVt_BIND: */
6142 IoIFP(sv) != PerlIO_stdin() &&
6143 IoIFP(sv) != PerlIO_stdout() &&
6144 IoIFP(sv) != PerlIO_stderr() &&
6145 !(IoFLAGS(sv) & IOf_FAKE_DIRP))
6147 io_close(MUTABLE_IO(sv), FALSE);
6149 if (IoDIRP(sv) && !(IoFLAGS(sv) & IOf_FAKE_DIRP))
6150 PerlDir_close(IoDIRP(sv));
6151 IoDIRP(sv) = (DIR*)NULL;
6152 Safefree(IoTOP_NAME(sv));
6153 Safefree(IoFMT_NAME(sv));
6154 Safefree(IoBOTTOM_NAME(sv));
6155 if ((const GV *)sv == PL_statgv)
6159 /* FIXME for plugins */
6161 pregfree2((REGEXP*) sv);
6165 cv_undef(MUTABLE_CV(sv));
6166 /* If we're in a stash, we don't own a reference to it.
6167 * However it does have a back reference to us, which needs to
6169 if ((stash = CvSTASH(sv)))
6170 sv_del_backref(MUTABLE_SV(stash), sv);
6173 if (PL_last_swash_hv == (const HV *)sv) {
6174 PL_last_swash_hv = NULL;
6176 if (HvTOTALKEYS((HV*)sv) > 0) {
6178 /* this statement should match the one at the beginning of
6179 * hv_undef_flags() */
6180 if ( PL_phase != PERL_PHASE_DESTRUCT
6181 && (name = HvNAME((HV*)sv)))
6183 if (PL_stashcache) {
6184 DEBUG_o(Perl_deb(aTHX_ "sv_clear clearing PL_stashcache for '%"SVf"'\n",
6186 (void)hv_delete(PL_stashcache, name,
6187 HvNAMEUTF8((HV*)sv) ? -HvNAMELEN_get((HV*)sv) : HvNAMELEN_get((HV*)sv), G_DISCARD);
6189 hv_name_set((HV*)sv, NULL, 0, 0);
6192 /* save old iter_sv in unused SvSTASH field */
6193 assert(!SvOBJECT(sv));
6194 SvSTASH(sv) = (HV*)iter_sv;
6197 /* save old hash_index in unused SvMAGIC field */
6198 assert(!SvMAGICAL(sv));
6199 assert(!SvMAGIC(sv));
6200 ((XPVMG*) SvANY(sv))->xmg_u.xmg_hash_index = hash_index;
6203 next_sv = Perl_hfree_next_entry(aTHX_ (HV*)sv, &hash_index);
6204 goto get_next_sv; /* process this new sv */
6206 /* free empty hash */
6207 Perl_hv_undef_flags(aTHX_ MUTABLE_HV(sv), HV_NAME_SETALL);
6208 assert(!HvARRAY((HV*)sv));
6212 AV* av = MUTABLE_AV(sv);
6213 if (PL_comppad == av) {
6217 if (AvREAL(av) && AvFILLp(av) > -1) {
6218 next_sv = AvARRAY(av)[AvFILLp(av)--];
6219 /* save old iter_sv in top-most slot of AV,
6220 * and pray that it doesn't get wiped in the meantime */
6221 AvARRAY(av)[AvMAX(av)] = iter_sv;
6223 goto get_next_sv; /* process this new sv */
6225 Safefree(AvALLOC(av));
6230 if (LvTYPE(sv) == 'T') { /* for tie: return HE to pool */
6231 SvREFCNT_dec(HeKEY_sv((HE*)LvTARG(sv)));
6232 HeNEXT((HE*)LvTARG(sv)) = PL_hv_fetch_ent_mh;
6233 PL_hv_fetch_ent_mh = (HE*)LvTARG(sv);
6235 else if (LvTYPE(sv) != 't') /* unless tie: unrefcnted fake SV** */
6236 SvREFCNT_dec(LvTARG(sv));
6237 if (isREGEXP(sv)) goto freeregexp;
6239 if (isGV_with_GP(sv)) {
6240 if(GvCVu((const GV *)sv) && (stash = GvSTASH(MUTABLE_GV(sv)))
6241 && HvENAME_get(stash))
6242 mro_method_changed_in(stash);
6243 gp_free(MUTABLE_GV(sv));
6245 unshare_hek(GvNAME_HEK(sv));
6246 /* If we're in a stash, we don't own a reference to it.
6247 * However it does have a back reference to us, which
6248 * needs to be cleared. */
6249 if (!SvVALID(sv) && (stash = GvSTASH(sv)))
6250 sv_del_backref(MUTABLE_SV(stash), sv);
6252 /* FIXME. There are probably more unreferenced pointers to SVs
6253 * in the interpreter struct that we should check and tidy in
6254 * a similar fashion to this: */
6255 /* See also S_sv_unglob, which does the same thing. */
6256 if ((const GV *)sv == PL_last_in_gv)
6257 PL_last_in_gv = NULL;
6258 else if ((const GV *)sv == PL_statgv)
6265 /* Don't bother with SvOOK_off(sv); as we're only going to
6269 SvOOK_offset(sv, offset);
6270 SvPV_set(sv, SvPVX_mutable(sv) - offset);
6271 /* Don't even bother with turning off the OOK flag. */
6276 SV * const target = SvRV(sv);
6278 sv_del_backref(target, sv);
6284 else if (SvPVX_const(sv)
6285 && !(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVIO
6286 && !(IoFLAGS(sv) & IOf_FAKE_DIRP)))
6290 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "Copy on write: clear\n");
6294 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
6295 sv_release_COW(sv, SvPVX_const(sv), SV_COW_NEXT_SV(sv));
6297 if (CowREFCNT(sv)) {
6303 unshare_hek(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(SvPVX_const(sv)));
6307 # ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
6311 Safefree(SvPVX_mutable(sv));
6315 else if (SvPVX_const(sv) && SvLEN(sv)
6316 && !(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVIO
6317 && !(IoFLAGS(sv) & IOf_FAKE_DIRP)))
6318 Safefree(SvPVX_mutable(sv));
6319 else if (SvPVX_const(sv) && SvIsCOW(sv)) {
6320 unshare_hek(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(SvPVX_const(sv)));
6330 SvFLAGS(sv) &= SVf_BREAK;
6331 SvFLAGS(sv) |= SVTYPEMASK;
6333 sv_type_details = bodies_by_type + type;
6334 if (sv_type_details->arena) {
6335 del_body(((char *)SvANY(sv) + sv_type_details->offset),
6336 &PL_body_roots[type]);
6338 else if (sv_type_details->body_size) {
6339 safefree(SvANY(sv));
6343 /* caller is responsible for freeing the head of the original sv */
6344 if (sv != orig_sv && !SvREFCNT(sv))
6347 /* grab and free next sv, if any */
6355 else if (!iter_sv) {
6357 } else if (SvTYPE(iter_sv) == SVt_PVAV) {
6358 AV *const av = (AV*)iter_sv;
6359 if (AvFILLp(av) > -1) {
6360 sv = AvARRAY(av)[AvFILLp(av)--];
6362 else { /* no more elements of current AV to free */
6365 /* restore previous value, squirrelled away */
6366 iter_sv = AvARRAY(av)[AvMAX(av)];
6367 Safefree(AvALLOC(av));
6370 } else if (SvTYPE(iter_sv) == SVt_PVHV) {
6371 sv = Perl_hfree_next_entry(aTHX_ (HV*)iter_sv, &hash_index);
6372 if (!sv && !HvTOTALKEYS((HV *)iter_sv)) {
6373 /* no more elements of current HV to free */
6376 /* Restore previous values of iter_sv and hash_index,
6377 * squirrelled away */
6378 assert(!SvOBJECT(sv));
6379 iter_sv = (SV*)SvSTASH(sv);
6380 assert(!SvMAGICAL(sv));
6381 hash_index = ((XPVMG*) SvANY(sv))->xmg_u.xmg_hash_index;
6383 /* perl -DA does not like rubbish in SvMAGIC. */
6387 /* free any remaining detritus from the hash struct */
6388 Perl_hv_undef_flags(aTHX_ MUTABLE_HV(sv), HV_NAME_SETALL);
6389 assert(!HvARRAY((HV*)sv));
6394 /* unrolled SvREFCNT_dec and sv_free2 follows: */
6398 if (!SvREFCNT(sv)) {
6402 if (--(SvREFCNT(sv)))
6406 Perl_ck_warner_d(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_DEBUGGING),
6407 "Attempt to free temp prematurely: SV 0x%"UVxf
6408 pTHX__FORMAT, PTR2UV(sv) pTHX__VALUE);
6412 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && SvIMMORTAL(sv)) {
6413 /* make sure SvREFCNT(sv)==0 happens very seldom */
6414 SvREFCNT(sv) = SvREFCNT_IMMORTAL;
6423 /* This routine curses the sv itself, not the object referenced by sv. So
6424 sv does not have to be ROK. */
6427 S_curse(pTHX_ SV * const sv, const bool check_refcnt) {
6430 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CURSE;
6431 assert(SvOBJECT(sv));
6433 if (PL_defstash && /* Still have a symbol table? */
6439 stash = SvSTASH(sv);
6440 assert(SvTYPE(stash) == SVt_PVHV);
6441 if (HvNAME(stash)) {
6442 CV* destructor = NULL;
6443 if (!SvOBJECT(stash)) destructor = (CV *)SvSTASH(stash);
6446 gv_fetchmeth_autoload(stash, "DESTROY", 7, 0);
6447 if (gv) destructor = GvCV(gv);
6448 if (!SvOBJECT(stash))
6450 destructor ? (HV *)destructor : ((HV *)0)+1;
6452 assert(!destructor || destructor == ((CV *)0)+1
6453 || SvTYPE(destructor) == SVt_PVCV);
6454 if (destructor && destructor != ((CV *)0)+1
6455 /* A constant subroutine can have no side effects, so
6456 don't bother calling it. */
6457 && !CvCONST(destructor)
6458 /* Don't bother calling an empty destructor or one that
6459 returns immediately. */
6460 && (CvISXSUB(destructor)
6461 || (CvSTART(destructor)
6462 && (CvSTART(destructor)->op_next->op_type
6464 && (CvSTART(destructor)->op_next->op_type
6466 || CvSTART(destructor)->op_next->op_next->op_type
6472 SV* const tmpref = newRV(sv);
6473 SvREADONLY_on(tmpref); /* DESTROY() could be naughty */
6475 PUSHSTACKi(PERLSI_DESTROY);
6480 call_sv(MUTABLE_SV(destructor),
6481 G_DISCARD|G_EVAL|G_KEEPERR|G_VOID);
6485 if(SvREFCNT(tmpref) < 2) {
6486 /* tmpref is not kept alive! */
6488 SvRV_set(tmpref, NULL);
6491 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(tmpref);
6494 } while (SvOBJECT(sv) && SvSTASH(sv) != stash);
6497 if (check_refcnt && SvREFCNT(sv)) {
6498 if (PL_in_clean_objs)
6500 "DESTROY created new reference to dead object '%"HEKf"'",
6501 HEKfARG(HvNAME_HEK(stash)));
6502 /* DESTROY gave object new lease on life */
6508 HV * const stash = SvSTASH(sv);
6509 /* Curse before freeing the stash, as freeing the stash could cause
6510 a recursive call into S_curse. */
6511 SvOBJECT_off(sv); /* Curse the object. */
6512 SvSTASH_set(sv,0); /* SvREFCNT_dec may try to read this */
6513 SvREFCNT_dec(stash); /* possibly of changed persuasion */
6514 if (SvTYPE(sv) != SVt_PVIO)
6515 --PL_sv_objcount;/* XXX Might want something more general */
6521 =for apidoc sv_newref
6523 Increment an SV's reference count. Use the C<SvREFCNT_inc()> wrapper
6530 Perl_sv_newref(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
6532 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
6541 Decrement an SV's reference count, and if it drops to zero, call
6542 C<sv_clear> to invoke destructors and free up any memory used by
6543 the body; finally, deallocate the SV's head itself.
6544 Normally called via a wrapper macro C<SvREFCNT_dec>.
6550 Perl_sv_free(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
6556 /* Private helper function for SvREFCNT_dec().
6557 * Called with rc set to original SvREFCNT(sv), where rc == 0 or 1 */
6560 Perl_sv_free2(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const U32 rc)
6564 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_FREE2;
6572 Perl_ck_warner_d(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_DEBUGGING),
6573 "Attempt to free temp prematurely: SV 0x%"UVxf
6574 pTHX__FORMAT, PTR2UV(sv) pTHX__VALUE);
6578 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && SvIMMORTAL(sv)) {
6579 /* make sure SvREFCNT(sv)==0 happens very seldom */
6580 SvREFCNT(sv) = SvREFCNT_IMMORTAL;
6584 if (! SvREFCNT(sv)) /* may have have been resurrected */
6589 /* handle exceptional cases */
6593 if (SvFLAGS(sv) & SVf_BREAK)
6594 /* this SV's refcnt has been artificially decremented to
6595 * trigger cleanup */
6597 if (PL_in_clean_all) /* All is fair */
6599 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && SvIMMORTAL(sv)) {
6600 /* make sure SvREFCNT(sv)==0 happens very seldom */
6601 SvREFCNT(sv) = SvREFCNT_IMMORTAL;
6604 if (ckWARN_d(WARN_INTERNAL)) {
6605 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS_FORK_DUMP
6606 Perl_dump_sv_child(aTHX_ sv);
6608 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS
6611 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS_ABORT
6612 if (PL_warnhook == PERL_WARNHOOK_FATAL
6613 || ckDEAD(packWARN(WARN_INTERNAL))) {
6614 /* Don't let Perl_warner cause us to escape our fate: */
6618 /* This may not return: */
6619 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_INTERNAL),
6620 "Attempt to free unreferenced scalar: SV 0x%"UVxf
6621 pTHX__FORMAT, PTR2UV(sv) pTHX__VALUE);
6624 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS_ABORT
6634 Returns the length of the string in the SV. Handles magic and type
6635 coercion and sets the UTF8 flag appropriately. See also C<SvCUR>, which
6636 gives raw access to the xpv_cur slot.
6642 Perl_sv_len(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
6649 (void)SvPV_const(sv, len);
6654 =for apidoc sv_len_utf8
6656 Returns the number of characters in the string in an SV, counting wide
6657 UTF-8 bytes as a single character. Handles magic and type coercion.
6663 * The length is cached in PERL_MAGIC_utf8, in the mg_len field. Also the
6664 * mg_ptr is used, by sv_pos_u2b() and sv_pos_b2u() - see the comments below.
6665 * (Note that the mg_len is not the length of the mg_ptr field.
6666 * This allows the cache to store the character length of the string without
6667 * needing to malloc() extra storage to attach to the mg_ptr.)
6672 Perl_sv_len_utf8(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
6678 return sv_len_utf8_nomg(sv);
6682 Perl_sv_len_utf8_nomg(pTHX_ SV * const sv)
6686 const U8 *s = (U8*)SvPV_nomg_const(sv, len);
6688 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_LEN_UTF8_NOMG;
6690 if (PL_utf8cache && SvUTF8(sv)) {
6692 MAGIC *mg = SvMAGICAL(sv) ? mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8) : NULL;
6694 if (mg && (mg->mg_len != -1 || mg->mg_ptr)) {
6695 if (mg->mg_len != -1)
6698 /* We can use the offset cache for a headstart.
6699 The longer value is stored in the first pair. */
6700 STRLEN *cache = (STRLEN *) mg->mg_ptr;
6702 ulen = cache[0] + Perl_utf8_length(aTHX_ s + cache[1],
6706 if (PL_utf8cache < 0) {
6707 const STRLEN real = Perl_utf8_length(aTHX_ s, s + len);
6708 assert_uft8_cache_coherent("sv_len_utf8", ulen, real, sv);
6712 ulen = Perl_utf8_length(aTHX_ s, s + len);
6713 utf8_mg_len_cache_update(sv, &mg, ulen);
6717 return SvUTF8(sv) ? Perl_utf8_length(aTHX_ s, s + len) : len;
6720 /* Walk forwards to find the byte corresponding to the passed in UTF-8
6723 S_sv_pos_u2b_forwards(const U8 *const start, const U8 *const send,
6724 STRLEN *const uoffset_p, bool *const at_end)
6726 const U8 *s = start;
6727 STRLEN uoffset = *uoffset_p;
6729 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_U2B_FORWARDS;
6731 while (s < send && uoffset) {
6738 else if (s > send) {
6740 /* This is the existing behaviour. Possibly it should be a croak, as
6741 it's actually a bounds error */
6744 *uoffset_p -= uoffset;
6748 /* Given the length of the string in both bytes and UTF-8 characters, decide
6749 whether to walk forwards or backwards to find the byte corresponding to
6750 the passed in UTF-8 offset. */
6752 S_sv_pos_u2b_midway(const U8 *const start, const U8 *send,
6753 STRLEN uoffset, const STRLEN uend)
6755 STRLEN backw = uend - uoffset;
6757 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_U2B_MIDWAY;
6759 if (uoffset < 2 * backw) {
6760 /* The assumption is that going forwards is twice the speed of going
6761 forward (that's where the 2 * backw comes from).
6762 (The real figure of course depends on the UTF-8 data.) */
6763 const U8 *s = start;
6765 while (s < send && uoffset--)
6775 while (UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*send))
6778 return send - start;
6781 /* For the string representation of the given scalar, find the byte
6782 corresponding to the passed in UTF-8 offset. uoffset0 and boffset0
6783 give another position in the string, *before* the sought offset, which
6784 (which is always true, as 0, 0 is a valid pair of positions), which should
6785 help reduce the amount of linear searching.
6786 If *mgp is non-NULL, it should point to the UTF-8 cache magic, which
6787 will be used to reduce the amount of linear searching. The cache will be
6788 created if necessary, and the found value offered to it for update. */
6790 S_sv_pos_u2b_cached(pTHX_ SV *const sv, MAGIC **const mgp, const U8 *const start,
6791 const U8 *const send, STRLEN uoffset,
6792 STRLEN uoffset0, STRLEN boffset0)
6794 STRLEN boffset = 0; /* Actually always set, but let's keep gcc happy. */
6796 bool at_end = FALSE;
6798 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_U2B_CACHED;
6800 assert (uoffset >= uoffset0);
6805 if (!SvREADONLY(sv) && !SvGMAGICAL(sv) && SvPOK(sv)
6807 && (*mgp || (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG &&
6808 (*mgp = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8))))) {
6809 if ((*mgp)->mg_ptr) {
6810 STRLEN *cache = (STRLEN *) (*mgp)->mg_ptr;
6811 if (cache[0] == uoffset) {
6812 /* An exact match. */
6815 if (cache[2] == uoffset) {
6816 /* An exact match. */
6820 if (cache[0] < uoffset) {
6821 /* The cache already knows part of the way. */
6822 if (cache[0] > uoffset0) {
6823 /* The cache knows more than the passed in pair */
6824 uoffset0 = cache[0];
6825 boffset0 = cache[1];
6827 if ((*mgp)->mg_len != -1) {
6828 /* And we know the end too. */
6830 + sv_pos_u2b_midway(start + boffset0, send,
6832 (*mgp)->mg_len - uoffset0);
6834 uoffset -= uoffset0;
6836 + sv_pos_u2b_forwards(start + boffset0,
6837 send, &uoffset, &at_end);
6838 uoffset += uoffset0;
6841 else if (cache[2] < uoffset) {
6842 /* We're between the two cache entries. */
6843 if (cache[2] > uoffset0) {
6844 /* and the cache knows more than the passed in pair */
6845 uoffset0 = cache[2];
6846 boffset0 = cache[3];
6850 + sv_pos_u2b_midway(start + boffset0,
6853 cache[0] - uoffset0);
6856 + sv_pos_u2b_midway(start + boffset0,
6859 cache[2] - uoffset0);
6863 else if ((*mgp)->mg_len != -1) {
6864 /* If we can take advantage of a passed in offset, do so. */
6865 /* In fact, offset0 is either 0, or less than offset, so don't
6866 need to worry about the other possibility. */
6868 + sv_pos_u2b_midway(start + boffset0, send,
6870 (*mgp)->mg_len - uoffset0);
6875 if (!found || PL_utf8cache < 0) {
6876 STRLEN real_boffset;
6877 uoffset -= uoffset0;
6878 real_boffset = boffset0 + sv_pos_u2b_forwards(start + boffset0,
6879 send, &uoffset, &at_end);
6880 uoffset += uoffset0;
6882 if (found && PL_utf8cache < 0)
6883 assert_uft8_cache_coherent("sv_pos_u2b_cache", boffset,
6885 boffset = real_boffset;
6888 if (PL_utf8cache && !SvGMAGICAL(sv) && SvPOK(sv)) {
6890 utf8_mg_len_cache_update(sv, mgp, uoffset);
6892 utf8_mg_pos_cache_update(sv, mgp, boffset, uoffset, send - start);
6899 =for apidoc sv_pos_u2b_flags
6901 Converts the value pointed to by offsetp from a count of UTF-8 chars from
6902 the start of the string, to a count of the equivalent number of bytes; if
6903 lenp is non-zero, it does the same to lenp, but this time starting from
6904 the offset, rather than from the start
6905 of the string. Handles type coercion.
6906 I<flags> is passed to C<SvPV_flags>, and usually should be
6907 C<SV_GMAGIC|SV_CONST_RETURN> to handle magic.
6913 * sv_pos_u2b_flags() uses, like sv_pos_b2u(), the mg_ptr of the potential
6914 * PERL_MAGIC_utf8 of the sv to store the mapping between UTF-8 and
6915 * byte offsets. See also the comments of S_utf8_mg_pos_cache_update().
6920 Perl_sv_pos_u2b_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN uoffset, STRLEN *const lenp,
6927 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_U2B_FLAGS;
6929 start = (U8*)SvPV_flags(sv, len, flags);
6931 const U8 * const send = start + len;
6933 boffset = sv_pos_u2b_cached(sv, &mg, start, send, uoffset, 0, 0);
6936 && *lenp /* don't bother doing work for 0, as its bytes equivalent
6937 is 0, and *lenp is already set to that. */) {
6938 /* Convert the relative offset to absolute. */
6939 const STRLEN uoffset2 = uoffset + *lenp;
6940 const STRLEN boffset2
6941 = sv_pos_u2b_cached(sv, &mg, start, send, uoffset2,
6942 uoffset, boffset) - boffset;
6956 =for apidoc sv_pos_u2b
6958 Converts the value pointed to by offsetp from a count of UTF-8 chars from
6959 the start of the string, to a count of the equivalent number of bytes; if
6960 lenp is non-zero, it does the same to lenp, but this time starting from
6961 the offset, rather than from the start of the string. Handles magic and
6964 Use C<sv_pos_u2b_flags> in preference, which correctly handles strings longer
6971 * sv_pos_u2b() uses, like sv_pos_b2u(), the mg_ptr of the potential
6972 * PERL_MAGIC_utf8 of the sv to store the mapping between UTF-8 and
6973 * byte offsets. See also the comments of S_utf8_mg_pos_cache_update().
6977 /* This function is subject to size and sign problems */
6980 Perl_sv_pos_u2b(pTHX_ SV *const sv, I32 *const offsetp, I32 *const lenp)
6982 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_U2B;
6985 STRLEN ulen = (STRLEN)*lenp;
6986 *offsetp = (I32)sv_pos_u2b_flags(sv, (STRLEN)*offsetp, &ulen,
6987 SV_GMAGIC|SV_CONST_RETURN);
6990 *offsetp = (I32)sv_pos_u2b_flags(sv, (STRLEN)*offsetp, NULL,
6991 SV_GMAGIC|SV_CONST_RETURN);
6996 S_utf8_mg_len_cache_update(pTHX_ SV *const sv, MAGIC **const mgp,
6999 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_MG_LEN_CACHE_UPDATE;
7000 if (SvREADONLY(sv) || SvGMAGICAL(sv) || !SvPOK(sv))
7003 if (!*mgp && (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVMG ||
7004 !(*mgp = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))) {
7005 *mgp = sv_magicext(sv, 0, PERL_MAGIC_utf8, &PL_vtbl_utf8, 0, 0);
7009 (*mgp)->mg_len = ulen;
7010 /* For now, treat "overflowed" as "still unknown". See RT #72924. */
7011 if (ulen != (STRLEN) (*mgp)->mg_len)
7012 (*mgp)->mg_len = -1;
7015 /* Create and update the UTF8 magic offset cache, with the proffered utf8/
7016 byte length pairing. The (byte) length of the total SV is passed in too,
7017 as blen, because for some (more esoteric) SVs, the call to SvPV_const()
7018 may not have updated SvCUR, so we can't rely on reading it directly.
7020 The proffered utf8/byte length pairing isn't used if the cache already has
7021 two pairs, and swapping either for the proffered pair would increase the
7022 RMS of the intervals between known byte offsets.
7024 The cache itself consists of 4 STRLEN values
7025 0: larger UTF-8 offset
7026 1: corresponding byte offset
7027 2: smaller UTF-8 offset
7028 3: corresponding byte offset
7030 Unused cache pairs have the value 0, 0.
7031 Keeping the cache "backwards" means that the invariant of
7032 cache[0] >= cache[2] is maintained even with empty slots, which means that
7033 the code that uses it doesn't need to worry if only 1 entry has actually
7034 been set to non-zero. It also makes the "position beyond the end of the
7035 cache" logic much simpler, as the first slot is always the one to start
7039 S_utf8_mg_pos_cache_update(pTHX_ SV *const sv, MAGIC **const mgp, const STRLEN byte,
7040 const STRLEN utf8, const STRLEN blen)
7044 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UTF8_MG_POS_CACHE_UPDATE;
7049 if (!*mgp && (SvTYPE(sv) < SVt_PVMG ||
7050 !(*mgp = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))) {
7051 *mgp = sv_magicext(sv, 0, PERL_MAGIC_utf8, (MGVTBL*)&PL_vtbl_utf8, 0,
7053 (*mgp)->mg_len = -1;
7057 if (!(cache = (STRLEN *)(*mgp)->mg_ptr)) {
7058 Newxz(cache, PERL_MAGIC_UTF8_CACHESIZE * 2, STRLEN);
7059 (*mgp)->mg_ptr = (char *) cache;
7063 if (PL_utf8cache < 0 && SvPOKp(sv)) {
7064 /* SvPOKp() because it's possible that sv has string overloading, and
7065 therefore is a reference, hence SvPVX() is actually a pointer.
7066 This cures the (very real) symptoms of RT 69422, but I'm not actually
7067 sure whether we should even be caching the results of UTF-8
7068 operations on overloading, given that nothing stops overloading
7069 returning a different value every time it's called. */
7070 const U8 *start = (const U8 *) SvPVX_const(sv);
7071 const STRLEN realutf8 = utf8_length(start, start + byte);
7073 assert_uft8_cache_coherent("utf8_mg_pos_cache_update", utf8, realutf8,
7077 /* Cache is held with the later position first, to simplify the code
7078 that deals with unbounded ends. */
7080 ASSERT_UTF8_CACHE(cache);
7081 if (cache[1] == 0) {
7082 /* Cache is totally empty */
7085 } else if (cache[3] == 0) {
7086 if (byte > cache[1]) {
7087 /* New one is larger, so goes first. */
7088 cache[2] = cache[0];
7089 cache[3] = cache[1];
7097 #define THREEWAY_SQUARE(a,b,c,d) \
7098 ((float)((d) - (c))) * ((float)((d) - (c))) \
7099 + ((float)((c) - (b))) * ((float)((c) - (b))) \
7100 + ((float)((b) - (a))) * ((float)((b) - (a)))
7102 /* Cache has 2 slots in use, and we know three potential pairs.
7103 Keep the two that give the lowest RMS distance. Do the
7104 calculation in bytes simply because we always know the byte
7105 length. squareroot has the same ordering as the positive value,
7106 so don't bother with the actual square root. */
7107 if (byte > cache[1]) {
7108 /* New position is after the existing pair of pairs. */
7109 const float keep_earlier
7110 = THREEWAY_SQUARE(0, cache[3], byte, blen);
7111 const float keep_later
7112 = THREEWAY_SQUARE(0, cache[1], byte, blen);
7114 if (keep_later < keep_earlier) {
7115 cache[2] = cache[0];
7116 cache[3] = cache[1];
7125 else if (byte > cache[3]) {
7126 /* New position is between the existing pair of pairs. */
7127 const float keep_earlier
7128 = THREEWAY_SQUARE(0, cache[3], byte, blen);
7129 const float keep_later
7130 = THREEWAY_SQUARE(0, byte, cache[1], blen);
7132 if (keep_later < keep_earlier) {
7142 /* New position is before the existing pair of pairs. */
7143 const float keep_earlier
7144 = THREEWAY_SQUARE(0, byte, cache[3], blen);
7145 const float keep_later
7146 = THREEWAY_SQUARE(0, byte, cache[1], blen);
7148 if (keep_later < keep_earlier) {
7153 cache[0] = cache[2];
7154 cache[1] = cache[3];
7160 ASSERT_UTF8_CACHE(cache);
7163 /* We already know all of the way, now we may be able to walk back. The same
7164 assumption is made as in S_sv_pos_u2b_midway(), namely that walking
7165 backward is half the speed of walking forward. */
7167 S_sv_pos_b2u_midway(pTHX_ const U8 *const s, const U8 *const target,
7168 const U8 *end, STRLEN endu)
7170 const STRLEN forw = target - s;
7171 STRLEN backw = end - target;
7173 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_B2U_MIDWAY;
7175 if (forw < 2 * backw) {
7176 return utf8_length(s, target);
7179 while (end > target) {
7181 while (UTF8_IS_CONTINUATION(*end)) {
7190 =for apidoc sv_pos_b2u
7192 Converts the value pointed to by offsetp from a count of bytes from the
7193 start of the string, to a count of the equivalent number of UTF-8 chars.
7194 Handles magic and type coercion.
7200 * sv_pos_b2u() uses, like sv_pos_u2b(), the mg_ptr of the potential
7201 * PERL_MAGIC_utf8 of the sv to store the mapping between UTF-8 and
7206 Perl_sv_pos_b2u(pTHX_ SV *const sv, I32 *const offsetp)
7209 const STRLEN byte = *offsetp;
7210 STRLEN len = 0; /* Actually always set, but let's keep gcc happy. */
7216 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_POS_B2U;
7221 s = (const U8*)SvPV_const(sv, blen);
7224 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: sv_pos_b2u: bad byte offset, blen=%"UVuf
7225 ", byte=%"UVuf, (UV)blen, (UV)byte);
7231 && SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG
7232 && (mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))
7235 STRLEN * const cache = (STRLEN *) mg->mg_ptr;
7236 if (cache[1] == byte) {
7237 /* An exact match. */
7238 *offsetp = cache[0];
7241 if (cache[3] == byte) {
7242 /* An exact match. */
7243 *offsetp = cache[2];
7247 if (cache[1] < byte) {
7248 /* We already know part of the way. */
7249 if (mg->mg_len != -1) {
7250 /* Actually, we know the end too. */
7252 + S_sv_pos_b2u_midway(aTHX_ s + cache[1], send,
7253 s + blen, mg->mg_len - cache[0]);
7255 len = cache[0] + utf8_length(s + cache[1], send);
7258 else if (cache[3] < byte) {
7259 /* We're between the two cached pairs, so we do the calculation
7260 offset by the byte/utf-8 positions for the earlier pair,
7261 then add the utf-8 characters from the string start to
7263 len = S_sv_pos_b2u_midway(aTHX_ s + cache[3], send,
7264 s + cache[1], cache[0] - cache[2])
7268 else { /* cache[3] > byte */
7269 len = S_sv_pos_b2u_midway(aTHX_ s, send, s + cache[3],
7273 ASSERT_UTF8_CACHE(cache);
7275 } else if (mg->mg_len != -1) {
7276 len = S_sv_pos_b2u_midway(aTHX_ s, send, s + blen, mg->mg_len);
7280 if (!found || PL_utf8cache < 0) {
7281 const STRLEN real_len = utf8_length(s, send);
7283 if (found && PL_utf8cache < 0)
7284 assert_uft8_cache_coherent("sv_pos_b2u", len, real_len, sv);
7291 utf8_mg_len_cache_update(sv, &mg, len);
7293 utf8_mg_pos_cache_update(sv, &mg, byte, len, blen);
7298 S_assert_uft8_cache_coherent(pTHX_ const char *const func, STRLEN from_cache,
7299 STRLEN real, SV *const sv)
7301 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ASSERT_UFT8_CACHE_COHERENT;
7303 /* As this is debugging only code, save space by keeping this test here,
7304 rather than inlining it in all the callers. */
7305 if (from_cache == real)
7308 /* Need to turn the assertions off otherwise we may recurse infinitely
7309 while printing error messages. */
7310 SAVEI8(PL_utf8cache);
7312 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: %s cache %"UVuf" real %"UVuf" for %"SVf,
7313 func, (UV) from_cache, (UV) real, SVfARG(sv));
7319 Returns a boolean indicating whether the strings in the two SVs are
7320 identical. Is UTF-8 and 'use bytes' aware, handles get magic, and will
7321 coerce its args to strings if necessary.
7323 =for apidoc sv_eq_flags
7325 Returns a boolean indicating whether the strings in the two SVs are
7326 identical. Is UTF-8 and 'use bytes' aware and coerces its args to strings
7327 if necessary. If the flags include SV_GMAGIC, it handles get-magic, too.
7333 Perl_sv_eq_flags(pTHX_ SV *sv1, SV *sv2, const U32 flags)
7341 SV* svrecode = NULL;
7348 /* if pv1 and pv2 are the same, second SvPV_const call may
7349 * invalidate pv1 (if we are handling magic), so we may need to
7351 if (sv1 == sv2 && flags & SV_GMAGIC
7352 && (SvTHINKFIRST(sv1) || SvGMAGICAL(sv1))) {
7353 pv1 = SvPV_const(sv1, cur1);
7354 sv1 = newSVpvn_flags(pv1, cur1, SVs_TEMP | SvUTF8(sv2));
7356 pv1 = SvPV_flags_const(sv1, cur1, flags);
7364 pv2 = SvPV_flags_const(sv2, cur2, flags);
7366 if (cur1 && cur2 && SvUTF8(sv1) != SvUTF8(sv2) && !IN_BYTES) {
7367 /* Differing utf8ness.
7368 * Do not UTF8size the comparands as a side-effect. */
7371 svrecode = newSVpvn(pv2, cur2);
7372 sv_recode_to_utf8(svrecode, PL_encoding);
7373 pv2 = SvPV_const(svrecode, cur2);
7376 svrecode = newSVpvn(pv1, cur1);
7377 sv_recode_to_utf8(svrecode, PL_encoding);
7378 pv1 = SvPV_const(svrecode, cur1);
7380 /* Now both are in UTF-8. */
7382 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(svrecode);
7388 /* sv1 is the UTF-8 one */
7389 return bytes_cmp_utf8((const U8*)pv2, cur2,
7390 (const U8*)pv1, cur1) == 0;
7393 /* sv2 is the UTF-8 one */
7394 return bytes_cmp_utf8((const U8*)pv1, cur1,
7395 (const U8*)pv2, cur2) == 0;
7401 eq = (pv1 == pv2) || memEQ(pv1, pv2, cur1);
7403 SvREFCNT_dec(svrecode);
7411 Compares the strings in two SVs. Returns -1, 0, or 1 indicating whether the
7412 string in C<sv1> is less than, equal to, or greater than the string in
7413 C<sv2>. Is UTF-8 and 'use bytes' aware, handles get magic, and will
7414 coerce its args to strings if necessary. See also C<sv_cmp_locale>.
7416 =for apidoc sv_cmp_flags
7418 Compares the strings in two SVs. Returns -1, 0, or 1 indicating whether the
7419 string in C<sv1> is less than, equal to, or greater than the string in
7420 C<sv2>. Is UTF-8 and 'use bytes' aware and will coerce its args to strings
7421 if necessary. If the flags include SV_GMAGIC, it handles get magic. See
7422 also C<sv_cmp_locale_flags>.
7428 Perl_sv_cmp(pTHX_ SV *const sv1, SV *const sv2)
7430 return sv_cmp_flags(sv1, sv2, SV_GMAGIC);
7434 Perl_sv_cmp_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv1, SV *const sv2,
7439 const char *pv1, *pv2;
7442 SV *svrecode = NULL;
7449 pv1 = SvPV_flags_const(sv1, cur1, flags);
7456 pv2 = SvPV_flags_const(sv2, cur2, flags);
7458 if (cur1 && cur2 && SvUTF8(sv1) != SvUTF8(sv2) && !IN_BYTES) {
7459 /* Differing utf8ness.
7460 * Do not UTF8size the comparands as a side-effect. */
7463 svrecode = newSVpvn(pv2, cur2);
7464 sv_recode_to_utf8(svrecode, PL_encoding);
7465 pv2 = SvPV_const(svrecode, cur2);
7468 const int retval = -bytes_cmp_utf8((const U8*)pv2, cur2,
7469 (const U8*)pv1, cur1);
7470 return retval ? retval < 0 ? -1 : +1 : 0;
7475 svrecode = newSVpvn(pv1, cur1);
7476 sv_recode_to_utf8(svrecode, PL_encoding);
7477 pv1 = SvPV_const(svrecode, cur1);
7480 const int retval = bytes_cmp_utf8((const U8*)pv1, cur1,
7481 (const U8*)pv2, cur2);
7482 return retval ? retval < 0 ? -1 : +1 : 0;
7488 cmp = cur2 ? -1 : 0;
7492 const I32 retval = memcmp((const void*)pv1, (const void*)pv2, cur1 < cur2 ? cur1 : cur2);
7495 cmp = retval < 0 ? -1 : 1;
7496 } else if (cur1 == cur2) {
7499 cmp = cur1 < cur2 ? -1 : 1;
7503 SvREFCNT_dec(svrecode);
7511 =for apidoc sv_cmp_locale
7513 Compares the strings in two SVs in a locale-aware manner. Is UTF-8 and
7514 'use bytes' aware, handles get magic, and will coerce its args to strings
7515 if necessary. See also C<sv_cmp>.
7517 =for apidoc sv_cmp_locale_flags
7519 Compares the strings in two SVs in a locale-aware manner. Is UTF-8 and
7520 'use bytes' aware and will coerce its args to strings if necessary. If the
7521 flags contain SV_GMAGIC, it handles get magic. See also C<sv_cmp_flags>.
7527 Perl_sv_cmp_locale(pTHX_ SV *const sv1, SV *const sv2)
7529 return sv_cmp_locale_flags(sv1, sv2, SV_GMAGIC);
7533 Perl_sv_cmp_locale_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv1, SV *const sv2,
7537 #ifdef USE_LOCALE_COLLATE
7543 if (PL_collation_standard)
7547 pv1 = sv1 ? sv_collxfrm_flags(sv1, &len1, flags) : (char *) NULL;
7549 pv2 = sv2 ? sv_collxfrm_flags(sv2, &len2, flags) : (char *) NULL;
7551 if (!pv1 || !len1) {
7562 retval = memcmp((void*)pv1, (void*)pv2, len1 < len2 ? len1 : len2);
7565 return retval < 0 ? -1 : 1;
7568 * When the result of collation is equality, that doesn't mean
7569 * that there are no differences -- some locales exclude some
7570 * characters from consideration. So to avoid false equalities,
7571 * we use the raw string as a tiebreaker.
7577 #endif /* USE_LOCALE_COLLATE */
7579 return sv_cmp(sv1, sv2);
7583 #ifdef USE_LOCALE_COLLATE
7586 =for apidoc sv_collxfrm
7588 This calls C<sv_collxfrm_flags> with the SV_GMAGIC flag. See
7589 C<sv_collxfrm_flags>.
7591 =for apidoc sv_collxfrm_flags
7593 Add Collate Transform magic to an SV if it doesn't already have it. If the
7594 flags contain SV_GMAGIC, it handles get-magic.
7596 Any scalar variable may carry PERL_MAGIC_collxfrm magic that contains the
7597 scalar data of the variable, but transformed to such a format that a normal
7598 memory comparison can be used to compare the data according to the locale
7605 Perl_sv_collxfrm_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN *const nxp, const I32 flags)
7610 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_COLLXFRM_FLAGS;
7612 mg = SvMAGICAL(sv) ? mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_collxfrm) : (MAGIC *) NULL;
7613 if (!mg || !mg->mg_ptr || *(U32*)mg->mg_ptr != PL_collation_ix) {
7619 Safefree(mg->mg_ptr);
7620 s = SvPV_flags_const(sv, len, flags);
7621 if ((xf = mem_collxfrm(s, len, &xlen))) {
7623 #ifdef PERL_OLD_COPY_ON_WRITE
7625 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
7627 mg = sv_magicext(sv, 0, PERL_MAGIC_collxfrm, &PL_vtbl_collxfrm,
7641 if (mg && mg->mg_ptr) {
7643 return mg->mg_ptr + sizeof(PL_collation_ix);
7651 #endif /* USE_LOCALE_COLLATE */
7654 S_sv_gets_append_to_utf8(pTHX_ SV *const sv, PerlIO *const fp, I32 append)
7656 SV * const tsv = newSV(0);
7659 sv_gets(tsv, fp, 0);
7660 sv_utf8_upgrade_nomg(tsv);
7661 SvCUR_set(sv,append);
7664 return (SvCUR(sv) - append) ? SvPVX(sv) : NULL;
7668 S_sv_gets_read_record(pTHX_ SV *const sv, PerlIO *const fp, I32 append)
7671 const STRLEN recsize = SvUV(SvRV(PL_rs)); /* RsRECORD() guarantees > 0. */
7672 /* Grab the size of the record we're getting */
7673 char *buffer = SvGROW(sv, (STRLEN)(recsize + append + 1)) + append;
7681 /* With a true, record-oriented file on VMS, we need to use read directly
7682 * to ensure that we respect RMS record boundaries. The user is responsible
7683 * for providing a PL_rs value that corresponds to the FAB$W_MRS (maximum
7684 * record size) field. N.B. This is likely to produce invalid results on
7685 * varying-width character data when a record ends mid-character.
7687 fd = PerlIO_fileno(fp);
7689 && PerlLIO_fstat(fd, &st) == 0
7690 && (st.st_fab_rfm == FAB$C_VAR
7691 || st.st_fab_rfm == FAB$C_VFC
7692 || st.st_fab_rfm == FAB$C_FIX)) {
7694 bytesread = PerlLIO_read(fd, buffer, recsize);
7696 else /* in-memory file from PerlIO::Scalar
7697 * or not a record-oriented file
7701 bytesread = PerlIO_read(fp, buffer, recsize);
7703 /* At this point, the logic in sv_get() means that sv will
7704 be treated as utf-8 if the handle is utf8.
7706 if (PerlIO_isutf8(fp) && bytesread > 0) {
7707 char *bend = buffer + bytesread;
7708 char *bufp = buffer;
7709 size_t charcount = 0;
7710 bool charstart = TRUE;
7713 while (charcount < recsize) {
7714 /* count accumulated characters */
7715 while (bufp < bend) {
7717 skip = UTF8SKIP(bufp);
7719 if (bufp + skip > bend) {
7720 /* partial at the end */
7731 if (charcount < recsize) {
7733 STRLEN bufp_offset = bufp - buffer;
7734 SSize_t morebytesread;
7736 /* originally I read enough to fill any incomplete
7737 character and the first byte of the next
7738 character if needed, but if there's many
7739 multi-byte encoded characters we're going to be
7740 making a read call for every character beyond
7741 the original read size.
7743 So instead, read the rest of the character if
7744 any, and enough bytes to match at least the
7745 start bytes for each character we're going to
7749 readsize = recsize - charcount;
7751 readsize = skip - (bend - bufp) + recsize - charcount - 1;
7752 buffer = SvGROW(sv, append + bytesread + readsize + 1) + append;
7753 bend = buffer + bytesread;
7754 morebytesread = PerlIO_read(fp, bend, readsize);
7755 if (morebytesread <= 0) {
7756 /* we're done, if we still have incomplete
7757 characters the check code in sv_gets() will
7760 I'd originally considered doing
7761 PerlIO_ungetc() on all but the lead
7762 character of the incomplete character, but
7763 read() doesn't do that, so I don't.
7768 /* prepare to scan some more */
7769 bytesread += morebytesread;
7770 bend = buffer + bytesread;
7771 bufp = buffer + bufp_offset;
7779 SvCUR_set(sv, bytesread + append);
7780 buffer[bytesread] = '\0';
7781 return (SvCUR(sv) - append) ? SvPVX(sv) : NULL;
7787 Get a line from the filehandle and store it into the SV, optionally
7788 appending to the currently-stored string. If C<append> is not 0, the
7789 line is appended to the SV instead of overwriting it. C<append> should
7790 be set to the byte offset that the appended string should start at
7791 in the SV (typically, C<SvCUR(sv)> is a suitable choice).
7797 Perl_sv_gets(pTHX_ SV *const sv, PerlIO *const fp, I32 append)
7808 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_GETS;
7810 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv))
7811 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, append ? 0 : SV_COW_DROP_PV);
7812 /* XXX. If you make this PVIV, then copy on write can copy scalars read
7814 However, perlbench says it's slower, because the existing swipe code
7815 is faster than copy on write.
7816 Swings and roundabouts. */
7817 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PV);
7820 if (PerlIO_isutf8(fp)) {
7822 sv_utf8_upgrade_nomg(sv);
7823 sv_pos_u2b(sv,&append,0);
7825 } else if (SvUTF8(sv)) {
7826 return S_sv_gets_append_to_utf8(aTHX_ sv, fp, append);
7834 if (PerlIO_isutf8(fp))
7837 if (IN_PERL_COMPILETIME) {
7838 /* we always read code in line mode */
7842 else if (RsSNARF(PL_rs)) {
7843 /* If it is a regular disk file use size from stat() as estimate
7844 of amount we are going to read -- may result in mallocing
7845 more memory than we really need if the layers below reduce
7846 the size we read (e.g. CRLF or a gzip layer).
7849 if (!PerlLIO_fstat(PerlIO_fileno(fp), &st) && S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) {
7850 const Off_t offset = PerlIO_tell(fp);
7851 if (offset != (Off_t) -1 && st.st_size + append > offset) {
7852 (void) SvGROW(sv, (STRLEN)((st.st_size - offset) + append + 1));
7858 else if (RsRECORD(PL_rs)) {
7859 return S_sv_gets_read_record(aTHX_ sv, fp, append);
7861 else if (RsPARA(PL_rs)) {
7867 /* Get $/ i.e. PL_rs into same encoding as stream wants */
7868 if (PerlIO_isutf8(fp)) {
7869 rsptr = SvPVutf8(PL_rs, rslen);
7872 if (SvUTF8(PL_rs)) {
7873 if (!sv_utf8_downgrade(PL_rs, TRUE)) {
7874 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Wide character in $/");
7877 rsptr = SvPV_const(PL_rs, rslen);
7881 rslast = rslen ? rsptr[rslen - 1] : '\0';
7883 if (rspara) { /* have to do this both before and after */
7884 do { /* to make sure file boundaries work right */
7887 i = PerlIO_getc(fp);
7891 PerlIO_ungetc(fp,i);
7897 /* See if we know enough about I/O mechanism to cheat it ! */
7899 /* This used to be #ifdef test - it is made run-time test for ease
7900 of abstracting out stdio interface. One call should be cheap
7901 enough here - and may even be a macro allowing compile
7905 if (PerlIO_fast_gets(fp)) {
7908 * We're going to steal some values from the stdio struct
7909 * and put EVERYTHING in the innermost loop into registers.
7915 #if defined(VMS) && defined(PERLIO_IS_STDIO)
7916 /* An ungetc()d char is handled separately from the regular
7917 * buffer, so we getc() it back out and stuff it in the buffer.
7919 i = PerlIO_getc(fp);
7920 if (i == EOF) return 0;
7921 *(--((*fp)->_ptr)) = (unsigned char) i;
7925 /* Here is some breathtakingly efficient cheating */
7927 cnt = PerlIO_get_cnt(fp); /* get count into register */
7928 /* make sure we have the room */
7929 if ((I32)(SvLEN(sv) - append) <= cnt + 1) {
7930 /* Not room for all of it
7931 if we are looking for a separator and room for some
7933 if (rslen && cnt > 80 && (I32)SvLEN(sv) > append) {
7934 /* just process what we have room for */
7935 shortbuffered = cnt - SvLEN(sv) + append + 1;
7936 cnt -= shortbuffered;
7940 /* remember that cnt can be negative */
7941 SvGROW(sv, (STRLEN)(append + (cnt <= 0 ? 2 : (cnt + 1))));
7946 bp = (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv) + append; /* move these two too to registers */
7947 ptr = (STDCHAR*)PerlIO_get_ptr(fp);
7948 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
7949 "Screamer: entering, ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld\n",PTR2UV(ptr),(long)cnt));
7950 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
7951 "Screamer: entering: PerlIO * thinks ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld, base=%"UVuf"\n",
7952 PTR2UV(PerlIO_get_ptr(fp)), (long)PerlIO_get_cnt(fp),
7953 PTR2UV(PerlIO_has_base(fp) ? PerlIO_get_base(fp) : 0)));
7958 while (cnt > 0) { /* this | eat */
7960 if ((*bp++ = *ptr++) == rslast) /* really | dust */
7961 goto thats_all_folks; /* screams | sed :-) */
7965 Copy(ptr, bp, cnt, char); /* this | eat */
7966 bp += cnt; /* screams | dust */
7967 ptr += cnt; /* louder | sed :-) */
7969 assert (!shortbuffered);
7970 goto cannot_be_shortbuffered;
7974 if (shortbuffered) { /* oh well, must extend */
7975 cnt = shortbuffered;
7977 bpx = bp - (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv); /* box up before relocation */
7979 SvGROW(sv, SvLEN(sv) + append + cnt + 2);
7980 bp = (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv) + bpx; /* unbox after relocation */
7984 cannot_be_shortbuffered:
7985 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
7986 "Screamer: going to getc, ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld\n",
7987 PTR2UV(ptr),(long)cnt));
7988 PerlIO_set_ptrcnt(fp, (STDCHAR*)ptr, cnt); /* deregisterize cnt and ptr */
7990 DEBUG_Pv(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
7991 "Screamer: pre: FILE * thinks ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld, base=%"UVuf"\n",
7992 PTR2UV(PerlIO_get_ptr(fp)), (long)PerlIO_get_cnt(fp),
7993 PTR2UV(PerlIO_has_base (fp) ? PerlIO_get_base(fp) : 0)));
7995 /* This used to call 'filbuf' in stdio form, but as that behaves like
7996 getc when cnt <= 0 we use PerlIO_getc here to avoid introducing
7997 another abstraction. */
7998 i = PerlIO_getc(fp); /* get more characters */
8000 DEBUG_Pv(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
8001 "Screamer: post: FILE * thinks ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld, base=%"UVuf"\n",
8002 PTR2UV(PerlIO_get_ptr(fp)), (long)PerlIO_get_cnt(fp),
8003 PTR2UV(PerlIO_has_base (fp) ? PerlIO_get_base(fp) : 0)));
8005 cnt = PerlIO_get_cnt(fp);
8006 ptr = (STDCHAR*)PerlIO_get_ptr(fp); /* reregisterize cnt and ptr */
8007 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
8008 "Screamer: after getc, ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld\n",PTR2UV(ptr),(long)cnt));
8010 if (i == EOF) /* all done for ever? */
8011 goto thats_really_all_folks;
8013 bpx = bp - (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv); /* box up before relocation */
8015 SvGROW(sv, bpx + cnt + 2);
8016 bp = (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv) + bpx; /* unbox after relocation */
8018 *bp++ = (STDCHAR)i; /* store character from PerlIO_getc */
8020 if (rslen && (STDCHAR)i == rslast) /* all done for now? */
8021 goto thats_all_folks;
8025 if ((rslen > 1 && (STRLEN)(bp - (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv)) < rslen) ||
8026 memNE((char*)bp - rslen, rsptr, rslen))
8027 goto screamer; /* go back to the fray */
8028 thats_really_all_folks:
8030 cnt += shortbuffered;
8031 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
8032 "Screamer: quitting, ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld\n",PTR2UV(ptr),(long)cnt));
8033 PerlIO_set_ptrcnt(fp, (STDCHAR*)ptr, cnt); /* put these back or we're in trouble */
8034 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
8035 "Screamer: end: FILE * thinks ptr=%"UVuf", cnt=%ld, base=%"UVuf"\n",
8036 PTR2UV(PerlIO_get_ptr(fp)), (long)PerlIO_get_cnt(fp),
8037 PTR2UV(PerlIO_has_base (fp) ? PerlIO_get_base(fp) : 0)));
8039 SvCUR_set(sv, bp - (STDCHAR*)SvPVX_const(sv)); /* set length */
8040 DEBUG_P(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
8041 "Screamer: done, len=%ld, string=|%.*s|\n",
8042 (long)SvCUR(sv),(int)SvCUR(sv),SvPVX_const(sv)));
8046 /*The big, slow, and stupid way. */
8047 #ifdef USE_HEAP_INSTEAD_OF_STACK /* Even slower way. */
8048 STDCHAR *buf = NULL;
8049 Newx(buf, 8192, STDCHAR);
8057 const STDCHAR * const bpe = buf + sizeof(buf);
8059 while ((i = PerlIO_getc(fp)) != EOF && (*bp++ = (STDCHAR)i) != rslast && bp < bpe)
8060 ; /* keep reading */
8064 cnt = PerlIO_read(fp,(char*)buf, sizeof(buf));
8065 /* Accommodate broken VAXC compiler, which applies U8 cast to
8066 * both args of ?: operator, causing EOF to change into 255
8069 i = (U8)buf[cnt - 1];
8075 cnt = 0; /* we do need to re-set the sv even when cnt <= 0 */
8077 sv_catpvn_nomg(sv, (char *) buf, cnt);
8079 sv_setpvn(sv, (char *) buf, cnt); /* "nomg" is implied */
8081 if (i != EOF && /* joy */
8083 SvCUR(sv) < rslen ||
8084 memNE(SvPVX_const(sv) + SvCUR(sv) - rslen, rsptr, rslen)))
8088 * If we're reading from a TTY and we get a short read,
8089 * indicating that the user hit his EOF character, we need
8090 * to notice it now, because if we try to read from the TTY
8091 * again, the EOF condition will disappear.
8093 * The comparison of cnt to sizeof(buf) is an optimization
8094 * that prevents unnecessary calls to feof().
8098 if (!(cnt < (I32)sizeof(buf) && PerlIO_eof(fp)))
8102 #ifdef USE_HEAP_INSTEAD_OF_STACK
8107 if (rspara) { /* have to do this both before and after */
8108 while (i != EOF) { /* to make sure file boundaries work right */
8109 i = PerlIO_getc(fp);
8111 PerlIO_ungetc(fp,i);
8117 return (SvCUR(sv) - append) ? SvPVX(sv) : NULL;
8123 Auto-increment of the value in the SV, doing string to numeric conversion
8124 if necessary. Handles 'get' magic and operator overloading.
8130 Perl_sv_inc(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
8139 =for apidoc sv_inc_nomg
8141 Auto-increment of the value in the SV, doing string to numeric conversion
8142 if necessary. Handles operator overloading. Skips handling 'get' magic.
8148 Perl_sv_inc_nomg(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
8156 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv)) {
8157 if (SvIsCOW(sv) || isGV_with_GP(sv))
8158 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
8159 if (SvREADONLY(sv)) {
8160 if (IN_PERL_RUNTIME)
8161 Perl_croak_no_modify();
8165 if (SvAMAGIC(sv) && AMG_CALLunary(sv, inc_amg))
8167 i = PTR2IV(SvRV(sv));
8172 flags = SvFLAGS(sv);
8173 if ((flags & (SVp_NOK|SVp_IOK)) == SVp_NOK) {
8174 /* It's (privately or publicly) a float, but not tested as an
8175 integer, so test it to see. */
8177 flags = SvFLAGS(sv);
8179 if ((flags & SVf_IOK) || ((flags & (SVp_IOK | SVp_NOK)) == SVp_IOK)) {
8180 /* It's publicly an integer, or privately an integer-not-float */
8181 #ifdef PERL_PRESERVE_IVUV
8185 if (SvUVX(sv) == UV_MAX)
8186 sv_setnv(sv, UV_MAX_P1);
8188 (void)SvIOK_only_UV(sv);
8189 SvUV_set(sv, SvUVX(sv) + 1);
8191 if (SvIVX(sv) == IV_MAX)
8192 sv_setuv(sv, (UV)IV_MAX + 1);
8194 (void)SvIOK_only(sv);
8195 SvIV_set(sv, SvIVX(sv) + 1);
8200 if (flags & SVp_NOK) {
8201 const NV was = SvNVX(sv);
8202 if (NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT &&
8203 was >= NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT) {
8204 /* diag_listed_as: Lost precision when %s %f by 1 */
8205 Perl_ck_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_IMPRECISION),
8206 "Lost precision when incrementing %" NVff " by 1",
8209 (void)SvNOK_only(sv);
8210 SvNV_set(sv, was + 1.0);
8214 if (!(flags & SVp_POK) || !*SvPVX_const(sv)) {
8215 if ((flags & SVTYPEMASK) < SVt_PVIV)
8216 sv_upgrade(sv, ((flags & SVTYPEMASK) > SVt_IV ? SVt_PVIV : SVt_IV));
8217 (void)SvIOK_only(sv);
8222 while (isALPHA(*d)) d++;
8223 while (isDIGIT(*d)) d++;
8224 if (d < SvEND(sv)) {
8225 #ifdef PERL_PRESERVE_IVUV
8226 /* Got to punt this as an integer if needs be, but we don't issue
8227 warnings. Probably ought to make the sv_iv_please() that does
8228 the conversion if possible, and silently. */
8229 const int numtype = grok_number(SvPVX_const(sv), SvCUR(sv), NULL);
8230 if (numtype && !(numtype & IS_NUMBER_INFINITY)) {
8231 /* Need to try really hard to see if it's an integer.
8232 9.22337203685478e+18 is an integer.
8233 but "9.22337203685478e+18" + 0 is UV=9223372036854779904
8234 so $a="9.22337203685478e+18"; $a+0; $a++
8235 needs to be the same as $a="9.22337203685478e+18"; $a++
8242 /* sv_2iv *should* have made this an NV */
8243 if (flags & SVp_NOK) {
8244 (void)SvNOK_only(sv);
8245 SvNV_set(sv, SvNVX(sv) + 1.0);
8248 /* I don't think we can get here. Maybe I should assert this
8249 And if we do get here I suspect that sv_setnv will croak. NWC
8251 #if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE)
8252 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,"sv_inc punt failed to convert '%s' to IOK or NOKp, UV=0x%"UVxf" NV=%"PERL_PRIgldbl"\n",
8253 SvPVX_const(sv), SvIVX(sv), SvNVX(sv)));
8255 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,"sv_inc punt failed to convert '%s' to IOK or NOKp, UV=0x%"UVxf" NV=%"NVgf"\n",
8256 SvPVX_const(sv), SvIVX(sv), SvNVX(sv)));
8259 #endif /* PERL_PRESERVE_IVUV */
8260 sv_setnv(sv,Atof(SvPVX_const(sv)) + 1.0);
8264 while (d >= SvPVX_const(sv)) {
8272 /* MKS: The original code here died if letters weren't consecutive.
8273 * at least it didn't have to worry about non-C locales. The
8274 * new code assumes that ('z'-'a')==('Z'-'A'), letters are
8275 * arranged in order (although not consecutively) and that only
8276 * [A-Za-z] are accepted by isALPHA in the C locale.
8278 if (*d != 'z' && *d != 'Z') {
8279 do { ++*d; } while (!isALPHA(*d));
8282 *(d--) -= 'z' - 'a';
8287 *(d--) -= 'z' - 'a' + 1;
8291 /* oh,oh, the number grew */
8292 SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + 2);
8293 SvCUR_set(sv, SvCUR(sv) + 1);
8294 for (d = SvPVX(sv) + SvCUR(sv); d > SvPVX_const(sv); d--)
8305 Auto-decrement of the value in the SV, doing string to numeric conversion
8306 if necessary. Handles 'get' magic and operator overloading.
8312 Perl_sv_dec(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
8322 =for apidoc sv_dec_nomg
8324 Auto-decrement of the value in the SV, doing string to numeric conversion
8325 if necessary. Handles operator overloading. Skips handling 'get' magic.
8331 Perl_sv_dec_nomg(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
8338 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv)) {
8339 if (SvIsCOW(sv) || isGV_with_GP(sv))
8340 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
8341 if (SvREADONLY(sv)) {
8342 if (IN_PERL_RUNTIME)
8343 Perl_croak_no_modify();
8347 if (SvAMAGIC(sv) && AMG_CALLunary(sv, dec_amg))
8349 i = PTR2IV(SvRV(sv));
8354 /* Unlike sv_inc we don't have to worry about string-never-numbers
8355 and keeping them magic. But we mustn't warn on punting */
8356 flags = SvFLAGS(sv);
8357 if ((flags & SVf_IOK) || ((flags & (SVp_IOK | SVp_NOK)) == SVp_IOK)) {
8358 /* It's publicly an integer, or privately an integer-not-float */
8359 #ifdef PERL_PRESERVE_IVUV
8363 if (SvUVX(sv) == 0) {
8364 (void)SvIOK_only(sv);
8368 (void)SvIOK_only_UV(sv);
8369 SvUV_set(sv, SvUVX(sv) - 1);
8372 if (SvIVX(sv) == IV_MIN) {
8373 sv_setnv(sv, (NV)IV_MIN);
8377 (void)SvIOK_only(sv);
8378 SvIV_set(sv, SvIVX(sv) - 1);
8383 if (flags & SVp_NOK) {
8386 const NV was = SvNVX(sv);
8387 if (NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT &&
8388 was <= -NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT) {
8389 /* diag_listed_as: Lost precision when %s %f by 1 */
8390 Perl_ck_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_IMPRECISION),
8391 "Lost precision when decrementing %" NVff " by 1",
8394 (void)SvNOK_only(sv);
8395 SvNV_set(sv, was - 1.0);
8399 if (!(flags & SVp_POK)) {
8400 if ((flags & SVTYPEMASK) < SVt_PVIV)
8401 sv_upgrade(sv, ((flags & SVTYPEMASK) > SVt_IV) ? SVt_PVIV : SVt_IV);
8403 (void)SvIOK_only(sv);
8406 #ifdef PERL_PRESERVE_IVUV
8408 const int numtype = grok_number(SvPVX_const(sv), SvCUR(sv), NULL);
8409 if (numtype && !(numtype & IS_NUMBER_INFINITY)) {
8410 /* Need to try really hard to see if it's an integer.
8411 9.22337203685478e+18 is an integer.
8412 but "9.22337203685478e+18" + 0 is UV=9223372036854779904
8413 so $a="9.22337203685478e+18"; $a+0; $a--
8414 needs to be the same as $a="9.22337203685478e+18"; $a--
8421 /* sv_2iv *should* have made this an NV */
8422 if (flags & SVp_NOK) {
8423 (void)SvNOK_only(sv);
8424 SvNV_set(sv, SvNVX(sv) - 1.0);
8427 /* I don't think we can get here. Maybe I should assert this
8428 And if we do get here I suspect that sv_setnv will croak. NWC
8430 #if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE)
8431 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,"sv_dec punt failed to convert '%s' to IOK or NOKp, UV=0x%"UVxf" NV=%"PERL_PRIgldbl"\n",
8432 SvPVX_const(sv), SvIVX(sv), SvNVX(sv)));
8434 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,"sv_dec punt failed to convert '%s' to IOK or NOKp, UV=0x%"UVxf" NV=%"NVgf"\n",
8435 SvPVX_const(sv), SvIVX(sv), SvNVX(sv)));
8439 #endif /* PERL_PRESERVE_IVUV */
8440 sv_setnv(sv,Atof(SvPVX_const(sv)) - 1.0); /* punt */
8443 /* this define is used to eliminate a chunk of duplicated but shared logic
8444 * it has the suffix __SV_C to signal that it isnt API, and isnt meant to be
8445 * used anywhere but here - yves
8447 #define PUSH_EXTEND_MORTAL__SV_C(AnSv) \
8450 PL_tmps_stack[++PL_tmps_ix] = (AnSv); \
8454 =for apidoc sv_mortalcopy
8456 Creates a new SV which is a copy of the original SV (using C<sv_setsv>).
8457 The new SV is marked as mortal. It will be destroyed "soon", either by an
8458 explicit call to FREETMPS, or by an implicit call at places such as
8459 statement boundaries. See also C<sv_newmortal> and C<sv_2mortal>.
8464 /* Make a string that will exist for the duration of the expression
8465 * evaluation. Actually, it may have to last longer than that, but
8466 * hopefully we won't free it until it has been assigned to a
8467 * permanent location. */
8470 Perl_sv_mortalcopy_flags(pTHX_ SV *const oldstr, U32 flags)
8475 if (flags & SV_GMAGIC)
8476 SvGETMAGIC(oldstr); /* before new_SV, in case it dies */
8478 sv_setsv_flags(sv,oldstr,flags & ~SV_GMAGIC);
8479 PUSH_EXTEND_MORTAL__SV_C(sv);
8485 =for apidoc sv_newmortal
8487 Creates a new null SV which is mortal. The reference count of the SV is
8488 set to 1. It will be destroyed "soon", either by an explicit call to
8489 FREETMPS, or by an implicit call at places such as statement boundaries.
8490 See also C<sv_mortalcopy> and C<sv_2mortal>.
8496 Perl_sv_newmortal(pTHX)
8502 SvFLAGS(sv) = SVs_TEMP;
8503 PUSH_EXTEND_MORTAL__SV_C(sv);
8509 =for apidoc newSVpvn_flags
8511 Creates a new SV and copies a string into it. The reference count for the
8512 SV is set to 1. Note that if C<len> is zero, Perl will create a zero length
8513 string. You are responsible for ensuring that the source string is at least
8514 C<len> bytes long. If the C<s> argument is NULL the new SV will be undefined.
8515 Currently the only flag bits accepted are C<SVf_UTF8> and C<SVs_TEMP>.
8516 If C<SVs_TEMP> is set, then C<sv_2mortal()> is called on the result before
8517 returning. If C<SVf_UTF8> is set, C<s>
8518 is considered to be in UTF-8 and the
8519 C<SVf_UTF8> flag will be set on the new SV.
8520 C<newSVpvn_utf8()> is a convenience wrapper for this function, defined as
8522 #define newSVpvn_utf8(s, len, u) \
8523 newSVpvn_flags((s), (len), (u) ? SVf_UTF8 : 0)
8529 Perl_newSVpvn_flags(pTHX_ const char *const s, const STRLEN len, const U32 flags)
8534 /* All the flags we don't support must be zero.
8535 And we're new code so I'm going to assert this from the start. */
8536 assert(!(flags & ~(SVf_UTF8|SVs_TEMP)));
8538 sv_setpvn(sv,s,len);
8540 /* This code used to a sv_2mortal(), however we now unroll the call to sv_2mortal()
8541 * and do what it does ourselves here.
8542 * Since we have asserted that flags can only have the SVf_UTF8 and/or SVs_TEMP flags
8543 * set above we can use it to enable the sv flags directly (bypassing SvTEMP_on), which
8544 * in turn means we dont need to mask out the SVf_UTF8 flag below, which means that we
8545 * eliminate quite a few steps than it looks - Yves (explaining patch by gfx)
8548 SvFLAGS(sv) |= flags;
8550 if(flags & SVs_TEMP){
8551 PUSH_EXTEND_MORTAL__SV_C(sv);
8558 =for apidoc sv_2mortal
8560 Marks an existing SV as mortal. The SV will be destroyed "soon", either
8561 by an explicit call to FREETMPS, or by an implicit call at places such as
8562 statement boundaries. SvTEMP() is turned on which means that the SV's
8563 string buffer can be "stolen" if this SV is copied. See also C<sv_newmortal>
8564 and C<sv_mortalcopy>.
8570 Perl_sv_2mortal(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
8575 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && SvIMMORTAL(sv))
8577 PUSH_EXTEND_MORTAL__SV_C(sv);
8585 Creates a new SV and copies a string into it. The reference count for the
8586 SV is set to 1. If C<len> is zero, Perl will compute the length using
8587 strlen(). For efficiency, consider using C<newSVpvn> instead.
8593 Perl_newSVpv(pTHX_ const char *const s, const STRLEN len)
8599 sv_setpvn(sv, s, len || s == NULL ? len : strlen(s));
8604 =for apidoc newSVpvn
8606 Creates a new SV and copies a buffer into it, which may contain NUL characters
8607 (C<\0>) and other binary data. The reference count for the SV is set to 1.
8608 Note that if C<len> is zero, Perl will create a zero length (Perl) string. You
8609 are responsible for ensuring that the source buffer is at least
8610 C<len> bytes long. If the C<buffer> argument is NULL the new SV will be
8617 Perl_newSVpvn(pTHX_ const char *const buffer, const STRLEN len)
8623 sv_setpvn(sv,buffer,len);
8628 =for apidoc newSVhek
8630 Creates a new SV from the hash key structure. It will generate scalars that
8631 point to the shared string table where possible. Returns a new (undefined)
8632 SV if the hek is NULL.
8638 Perl_newSVhek(pTHX_ const HEK *const hek)
8648 if (HEK_LEN(hek) == HEf_SVKEY) {
8649 return newSVsv(*(SV**)HEK_KEY(hek));
8651 const int flags = HEK_FLAGS(hek);
8652 if (flags & HVhek_WASUTF8) {
8654 Andreas would like keys he put in as utf8 to come back as utf8
8656 STRLEN utf8_len = HEK_LEN(hek);
8657 SV * const sv = newSV_type(SVt_PV);
8658 char *as_utf8 = (char *)bytes_to_utf8 ((U8*)HEK_KEY(hek), &utf8_len);
8659 /* bytes_to_utf8() allocates a new string, which we can repurpose: */
8660 sv_usepvn_flags(sv, as_utf8, utf8_len, SV_HAS_TRAILING_NUL);
8663 } else if (flags & HVhek_UNSHARED) {
8664 /* A hash that isn't using shared hash keys has to have
8665 the flag in every key so that we know not to try to call
8666 share_hek_hek on it. */
8668 SV * const sv = newSVpvn (HEK_KEY(hek), HEK_LEN(hek));
8673 /* This will be overwhelminly the most common case. */
8675 /* Inline most of newSVpvn_share(), because share_hek_hek() is far
8676 more efficient than sharepvn(). */
8680 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PV);
8681 SvPV_set(sv, (char *)HEK_KEY(share_hek_hek(hek)));
8682 SvCUR_set(sv, HEK_LEN(hek));
8694 =for apidoc newSVpvn_share
8696 Creates a new SV with its SvPVX_const pointing to a shared string in the string
8697 table. If the string does not already exist in the table, it is
8698 created first. Turns on the SvIsCOW flag (or READONLY
8699 and FAKE in 5.16 and earlier). If the C<hash> parameter
8700 is non-zero, that value is used; otherwise the hash is computed.
8701 The string's hash can later be retrieved from the SV
8702 with the C<SvSHARED_HASH()> macro. The idea here is
8703 that as the string table is used for shared hash keys these strings will have
8704 SvPVX_const == HeKEY and hash lookup will avoid string compare.
8710 Perl_newSVpvn_share(pTHX_ const char *src, I32 len, U32 hash)
8714 bool is_utf8 = FALSE;
8715 const char *const orig_src = src;
8718 STRLEN tmplen = -len;
8720 /* See the note in hv.c:hv_fetch() --jhi */
8721 src = (char*)bytes_from_utf8((const U8*)src, &tmplen, &is_utf8);
8725 PERL_HASH(hash, src, len);
8727 /* The logic for this is inlined in S_mro_get_linear_isa_dfs(), so if it
8728 changes here, update it there too. */
8729 sv_upgrade(sv, SVt_PV);
8730 SvPV_set(sv, sharepvn(src, is_utf8?-len:len, hash));
8737 if (src != orig_src)
8743 =for apidoc newSVpv_share
8745 Like C<newSVpvn_share>, but takes a nul-terminated string instead of a
8752 Perl_newSVpv_share(pTHX_ const char *src, U32 hash)
8754 return newSVpvn_share(src, strlen(src), hash);
8757 #if defined(PERL_IMPLICIT_CONTEXT)
8759 /* pTHX_ magic can't cope with varargs, so this is a no-context
8760 * version of the main function, (which may itself be aliased to us).
8761 * Don't access this version directly.
8765 Perl_newSVpvf_nocontext(const char *const pat, ...)
8771 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NEWSVPVF_NOCONTEXT;
8773 va_start(args, pat);
8774 sv = vnewSVpvf(pat, &args);
8781 =for apidoc newSVpvf
8783 Creates a new SV and initializes it with the string formatted like
8790 Perl_newSVpvf(pTHX_ const char *const pat, ...)
8795 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NEWSVPVF;
8797 va_start(args, pat);
8798 sv = vnewSVpvf(pat, &args);
8803 /* backend for newSVpvf() and newSVpvf_nocontext() */
8806 Perl_vnewSVpvf(pTHX_ const char *const pat, va_list *const args)
8811 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_VNEWSVPVF;
8814 sv_vsetpvfn(sv, pat, strlen(pat), args, NULL, 0, NULL);
8821 Creates a new SV and copies a floating point value into it.
8822 The reference count for the SV is set to 1.
8828 Perl_newSVnv(pTHX_ const NV n)
8841 Creates a new SV and copies an integer into it. The reference count for the
8848 Perl_newSViv(pTHX_ const IV i)
8861 Creates a new SV and copies an unsigned integer into it.
8862 The reference count for the SV is set to 1.
8868 Perl_newSVuv(pTHX_ const UV u)
8879 =for apidoc newSV_type
8881 Creates a new SV, of the type specified. The reference count for the new SV
8888 Perl_newSV_type(pTHX_ const svtype type)
8893 sv_upgrade(sv, type);
8898 =for apidoc newRV_noinc
8900 Creates an RV wrapper for an SV. The reference count for the original
8901 SV is B<not> incremented.
8907 Perl_newRV_noinc(pTHX_ SV *const tmpRef)
8910 SV *sv = newSV_type(SVt_IV);
8912 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NEWRV_NOINC;
8915 SvRV_set(sv, tmpRef);
8920 /* newRV_inc is the official function name to use now.
8921 * newRV_inc is in fact #defined to newRV in sv.h
8925 Perl_newRV(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
8929 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NEWRV;
8931 return newRV_noinc(SvREFCNT_inc_simple_NN(sv));
8937 Creates a new SV which is an exact duplicate of the original SV.
8944 Perl_newSVsv(pTHX_ SV *const old)
8951 if (SvTYPE(old) == (svtype)SVTYPEMASK) {
8952 Perl_ck_warner_d(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_INTERNAL), "semi-panic: attempt to dup freed string");
8955 /* Do this here, otherwise we leak the new SV if this croaks. */
8958 /* SV_NOSTEAL prevents TEMP buffers being, well, stolen, and saves games
8959 with SvTEMP_off and SvTEMP_on round a call to sv_setsv. */
8960 sv_setsv_flags(sv, old, SV_NOSTEAL);
8965 =for apidoc sv_reset
8967 Underlying implementation for the C<reset> Perl function.
8968 Note that the perl-level function is vaguely deprecated.
8974 Perl_sv_reset(pTHX_ const char *s, HV *const stash)
8976 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_RESET;
8978 sv_resetpvn(*s ? s : NULL, strlen(s), stash);
8982 Perl_sv_resetpvn(pTHX_ const char *s, STRLEN len, HV * const stash)
8985 char todo[PERL_UCHAR_MAX+1];
8991 if (!s) { /* reset ?? searches */
8992 MAGIC * const mg = mg_find((const SV *)stash, PERL_MAGIC_symtab);
8994 const U32 count = mg->mg_len / sizeof(PMOP**);
8995 PMOP **pmp = (PMOP**) mg->mg_ptr;
8996 PMOP *const *const end = pmp + count;
9000 SvREADONLY_off(PL_regex_pad[(*pmp)->op_pmoffset]);
9002 (*pmp)->op_pmflags &= ~PMf_USED;
9010 /* reset variables */
9012 if (!HvARRAY(stash))
9015 Zero(todo, 256, char);
9019 I32 i = (unsigned char)*s;
9023 max = (unsigned char)*s++;
9024 for ( ; i <= max; i++) {
9027 for (i = 0; i <= (I32) HvMAX(stash); i++) {
9029 for (entry = HvARRAY(stash)[i];
9031 entry = HeNEXT(entry))
9036 if (!todo[(U8)*HeKEY(entry)])
9038 gv = MUTABLE_GV(HeVAL(entry));
9041 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv)) {
9042 if (!SvREADONLY(sv) && SvROK(sv))
9044 /* XXX Is this continue a bug? Why should THINKFIRST
9045 exempt us from resetting arrays and hashes? */
9049 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PV) {
9051 if (SvPVX_const(sv) != NULL)
9059 if (GvHV(gv) && !HvNAME_get(GvHV(gv))) {
9061 Perl_die(aTHX_ "Can't reset %%ENV on this system");
9064 # if defined(USE_ENVIRON_ARRAY)
9067 # endif /* USE_ENVIRON_ARRAY */
9078 Using various gambits, try to get an IO from an SV: the IO slot if its a
9079 GV; or the recursive result if we're an RV; or the IO slot of the symbol
9080 named after the PV if we're a string.
9082 'Get' magic is ignored on the sv passed in, but will be called on
9083 C<SvRV(sv)> if sv is an RV.
9089 Perl_sv_2io(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
9094 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2IO;
9096 switch (SvTYPE(sv)) {
9098 io = MUTABLE_IO(sv);
9102 if (isGV_with_GP(sv)) {
9103 gv = MUTABLE_GV(sv);
9106 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Bad filehandle: %"HEKf,
9107 HEKfARG(GvNAME_HEK(gv)));
9113 Perl_croak(aTHX_ PL_no_usym, "filehandle");
9115 SvGETMAGIC(SvRV(sv));
9116 return sv_2io(SvRV(sv));
9118 gv = gv_fetchsv_nomg(sv, 0, SVt_PVIO);
9125 if (SvGMAGICAL(sv)) {
9126 newsv = sv_newmortal();
9127 sv_setsv_nomg(newsv, sv);
9129 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Bad filehandle: %"SVf, SVfARG(newsv));
9139 Using various gambits, try to get a CV from an SV; in addition, try if
9140 possible to set C<*st> and C<*gvp> to the stash and GV associated with it.
9141 The flags in C<lref> are passed to gv_fetchsv.
9147 Perl_sv_2cv(pTHX_ SV *sv, HV **const st, GV **const gvp, const I32 lref)
9153 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_2CV;
9160 switch (SvTYPE(sv)) {
9164 return MUTABLE_CV(sv);
9174 sv = amagic_deref_call(sv, to_cv_amg);
9177 if (SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVCV) {
9178 cv = MUTABLE_CV(sv);
9183 else if(SvGETMAGIC(sv), isGV_with_GP(sv))
9184 gv = MUTABLE_GV(sv);
9186 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Not a subroutine reference");
9188 else if (isGV_with_GP(sv)) {
9189 gv = MUTABLE_GV(sv);
9192 gv = gv_fetchsv_nomg(sv, lref, SVt_PVCV);
9199 /* Some flags to gv_fetchsv mean don't really create the GV */
9200 if (!isGV_with_GP(gv)) {
9205 if (lref & ~GV_ADDMG && !GvCVu(gv)) {
9206 /* XXX this is probably not what they think they're getting.
9207 * It has the same effect as "sub name;", i.e. just a forward
9218 Returns true if the SV has a true value by Perl's rules.
9219 Use the C<SvTRUE> macro instead, which may call C<sv_true()> or may
9220 instead use an in-line version.
9226 Perl_sv_true(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
9231 const XPV* const tXpv = (XPV*)SvANY(sv);
9233 (tXpv->xpv_cur > 1 ||
9234 (tXpv->xpv_cur && *sv->sv_u.svu_pv != '0')))
9241 return SvIVX(sv) != 0;
9244 return SvNVX(sv) != 0.0;
9246 return sv_2bool(sv);
9252 =for apidoc sv_pvn_force
9254 Get a sensible string out of the SV somehow.
9255 A private implementation of the C<SvPV_force> macro for compilers which
9256 can't cope with complex macro expressions. Always use the macro instead.
9258 =for apidoc sv_pvn_force_flags
9260 Get a sensible string out of the SV somehow.
9261 If C<flags> has C<SV_GMAGIC> bit set, will C<mg_get> on C<sv> if
9262 appropriate, else not. C<sv_pvn_force> and C<sv_pvn_force_nomg> are
9263 implemented in terms of this function.
9264 You normally want to use the various wrapper macros instead: see
9265 C<SvPV_force> and C<SvPV_force_nomg>
9271 Perl_sv_pvn_force_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN *const lp, const I32 flags)
9275 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_PVN_FORCE_FLAGS;
9277 if (flags & SV_GMAGIC) SvGETMAGIC(sv);
9278 if (SvTHINKFIRST(sv) && !SvROK(sv))
9279 sv_force_normal_flags(sv, 0);
9289 if (SvREADONLY(sv) && !(flags & SV_MUTABLE_RETURN)) {
9290 const char * const ref = sv_reftype(sv,0);
9292 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't coerce readonly %s to string in %s",
9293 ref, OP_DESC(PL_op));
9295 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't coerce readonly %s to string", ref);
9297 if (SvTYPE(sv) > SVt_PVLV
9298 || isGV_with_GP(sv))
9299 /* diag_listed_as: Can't coerce %s to %s in %s */
9300 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't coerce %s to string in %s", sv_reftype(sv,0),
9302 s = sv_2pv_flags(sv, &len, flags &~ SV_GMAGIC);
9309 if (s != SvPVX_const(sv)) { /* Almost, but not quite, sv_setpvn() */
9312 SvUPGRADE(sv, SVt_PV); /* Never FALSE */
9313 SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
9314 Move(s,SvPVX(sv),len,char);
9316 SvPVX(sv)[len] = '\0';
9319 SvPOK_on(sv); /* validate pointer */
9321 DEBUG_c(PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "0x%"UVxf" 2pv(%s)\n",
9322 PTR2UV(sv),SvPVX_const(sv)));
9325 (void)SvPOK_only_UTF8(sv);
9326 return SvPVX_mutable(sv);
9330 =for apidoc sv_pvbyten_force
9332 The backend for the C<SvPVbytex_force> macro. Always use the macro
9339 Perl_sv_pvbyten_force(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN *const lp)
9341 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_PVBYTEN_FORCE;
9343 sv_pvn_force(sv,lp);
9344 sv_utf8_downgrade(sv,0);
9350 =for apidoc sv_pvutf8n_force
9352 The backend for the C<SvPVutf8x_force> macro. Always use the macro
9359 Perl_sv_pvutf8n_force(pTHX_ SV *const sv, STRLEN *const lp)
9361 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_PVUTF8N_FORCE;
9364 sv_utf8_upgrade_nomg(sv);
9370 =for apidoc sv_reftype
9372 Returns a string describing what the SV is a reference to.
9378 Perl_sv_reftype(pTHX_ const SV *const sv, const int ob)
9380 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_REFTYPE;
9381 if (ob && SvOBJECT(sv)) {
9382 return SvPV_nolen_const(sv_ref(NULL, sv, ob));
9385 switch (SvTYPE(sv)) {
9400 case SVt_PVLV: return (char *) (SvROK(sv) ? "REF"
9401 /* tied lvalues should appear to be
9402 * scalars for backwards compatibility */
9403 : (LvTYPE(sv) == 't' || LvTYPE(sv) == 'T')
9404 ? "SCALAR" : "LVALUE");
9405 case SVt_PVAV: return "ARRAY";
9406 case SVt_PVHV: return "HASH";
9407 case SVt_PVCV: return "CODE";
9408 case SVt_PVGV: return (char *) (isGV_with_GP(sv)
9409 ? "GLOB" : "SCALAR");
9410 case SVt_PVFM: return "FORMAT";
9411 case SVt_PVIO: return "IO";
9412 case SVt_BIND: return "BIND";
9413 case SVt_REGEXP: return "REGEXP";
9414 default: return "UNKNOWN";
9422 Returns a SV describing what the SV passed in is a reference to.
9428 Perl_sv_ref(pTHX_ SV *dst, const SV *const sv, const int ob)
9430 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_REF;
9433 dst = sv_newmortal();
9435 if (ob && SvOBJECT(sv)) {
9436 HvNAME_get(SvSTASH(sv))
9437 ? sv_sethek(dst, HvNAME_HEK(SvSTASH(sv)))
9438 : sv_setpvn(dst, "__ANON__", 8);
9441 const char * reftype = sv_reftype(sv, 0);
9442 sv_setpv(dst, reftype);
9448 =for apidoc sv_isobject
9450 Returns a boolean indicating whether the SV is an RV pointing to a blessed
9451 object. If the SV is not an RV, or if the object is not blessed, then this
9458 Perl_sv_isobject(pTHX_ SV *sv)
9474 Returns a boolean indicating whether the SV is blessed into the specified
9475 class. This does not check for subtypes; use C<sv_derived_from> to verify
9476 an inheritance relationship.
9482 Perl_sv_isa(pTHX_ SV *sv, const char *const name)
9486 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_ISA;
9496 hvname = HvNAME_get(SvSTASH(sv));
9500 return strEQ(hvname, name);
9506 Creates a new SV for the existing RV, C<rv>, to point to. If C<rv> is not an
9507 RV then it will be upgraded to one. If C<classname> is non-null then the new
9508 SV will be blessed in the specified package. The new SV is returned and its
9509 reference count is 1. The reference count 1 is owned by C<rv>.
9515 Perl_newSVrv(pTHX_ SV *const rv, const char *const classname)
9520 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_NEWSVRV;
9524 SV_CHECK_THINKFIRST_COW_DROP(rv);
9526 if (SvTYPE(rv) >= SVt_PVMG) {
9527 const U32 refcnt = SvREFCNT(rv);
9531 SvREFCNT(rv) = refcnt;
9533 sv_upgrade(rv, SVt_IV);
9534 } else if (SvROK(rv)) {
9535 SvREFCNT_dec(SvRV(rv));
9537 prepare_SV_for_RV(rv);
9545 HV* const stash = gv_stashpv(classname, GV_ADD);
9546 (void)sv_bless(rv, stash);
9552 =for apidoc sv_setref_pv
9554 Copies a pointer into a new SV, optionally blessing the SV. The C<rv>
9555 argument will be upgraded to an RV. That RV will be modified to point to
9556 the new SV. If the C<pv> argument is NULL then C<PL_sv_undef> will be placed
9557 into the SV. The C<classname> argument indicates the package for the
9558 blessing. Set C<classname> to C<NULL> to avoid the blessing. The new SV
9559 will have a reference count of 1, and the RV will be returned.
9561 Do not use with other Perl types such as HV, AV, SV, CV, because those
9562 objects will become corrupted by the pointer copy process.
9564 Note that C<sv_setref_pvn> copies the string while this copies the pointer.
9570 Perl_sv_setref_pv(pTHX_ SV *const rv, const char *const classname, void *const pv)
9574 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETREF_PV;
9577 sv_setsv(rv, &PL_sv_undef);
9581 sv_setiv(newSVrv(rv,classname), PTR2IV(pv));
9586 =for apidoc sv_setref_iv
9588 Copies an integer into a new SV, optionally blessing the SV. The C<rv>
9589 argument will be upgraded to an RV. That RV will be modified to point to
9590 the new SV. The C<classname> argument indicates the package for the
9591 blessing. Set C<classname> to C<NULL> to avoid the blessing. The new SV
9592 will have a reference count of 1, and the RV will be returned.
9598 Perl_sv_setref_iv(pTHX_ SV *const rv, const char *const classname, const IV iv)
9600 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETREF_IV;
9602 sv_setiv(newSVrv(rv,classname), iv);
9607 =for apidoc sv_setref_uv
9609 Copies an unsigned integer into a new SV, optionally blessing the SV. The C<rv>
9610 argument will be upgraded to an RV. That RV will be modified to point to
9611 the new SV. The C<classname> argument indicates the package for the
9612 blessing. Set C<classname> to C<NULL> to avoid the blessing. The new SV
9613 will have a reference count of 1, and the RV will be returned.
9619 Perl_sv_setref_uv(pTHX_ SV *const rv, const char *const classname, const UV uv)
9621 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETREF_UV;
9623 sv_setuv(newSVrv(rv,classname), uv);
9628 =for apidoc sv_setref_nv
9630 Copies a double into a new SV, optionally blessing the SV. The C<rv>
9631 argument will be upgraded to an RV. That RV will be modified to point to
9632 the new SV. The C<classname> argument indicates the package for the
9633 blessing. Set C<classname> to C<NULL> to avoid the blessing. The new SV
9634 will have a reference count of 1, and the RV will be returned.
9640 Perl_sv_setref_nv(pTHX_ SV *const rv, const char *const classname, const NV nv)
9642 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETREF_NV;
9644 sv_setnv(newSVrv(rv,classname), nv);
9649 =for apidoc sv_setref_pvn
9651 Copies a string into a new SV, optionally blessing the SV. The length of the
9652 string must be specified with C<n>. The C<rv> argument will be upgraded to
9653 an RV. That RV will be modified to point to the new SV. The C<classname>
9654 argument indicates the package for the blessing. Set C<classname> to
9655 C<NULL> to avoid the blessing. The new SV will have a reference count
9656 of 1, and the RV will be returned.
9658 Note that C<sv_setref_pv> copies the pointer while this copies the string.
9664 Perl_sv_setref_pvn(pTHX_ SV *const rv, const char *const classname,
9665 const char *const pv, const STRLEN n)
9667 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETREF_PVN;
9669 sv_setpvn(newSVrv(rv,classname), pv, n);
9674 =for apidoc sv_bless
9676 Blesses an SV into a specified package. The SV must be an RV. The package
9677 must be designated by its stash (see C<gv_stashpv()>). The reference count
9678 of the SV is unaffected.
9684 Perl_sv_bless(pTHX_ SV *const sv, HV *const stash)
9689 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_BLESS;
9692 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Can't bless non-reference value");
9694 if (SvFLAGS(tmpRef) & (SVs_OBJECT|SVf_READONLY)) {
9695 if (SvREADONLY(tmpRef) && !SvIsCOW(tmpRef))
9696 Perl_croak_no_modify();
9697 if (SvOBJECT(tmpRef)) {
9698 if (SvTYPE(tmpRef) != SVt_PVIO)
9700 SvREFCNT_dec(SvSTASH(tmpRef));
9703 SvOBJECT_on(tmpRef);
9704 if (SvTYPE(tmpRef) != SVt_PVIO)
9706 SvUPGRADE(tmpRef, SVt_PVMG);
9707 SvSTASH_set(tmpRef, MUTABLE_HV(SvREFCNT_inc_simple(stash)));
9709 if(SvSMAGICAL(tmpRef))
9710 if(mg_find(tmpRef, PERL_MAGIC_ext) || mg_find(tmpRef, PERL_MAGIC_uvar))
9718 /* Downgrades a PVGV to a PVMG. If it's actually a PVLV, we leave the type
9719 * as it is after unglobbing it.
9722 PERL_STATIC_INLINE void
9723 S_sv_unglob(pTHX_ SV *const sv, U32 flags)
9728 SV * const temp = flags & SV_COW_DROP_PV ? NULL : sv_newmortal();
9730 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UNGLOB;
9732 assert(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVGV || SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVLV);
9734 if (!(flags & SV_COW_DROP_PV))
9735 gv_efullname3(temp, MUTABLE_GV(sv), "*");
9738 if(GvCVu((const GV *)sv) && (stash = GvSTASH(MUTABLE_GV(sv)))
9739 && HvNAME_get(stash))
9740 mro_method_changed_in(stash);
9741 gp_free(MUTABLE_GV(sv));
9744 sv_del_backref(MUTABLE_SV(GvSTASH(sv)), sv);
9748 if (GvNAME_HEK(sv)) {
9749 unshare_hek(GvNAME_HEK(sv));
9751 isGV_with_GP_off(sv);
9753 if(SvTYPE(sv) == SVt_PVGV) {
9754 /* need to keep SvANY(sv) in the right arena */
9755 xpvmg = new_XPVMG();
9756 StructCopy(SvANY(sv), xpvmg, XPVMG);
9757 del_XPVGV(SvANY(sv));
9760 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~SVTYPEMASK;
9761 SvFLAGS(sv) |= SVt_PVMG;
9764 /* Intentionally not calling any local SET magic, as this isn't so much a
9765 set operation as merely an internal storage change. */
9766 if (flags & SV_COW_DROP_PV) SvOK_off(sv);
9767 else sv_setsv_flags(sv, temp, 0);
9769 if ((const GV *)sv == PL_last_in_gv)
9770 PL_last_in_gv = NULL;
9771 else if ((const GV *)sv == PL_statgv)
9776 =for apidoc sv_unref_flags
9778 Unsets the RV status of the SV, and decrements the reference count of
9779 whatever was being referenced by the RV. This can almost be thought of
9780 as a reversal of C<newSVrv>. The C<cflags> argument can contain
9781 C<SV_IMMEDIATE_UNREF> to force the reference count to be decremented
9782 (otherwise the decrementing is conditional on the reference count being
9783 different from one or the reference being a readonly SV).
9790 Perl_sv_unref_flags(pTHX_ SV *const ref, const U32 flags)
9792 SV* const target = SvRV(ref);
9794 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UNREF_FLAGS;
9796 if (SvWEAKREF(ref)) {
9797 sv_del_backref(target, ref);
9799 SvRV_set(ref, NULL);
9802 SvRV_set(ref, NULL);
9804 /* You can't have a || SvREADONLY(target) here, as $a = $$a, where $a was
9805 assigned to as BEGIN {$a = \"Foo"} will fail. */
9806 if (SvREFCNT(target) != 1 || (flags & SV_IMMEDIATE_UNREF))
9807 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(target);
9808 else /* XXX Hack, but hard to make $a=$a->[1] work otherwise */
9809 sv_2mortal(target); /* Schedule for freeing later */
9813 =for apidoc sv_untaint
9815 Untaint an SV. Use C<SvTAINTED_off> instead.
9821 Perl_sv_untaint(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
9823 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_UNTAINT;
9825 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG && SvMAGIC(sv)) {
9826 MAGIC * const mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_taint);
9833 =for apidoc sv_tainted
9835 Test an SV for taintedness. Use C<SvTAINTED> instead.
9841 Perl_sv_tainted(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
9843 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_TAINTED;
9845 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG && SvMAGIC(sv)) {
9846 const MAGIC * const mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_taint);
9847 if (mg && (mg->mg_len & 1) )
9854 =for apidoc sv_setpviv
9856 Copies an integer into the given SV, also updating its string value.
9857 Does not handle 'set' magic. See C<sv_setpviv_mg>.
9863 Perl_sv_setpviv(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const IV iv)
9865 char buf[TYPE_CHARS(UV)];
9867 char * const ptr = uiv_2buf(buf, iv, 0, 0, &ebuf);
9869 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVIV;
9871 sv_setpvn(sv, ptr, ebuf - ptr);
9875 =for apidoc sv_setpviv_mg
9877 Like C<sv_setpviv>, but also handles 'set' magic.
9883 Perl_sv_setpviv_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const IV iv)
9885 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVIV_MG;
9891 #if defined(PERL_IMPLICIT_CONTEXT)
9893 /* pTHX_ magic can't cope with varargs, so this is a no-context
9894 * version of the main function, (which may itself be aliased to us).
9895 * Don't access this version directly.
9899 Perl_sv_setpvf_nocontext(SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
9904 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVF_NOCONTEXT;
9906 va_start(args, pat);
9907 sv_vsetpvf(sv, pat, &args);
9911 /* pTHX_ magic can't cope with varargs, so this is a no-context
9912 * version of the main function, (which may itself be aliased to us).
9913 * Don't access this version directly.
9917 Perl_sv_setpvf_mg_nocontext(SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
9922 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVF_MG_NOCONTEXT;
9924 va_start(args, pat);
9925 sv_vsetpvf_mg(sv, pat, &args);
9931 =for apidoc sv_setpvf
9933 Works like C<sv_catpvf> but copies the text into the SV instead of
9934 appending it. Does not handle 'set' magic. See C<sv_setpvf_mg>.
9940 Perl_sv_setpvf(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
9944 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVF;
9946 va_start(args, pat);
9947 sv_vsetpvf(sv, pat, &args);
9952 =for apidoc sv_vsetpvf
9954 Works like C<sv_vcatpvf> but copies the text into the SV instead of
9955 appending it. Does not handle 'set' magic. See C<sv_vsetpvf_mg>.
9957 Usually used via its frontend C<sv_setpvf>.
9963 Perl_sv_vsetpvf(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, va_list *const args)
9965 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VSETPVF;
9967 sv_vsetpvfn(sv, pat, strlen(pat), args, NULL, 0, NULL);
9971 =for apidoc sv_setpvf_mg
9973 Like C<sv_setpvf>, but also handles 'set' magic.
9979 Perl_sv_setpvf_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
9983 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_SETPVF_MG;
9985 va_start(args, pat);
9986 sv_vsetpvf_mg(sv, pat, &args);
9991 =for apidoc sv_vsetpvf_mg
9993 Like C<sv_vsetpvf>, but also handles 'set' magic.
9995 Usually used via its frontend C<sv_setpvf_mg>.
10001 Perl_sv_vsetpvf_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, va_list *const args)
10003 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VSETPVF_MG;
10005 sv_vsetpvfn(sv, pat, strlen(pat), args, NULL, 0, NULL);
10009 #if defined(PERL_IMPLICIT_CONTEXT)
10011 /* pTHX_ magic can't cope with varargs, so this is a no-context
10012 * version of the main function, (which may itself be aliased to us).
10013 * Don't access this version directly.
10017 Perl_sv_catpvf_nocontext(SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
10022 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPVF_NOCONTEXT;
10024 va_start(args, pat);
10025 sv_vcatpvf(sv, pat, &args);
10029 /* pTHX_ magic can't cope with varargs, so this is a no-context
10030 * version of the main function, (which may itself be aliased to us).
10031 * Don't access this version directly.
10035 Perl_sv_catpvf_mg_nocontext(SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
10040 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPVF_MG_NOCONTEXT;
10042 va_start(args, pat);
10043 sv_vcatpvf_mg(sv, pat, &args);
10049 =for apidoc sv_catpvf
10051 Processes its arguments like C<sprintf> and appends the formatted
10052 output to an SV. If the appended data contains "wide" characters
10053 (including, but not limited to, SVs with a UTF-8 PV formatted with %s,
10054 and characters >255 formatted with %c), the original SV might get
10055 upgraded to UTF-8. Handles 'get' magic, but not 'set' magic. See
10056 C<sv_catpvf_mg>. If the original SV was UTF-8, the pattern should be
10057 valid UTF-8; if the original SV was bytes, the pattern should be too.
10062 Perl_sv_catpvf(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
10066 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPVF;
10068 va_start(args, pat);
10069 sv_vcatpvf(sv, pat, &args);
10074 =for apidoc sv_vcatpvf
10076 Processes its arguments like C<vsprintf> and appends the formatted output
10077 to an SV. Does not handle 'set' magic. See C<sv_vcatpvf_mg>.
10079 Usually used via its frontend C<sv_catpvf>.
10085 Perl_sv_vcatpvf(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, va_list *const args)
10087 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VCATPVF;
10089 sv_vcatpvfn(sv, pat, strlen(pat), args, NULL, 0, NULL);
10093 =for apidoc sv_catpvf_mg
10095 Like C<sv_catpvf>, but also handles 'set' magic.
10101 Perl_sv_catpvf_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, ...)
10105 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CATPVF_MG;
10107 va_start(args, pat);
10108 sv_vcatpvf_mg(sv, pat, &args);
10113 =for apidoc sv_vcatpvf_mg
10115 Like C<sv_vcatpvf>, but also handles 'set' magic.
10117 Usually used via its frontend C<sv_catpvf_mg>.
10123 Perl_sv_vcatpvf_mg(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, va_list *const args)
10125 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VCATPVF_MG;
10127 sv_vcatpvfn(sv, pat, strlen(pat), args, NULL, 0, NULL);
10132 =for apidoc sv_vsetpvfn
10134 Works like C<sv_vcatpvfn> but copies the text into the SV instead of
10137 Usually used via one of its frontends C<sv_vsetpvf> and C<sv_vsetpvf_mg>.
10143 Perl_sv_vsetpvfn(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, const STRLEN patlen,
10144 va_list *const args, SV **const svargs, const I32 svmax, bool *const maybe_tainted)
10146 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VSETPVFN;
10149 sv_vcatpvfn_flags(sv, pat, patlen, args, svargs, svmax, maybe_tainted, 0);
10154 * Warn of missing argument to sprintf, and then return a defined value
10155 * to avoid inappropriate "use of uninit" warnings [perl #71000].
10157 #define WARN_MISSING WARN_UNINITIALIZED /* Not sure we want a new category */
10159 S_vcatpvfn_missing_argument(pTHX) {
10160 if (ckWARN(WARN_MISSING)) {
10161 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_MISSING), "Missing argument in %s",
10162 PL_op ? OP_DESC(PL_op) : "sv_vcatpvfn()");
10169 S_expect_number(pTHX_ char **const pattern)
10174 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_EXPECT_NUMBER;
10176 switch (**pattern) {
10177 case '1': case '2': case '3':
10178 case '4': case '5': case '6':
10179 case '7': case '8': case '9':
10180 var = *(*pattern)++ - '0';
10181 while (isDIGIT(**pattern)) {
10182 const I32 tmp = var * 10 + (*(*pattern)++ - '0');
10184 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Integer overflow in format string for %s", (PL_op ? OP_DESC(PL_op) : "sv_vcatpvfn"));
10192 S_F0convert(NV nv, char *const endbuf, STRLEN *const len)
10194 const int neg = nv < 0;
10197 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_F0CONVERT;
10205 if (uv & 1 && uv == nv)
10206 uv--; /* Round to even */
10208 const unsigned dig = uv % 10;
10210 } while (uv /= 10);
10221 =for apidoc sv_vcatpvfn
10223 =for apidoc sv_vcatpvfn_flags
10225 Processes its arguments like C<vsprintf> and appends the formatted output
10226 to an SV. Uses an array of SVs if the C style variable argument list is
10227 missing (NULL). When running with taint checks enabled, indicates via
10228 C<maybe_tainted> if results are untrustworthy (often due to the use of
10231 If called as C<sv_vcatpvfn> or flags include C<SV_GMAGIC>, calls get magic.
10233 Usually used via one of its frontends C<sv_vcatpvf> and C<sv_vcatpvf_mg>.
10238 #define VECTORIZE_ARGS vecsv = va_arg(*args, SV*);\
10239 vecstr = (U8*)SvPV_const(vecsv,veclen);\
10240 vec_utf8 = DO_UTF8(vecsv);
10242 /* XXX maybe_tainted is never assigned to, so the doc above is lying. */
10245 Perl_sv_vcatpvfn(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, const STRLEN patlen,
10246 va_list *const args, SV **const svargs, const I32 svmax, bool *const maybe_tainted)
10248 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VCATPVFN;
10250 sv_vcatpvfn_flags(sv, pat, patlen, args, svargs, svmax, maybe_tainted, SV_GMAGIC|SV_SMAGIC);
10254 Perl_sv_vcatpvfn_flags(pTHX_ SV *const sv, const char *const pat, const STRLEN patlen,
10255 va_list *const args, SV **const svargs, const I32 svmax, bool *const maybe_tainted,
10261 const char *patend;
10264 static const char nullstr[] = "(null)";
10266 bool has_utf8 = DO_UTF8(sv); /* has the result utf8? */
10267 const bool pat_utf8 = has_utf8; /* the pattern is in utf8? */
10269 /* Times 4: a decimal digit takes more than 3 binary digits.
10270 * NV_DIG: mantissa takes than many decimal digits.
10271 * Plus 32: Playing safe. */
10272 char ebuf[IV_DIG * 4 + NV_DIG + 32];
10273 /* large enough for "%#.#f" --chip */
10274 /* what about long double NVs? --jhi */
10276 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_VCATPVFN_FLAGS;
10277 PERL_UNUSED_ARG(maybe_tainted);
10279 if (flags & SV_GMAGIC)
10282 /* no matter what, this is a string now */
10283 (void)SvPV_force_nomg(sv, origlen);
10285 /* special-case "", "%s", and "%-p" (SVf - see below) */
10288 if (patlen == 2 && pat[0] == '%' && pat[1] == 's') {
10290 const char * const s = va_arg(*args, char*);
10291 sv_catpv_nomg(sv, s ? s : nullstr);
10293 else if (svix < svmax) {
10294 /* we want get magic on the source but not the target. sv_catsv can't do that, though */
10295 SvGETMAGIC(*svargs);
10296 sv_catsv_nomg(sv, *svargs);
10299 S_vcatpvfn_missing_argument(aTHX);
10302 if (args && patlen == 3 && pat[0] == '%' &&
10303 pat[1] == '-' && pat[2] == 'p') {
10304 argsv = MUTABLE_SV(va_arg(*args, void*));
10305 sv_catsv_nomg(sv, argsv);
10309 #ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
10310 /* special-case "%.<number>[gf]" */
10311 if ( !args && patlen <= 5 && pat[0] == '%' && pat[1] == '.'
10312 && (pat[patlen-1] == 'g' || pat[patlen-1] == 'f') ) {
10313 unsigned digits = 0;
10317 while (*pp >= '0' && *pp <= '9')
10318 digits = 10 * digits + (*pp++ - '0');
10319 if (pp - pat == (int)patlen - 1 && svix < svmax) {
10320 const NV nv = SvNV(*svargs);
10322 /* Add check for digits != 0 because it seems that some
10323 gconverts are buggy in this case, and we don't yet have
10324 a Configure test for this. */
10325 if (digits && digits < sizeof(ebuf) - NV_DIG - 10) {
10326 /* 0, point, slack */
10327 Gconvert(nv, (int)digits, 0, ebuf);
10328 sv_catpv_nomg(sv, ebuf);
10329 if (*ebuf) /* May return an empty string for digits==0 */
10332 } else if (!digits) {
10335 if ((p = F0convert(nv, ebuf + sizeof ebuf, &l))) {
10336 sv_catpvn_nomg(sv, p, l);
10342 #endif /* !USE_LONG_DOUBLE */
10344 if (!args && svix < svmax && DO_UTF8(*svargs))
10347 patend = (char*)pat + patlen;
10348 for (p = (char*)pat; p < patend; p = q) {
10351 bool vectorize = FALSE;
10352 bool vectorarg = FALSE;
10353 bool vec_utf8 = FALSE;
10359 bool has_precis = FALSE;
10361 const I32 osvix = svix;
10362 bool is_utf8 = FALSE; /* is this item utf8? */
10363 #ifdef HAS_LDBL_SPRINTF_BUG
10364 /* This is to try to fix a bug with irix/nonstop-ux/powerux and
10365 with sfio - Allen <allens@cpan.org> */
10366 bool fix_ldbl_sprintf_bug = FALSE;
10370 U8 utf8buf[UTF8_MAXBYTES+1];
10371 STRLEN esignlen = 0;
10373 const char *eptr = NULL;
10374 const char *fmtstart;
10377 const U8 *vecstr = NULL;
10384 /* we need a long double target in case HAS_LONG_DOUBLE but
10385 not USE_LONG_DOUBLE
10387 #if defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE) && LONG_DOUBLESIZE > DOUBLESIZE
10395 const char *dotstr = ".";
10396 STRLEN dotstrlen = 1;
10397 I32 efix = 0; /* explicit format parameter index */
10398 I32 ewix = 0; /* explicit width index */
10399 I32 epix = 0; /* explicit precision index */
10400 I32 evix = 0; /* explicit vector index */
10401 bool asterisk = FALSE;
10403 /* echo everything up to the next format specification */
10404 for (q = p; q < patend && *q != '%'; ++q) ;
10406 if (has_utf8 && !pat_utf8)
10407 sv_catpvn_nomg_utf8_upgrade(sv, p, q - p, nsv);
10409 sv_catpvn_nomg(sv, p, q - p);
10418 We allow format specification elements in this order:
10419 \d+\$ explicit format parameter index
10421 v|\*(\d+\$)?v vector with optional (optionally specified) arg
10422 0 flag (as above): repeated to allow "v02"
10423 \d+|\*(\d+\$)? width using optional (optionally specified) arg
10424 \.(\d*|\*(\d+\$)?) precision using optional (optionally specified) arg
10426 [%bcdefginopsuxDFOUX] format (mandatory)
10431 As of perl5.9.3, printf format checking is on by default.
10432 Internally, perl uses %p formats to provide an escape to
10433 some extended formatting. This block deals with those
10434 extensions: if it does not match, (char*)q is reset and
10435 the normal format processing code is used.
10437 Currently defined extensions are:
10438 %p include pointer address (standard)
10439 %-p (SVf) include an SV (previously %_)
10440 %-<num>p include an SV with precision <num>
10442 %3p include a HEK with precision of 256
10443 %<num>p (where num != 2 or 3) reserved for future
10446 Robin Barker 2005-07-14 (but modified since)
10448 %1p (VDf) removed. RMB 2007-10-19
10455 n = expect_number(&q);
10457 if (sv) { /* SVf */
10462 argsv = MUTABLE_SV(va_arg(*args, void*));
10463 eptr = SvPV_const(argsv, elen);
10464 if (DO_UTF8(argsv))
10468 else if (n==2 || n==3) { /* HEKf */
10469 HEK * const hek = va_arg(*args, HEK *);
10470 eptr = HEK_KEY(hek);
10471 elen = HEK_LEN(hek);
10472 if (HEK_UTF8(hek)) is_utf8 = TRUE;
10473 if (n==3) precis = 256, has_precis = TRUE;
10477 Perl_ck_warner_d(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_INTERNAL),
10478 "internal %%<num>p might conflict with future printf extensions");
10484 if ( (width = expect_number(&q)) ) {
10499 if (plus == '+' && *q == ' ') /* '+' over ' ' */
10528 if ( (ewix = expect_number(&q)) )
10537 if ((vectorarg = asterisk)) {
10550 width = expect_number(&q);
10553 if (vectorize && vectorarg) {
10554 /* vectorizing, but not with the default "." */
10556 vecsv = va_arg(*args, SV*);
10558 vecsv = (evix > 0 && evix <= svmax)
10559 ? svargs[evix-1] : S_vcatpvfn_missing_argument(aTHX);
10561 vecsv = svix < svmax
10562 ? svargs[svix++] : S_vcatpvfn_missing_argument(aTHX);
10564 dotstr = SvPV_const(vecsv, dotstrlen);
10565 /* Keep the DO_UTF8 test *after* the SvPV call, else things go
10566 bad with tied or overloaded values that return UTF8. */
10567 if (DO_UTF8(vecsv))
10569 else if (has_utf8) {
10570 vecsv = sv_mortalcopy(vecsv);
10571 sv_utf8_upgrade(vecsv);
10572 dotstr = SvPV_const(vecsv, dotstrlen);
10579 i = va_arg(*args, int);
10581 i = (ewix ? ewix <= svmax : svix < svmax) ?
10582 SvIVx(svargs[ewix ? ewix-1 : svix++]) : 0;
10584 width = (i < 0) ? -i : i;
10594 if ( ((epix = expect_number(&q))) && (*q++ != '$') )
10596 /* XXX: todo, support specified precision parameter */
10600 i = va_arg(*args, int);
10602 i = (ewix ? ewix <= svmax : svix < svmax)
10603 ? SvIVx(svargs[ewix ? ewix-1 : svix++]) : 0;
10605 has_precis = !(i < 0);
10609 while (isDIGIT(*q))
10610 precis = precis * 10 + (*q++ - '0');
10619 else if (efix ? (efix > 0 && efix <= svmax) : svix < svmax) {
10620 vecsv = svargs[efix ? efix-1 : svix++];
10621 vecstr = (U8*)SvPV_const(vecsv,veclen);
10622 vec_utf8 = DO_UTF8(vecsv);
10624 /* if this is a version object, we need to convert
10625 * back into v-string notation and then let the
10626 * vectorize happen normally
10628 if (sv_isobject(vecsv) && sv_derived_from(vecsv, "version")) {
10629 if ( hv_exists(MUTABLE_HV(SvRV(vecsv)), "alpha", 5 ) ) {
10630 Perl_ck_warner_d(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_PRINTF),
10631 "vector argument not supported with alpha versions");
10634 vecsv = sv_newmortal();
10635 scan_vstring((char *)vecstr, (char *)vecstr + veclen,
10637 vecstr = (U8*)SvPV_const(vecsv, veclen);
10638 vec_utf8 = DO_UTF8(vecsv);
10652 case 'I': /* Ix, I32x, and I64x */
10653 # ifdef USE_64_BIT_INT
10654 if (q[1] == '6' && q[2] == '4') {
10660 if (q[1] == '3' && q[2] == '2') {
10664 # ifdef USE_64_BIT_INT
10670 #if defined(HAS_QUAD) || defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE)
10682 #if defined(HAS_QUAD) || defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE)
10683 if (*q == 'l') { /* lld, llf */
10692 if (*++q == 'h') { /* hhd, hhu */
10721 if (!vectorize && !args) {
10723 const I32 i = efix-1;
10724 argsv = (i >= 0 && i < svmax)
10725 ? svargs[i] : S_vcatpvfn_missing_argument(aTHX);
10727 argsv = (svix >= 0 && svix < svmax)
10728 ? svargs[svix++] : S_vcatpvfn_missing_argument(aTHX);
10732 switch (c = *q++) {
10739 uv = (args) ? va_arg(*args, int) : SvIV(argsv);
10741 (!UNI_IS_INVARIANT(uv) && SvUTF8(sv)))
10743 eptr = (char*)utf8buf;
10744 elen = uvchr_to_utf8((U8*)eptr, uv) - utf8buf;
10758 eptr = va_arg(*args, char*);
10760 elen = strlen(eptr);
10762 eptr = (char *)nullstr;
10763 elen = sizeof nullstr - 1;
10767 eptr = SvPV_const(argsv, elen);
10768 if (DO_UTF8(argsv)) {
10769 STRLEN old_precis = precis;
10770 if (has_precis && precis < elen) {
10771 STRLEN ulen = sv_or_pv_len_utf8(argsv, eptr, elen);
10772 STRLEN p = precis > ulen ? ulen : precis;
10773 precis = sv_or_pv_pos_u2b(argsv, eptr, p, 0);
10774 /* sticks at end */
10776 if (width) { /* fudge width (can't fudge elen) */
10777 if (has_precis && precis < elen)
10778 width += precis - old_precis;
10781 elen - sv_or_pv_len_utf8(argsv,eptr,elen);
10788 if (has_precis && precis < elen)
10795 if (alt || vectorize)
10797 uv = PTR2UV(args ? va_arg(*args, void*) : argsv);
10818 uv = utf8n_to_uvchr(vecstr, veclen, &ulen,
10827 esignbuf[esignlen++] = plus;
10831 case 'c': iv = (char)va_arg(*args, int); break;
10832 case 'h': iv = (short)va_arg(*args, int); break;
10833 case 'l': iv = va_arg(*args, long); break;
10834 case 'V': iv = va_arg(*args, IV); break;
10835 case 'z': iv = va_arg(*args, SSize_t); break;
10836 case 't': iv = va_arg(*args, ptrdiff_t); break;
10837 default: iv = va_arg(*args, int); break;
10839 case 'j': iv = va_arg(*args, intmax_t); break;
10843 iv = va_arg(*args, Quad_t); break;
10850 IV tiv = SvIV(argsv); /* work around GCC bug #13488 */
10852 case 'c': iv = (char)tiv; break;
10853 case 'h': iv = (short)tiv; break;
10854 case 'l': iv = (long)tiv; break;
10856 default: iv = tiv; break;
10859 iv = (Quad_t)tiv; break;
10865 if ( !vectorize ) /* we already set uv above */
10870 esignbuf[esignlen++] = plus;
10874 esignbuf[esignlen++] = '-';
10918 uv = utf8n_to_uvchr(vecstr, veclen, &ulen,
10929 case 'c': uv = (unsigned char)va_arg(*args, unsigned); break;
10930 case 'h': uv = (unsigned short)va_arg(*args, unsigned); break;
10931 case 'l': uv = va_arg(*args, unsigned long); break;
10932 case 'V': uv = va_arg(*args, UV); break;
10933 case 'z': uv = va_arg(*args, Size_t); break;
10934 case 't': uv = va_arg(*args, ptrdiff_t); break; /* will sign extend, but there is no uptrdiff_t, so oh well */
10936 case 'j': uv = va_arg(*args, uintmax_t); break;
10938 default: uv = va_arg(*args, unsigned); break;
10941 uv = va_arg(*args, Uquad_t); break;
10948 UV tuv = SvUV(argsv); /* work around GCC bug #13488 */
10950 case 'c': uv = (unsigned char)tuv; break;
10951 case 'h': uv = (unsigned short)tuv; break;
10952 case 'l': uv = (unsigned long)tuv; break;
10954 default: uv = tuv; break;
10957 uv = (Uquad_t)tuv; break;
10966 char *ptr = ebuf + sizeof ebuf;
10967 bool tempalt = uv ? alt : FALSE; /* Vectors can't change alt */
10973 p = (char *)((c == 'X') ? PL_hexdigit + 16 : PL_hexdigit);
10977 } while (uv >>= 4);
10979 esignbuf[esignlen++] = '0';
10980 esignbuf[esignlen++] = c; /* 'x' or 'X' */
10986 *--ptr = '0' + dig;
10987 } while (uv >>= 3);
10988 if (alt && *ptr != '0')
10994 *--ptr = '0' + dig;
10995 } while (uv >>= 1);
10997 esignbuf[esignlen++] = '0';
10998 esignbuf[esignlen++] = c;
11001 default: /* it had better be ten or less */
11004 *--ptr = '0' + dig;
11005 } while (uv /= base);
11008 elen = (ebuf + sizeof ebuf) - ptr;
11012 zeros = precis - elen;
11013 else if (precis == 0 && elen == 1 && *eptr == '0'
11014 && !(base == 8 && alt)) /* "%#.0o" prints "0" */
11017 /* a precision nullifies the 0 flag. */
11024 /* FLOATING POINT */
11027 c = 'f'; /* maybe %F isn't supported here */
11029 case 'e': case 'E':
11031 case 'g': case 'G':
11035 /* This is evil, but floating point is even more evil */
11037 /* for SV-style calling, we can only get NV
11038 for C-style calling, we assume %f is double;
11039 for simplicity we allow any of %Lf, %llf, %qf for long double
11043 #if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE)
11047 /* [perl #20339] - we should accept and ignore %lf rather than die */
11051 #if defined(USE_LONG_DOUBLE)
11052 intsize = args ? 0 : 'q';
11056 #if defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE)
11069 /* now we need (long double) if intsize == 'q', else (double) */
11071 #if LONG_DOUBLESIZE > DOUBLESIZE
11073 va_arg(*args, long double) :
11074 va_arg(*args, double)
11076 va_arg(*args, double)
11081 /* nv * 0 will be NaN for NaN, +Inf and -Inf, and 0 for anything
11082 else. frexp() has some unspecified behaviour for those three */
11083 if (c != 'e' && c != 'E' && (nv * 0) == 0) {
11085 /* FIXME: if HAS_LONG_DOUBLE but not USE_LONG_DOUBLE this
11086 will cast our (long double) to (double) */
11087 (void)Perl_frexp(nv, &i);
11088 if (i == PERL_INT_MIN)
11089 Perl_die(aTHX_ "panic: frexp");
11091 need = BIT_DIGITS(i);
11093 need += has_precis ? precis : 6; /* known default */
11098 #ifdef HAS_LDBL_SPRINTF_BUG
11099 /* This is to try to fix a bug with irix/nonstop-ux/powerux and
11100 with sfio - Allen <allens@cpan.org> */
11103 # define MY_DBL_MAX DBL_MAX
11104 # else /* XXX guessing! HUGE_VAL may be defined as infinity, so not using */
11105 # if DOUBLESIZE >= 8
11106 # define MY_DBL_MAX 1.7976931348623157E+308L
11108 # define MY_DBL_MAX 3.40282347E+38L
11112 # ifdef HAS_LDBL_SPRINTF_BUG_LESS1 /* only between -1L & 1L - Allen */
11113 # define MY_DBL_MAX_BUG 1L
11115 # define MY_DBL_MAX_BUG MY_DBL_MAX
11119 # define MY_DBL_MIN DBL_MIN
11120 # else /* XXX guessing! -Allen */
11121 # if DOUBLESIZE >= 8
11122 # define MY_DBL_MIN 2.2250738585072014E-308L
11124 # define MY_DBL_MIN 1.17549435E-38L
11128 if ((intsize == 'q') && (c == 'f') &&
11129 ((nv < MY_DBL_MAX_BUG) && (nv > -MY_DBL_MAX_BUG)) &&
11130 (need < DBL_DIG)) {
11131 /* it's going to be short enough that
11132 * long double precision is not needed */
11134 if ((nv <= 0L) && (nv >= -0L))
11135 fix_ldbl_sprintf_bug = TRUE; /* 0 is 0 - easiest */
11137 /* would use Perl_fp_class as a double-check but not
11138 * functional on IRIX - see perl.h comments */
11140 if ((nv >= MY_DBL_MIN) || (nv <= -MY_DBL_MIN)) {
11141 /* It's within the range that a double can represent */
11142 #if defined(DBL_MAX) && !defined(DBL_MIN)
11143 if ((nv >= ((long double)1/DBL_MAX)) ||
11144 (nv <= (-(long double)1/DBL_MAX)))
11146 fix_ldbl_sprintf_bug = TRUE;
11149 if (fix_ldbl_sprintf_bug == TRUE) {
11159 # undef MY_DBL_MAX_BUG
11162 #endif /* HAS_LDBL_SPRINTF_BUG */
11164 need += 20; /* fudge factor */
11165 if (PL_efloatsize < need) {
11166 Safefree(PL_efloatbuf);
11167 PL_efloatsize = need + 20; /* more fudge */
11168 Newx(PL_efloatbuf, PL_efloatsize, char);
11169 PL_efloatbuf[0] = '\0';
11172 if ( !(width || left || plus || alt) && fill != '0'
11173 && has_precis && intsize != 'q' ) { /* Shortcuts */
11174 /* See earlier comment about buggy Gconvert when digits,
11176 if ( c == 'g' && precis) {
11177 Gconvert((NV)nv, (int)precis, 0, PL_efloatbuf);
11178 /* May return an empty string for digits==0 */
11179 if (*PL_efloatbuf) {
11180 elen = strlen(PL_efloatbuf);
11181 goto float_converted;
11183 } else if ( c == 'f' && !precis) {
11184 if ((eptr = F0convert(nv, ebuf + sizeof ebuf, &elen)))
11189 char *ptr = ebuf + sizeof ebuf;
11192 /* FIXME: what to do if HAS_LONG_DOUBLE but not PERL_PRIfldbl? */
11193 #if defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE) && defined(PERL_PRIfldbl)
11194 if (intsize == 'q') {
11195 /* Copy the one or more characters in a long double
11196 * format before the 'base' ([efgEFG]) character to
11197 * the format string. */
11198 static char const prifldbl[] = PERL_PRIfldbl;
11199 char const *p = prifldbl + sizeof(prifldbl) - 3;
11200 while (p >= prifldbl) { *--ptr = *p--; }
11205 do { *--ptr = '0' + (base % 10); } while (base /= 10);
11210 do { *--ptr = '0' + (base % 10); } while (base /= 10);
11222 /* No taint. Otherwise we are in the strange situation
11223 * where printf() taints but print($float) doesn't.
11225 #if defined(HAS_LONG_DOUBLE)
11226 elen = ((intsize == 'q')
11227 ? my_snprintf(PL_efloatbuf, PL_efloatsize, ptr, nv)
11228 : my_snprintf(PL_efloatbuf, PL_efloatsize, ptr, (double)nv));
11230 elen = my_sprintf(PL_efloatbuf, ptr, nv);
11234 eptr = PL_efloatbuf;
11242 i = SvCUR(sv) - origlen;
11245 case 'c': *(va_arg(*args, char*)) = i; break;
11246 case 'h': *(va_arg(*args, short*)) = i; break;
11247 default: *(va_arg(*args, int*)) = i; break;
11248 case 'l': *(va_arg(*args, long*)) = i; break;
11249 case 'V': *(va_arg(*args, IV*)) = i; break;
11250 case 'z': *(va_arg(*args, SSize_t*)) = i; break;
11251 case 't': *(va_arg(*args, ptrdiff_t*)) = i; break;
11253 case 'j': *(va_arg(*args, intmax_t*)) = i; break;
11257 *(va_arg(*args, Quad_t*)) = i; break;
11264 sv_setuv_mg(argsv, has_utf8 ? (UV)sv_len_utf8(sv) : (UV)i);
11265 continue; /* not "break" */
11272 && (PL_op->op_type == OP_PRTF || PL_op->op_type == OP_SPRINTF)
11273 && ckWARN(WARN_PRINTF))
11275 SV * const msg = sv_newmortal();
11276 Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ msg, "Invalid conversion in %sprintf: ",
11277 (PL_op->op_type == OP_PRTF) ? "" : "s");
11278 if (fmtstart < patend) {
11279 const char * const fmtend = q < patend ? q : patend;
11281 sv_catpvs(msg, "\"%");
11282 for (f = fmtstart; f < fmtend; f++) {
11284 sv_catpvn_nomg(msg, f, 1);
11286 Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ msg,
11287 "\\%03"UVof, (UV)*f & 0xFF);
11290 sv_catpvs(msg, "\"");
11292 sv_catpvs(msg, "end of string");
11294 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_PRINTF), "%"SVf, SVfARG(msg)); /* yes, this is reentrant */
11297 /* output mangled stuff ... */
11303 /* ... right here, because formatting flags should not apply */
11304 SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + elen + 1);
11306 Copy(eptr, p, elen, char);
11309 SvCUR_set(sv, p - SvPVX_const(sv));
11311 continue; /* not "break" */
11314 if (is_utf8 != has_utf8) {
11317 sv_utf8_upgrade(sv);
11320 const STRLEN old_elen = elen;
11321 SV * const nsv = newSVpvn_flags(eptr, elen, SVs_TEMP);
11322 sv_utf8_upgrade(nsv);
11323 eptr = SvPVX_const(nsv);
11326 if (width) { /* fudge width (can't fudge elen) */
11327 width += elen - old_elen;
11333 have = esignlen + zeros + elen;
11335 croak_memory_wrap();
11337 need = (have > width ? have : width);
11340 if (need >= (((STRLEN)~0) - SvCUR(sv) - dotstrlen - 1))
11341 croak_memory_wrap();
11342 SvGROW(sv, SvCUR(sv) + need + dotstrlen + 1);
11344 if (esignlen && fill == '0') {
11346 for (i = 0; i < (int)esignlen; i++)
11347 *p++ = esignbuf[i];
11349 if (gap && !left) {
11350 memset(p, fill, gap);
11353 if (esignlen && fill != '0') {
11355 for (i = 0; i < (int)esignlen; i++)
11356 *p++ = esignbuf[i];
11360 for (i = zeros; i; i--)
11364 Copy(eptr, p, elen, char);
11368 memset(p, ' ', gap);
11373 Copy(dotstr, p, dotstrlen, char);
11377 vectorize = FALSE; /* done iterating over vecstr */
11384 SvCUR_set(sv, p - SvPVX_const(sv));
11393 /* =========================================================================
11395 =head1 Cloning an interpreter
11397 All the macros and functions in this section are for the private use of
11398 the main function, perl_clone().
11400 The foo_dup() functions make an exact copy of an existing foo thingy.
11401 During the course of a cloning, a hash table is used to map old addresses
11402 to new addresses. The table is created and manipulated with the
11403 ptr_table_* functions.
11407 * =========================================================================*/
11410 #if defined(USE_ITHREADS)
11412 /* XXX Remove this so it doesn't have to go thru the macro and return for nothing */
11413 #ifndef GpREFCNT_inc
11414 # define GpREFCNT_inc(gp) ((gp) ? (++(gp)->gp_refcnt, (gp)) : (GP*)NULL)
11418 /* Certain cases in Perl_ss_dup have been merged, by relying on the fact
11419 that currently av_dup, gv_dup and hv_dup are the same as sv_dup.
11420 If this changes, please unmerge ss_dup.
11421 Likewise, sv_dup_inc_multiple() relies on this fact. */
11422 #define sv_dup_inc_NN(s,t) SvREFCNT_inc_NN(sv_dup_inc(s,t))
11423 #define av_dup(s,t) MUTABLE_AV(sv_dup((const SV *)s,t))
11424 #define av_dup_inc(s,t) MUTABLE_AV(sv_dup_inc((const SV *)s,t))
11425 #define hv_dup(s,t) MUTABLE_HV(sv_dup((const SV *)s,t))
11426 #define hv_dup_inc(s,t) MUTABLE_HV(sv_dup_inc((const SV *)s,t))
11427 #define cv_dup(s,t) MUTABLE_CV(sv_dup((const SV *)s,t))
11428 #define cv_dup_inc(s,t) MUTABLE_CV(sv_dup_inc((const SV *)s,t))
11429 #define io_dup(s,t) MUTABLE_IO(sv_dup((const SV *)s,t))
11430 #define io_dup_inc(s,t) MUTABLE_IO(sv_dup_inc((const SV *)s,t))
11431 #define gv_dup(s,t) MUTABLE_GV(sv_dup((const SV *)s,t))
11432 #define gv_dup_inc(s,t) MUTABLE_GV(sv_dup_inc((const SV *)s,t))
11433 #define SAVEPV(p) ((p) ? savepv(p) : NULL)
11434 #define SAVEPVN(p,n) ((p) ? savepvn(p,n) : NULL)
11436 /* clone a parser */
11439 Perl_parser_dup(pTHX_ const yy_parser *const proto, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
11443 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PARSER_DUP;
11448 /* look for it in the table first */
11449 parser = (yy_parser *)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, proto);
11453 /* create anew and remember what it is */
11454 Newxz(parser, 1, yy_parser);
11455 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, proto, parser);
11457 /* XXX these not yet duped */
11458 parser->old_parser = NULL;
11459 parser->stack = NULL;
11461 parser->stack_size = 0;
11462 /* XXX parser->stack->state = 0; */
11464 /* XXX eventually, just Copy() most of the parser struct ? */
11466 parser->lex_brackets = proto->lex_brackets;
11467 parser->lex_casemods = proto->lex_casemods;
11468 parser->lex_brackstack = savepvn(proto->lex_brackstack,
11469 (proto->lex_brackets < 120 ? 120 : proto->lex_brackets));
11470 parser->lex_casestack = savepvn(proto->lex_casestack,
11471 (proto->lex_casemods < 12 ? 12 : proto->lex_casemods));
11472 parser->lex_defer = proto->lex_defer;
11473 parser->lex_dojoin = proto->lex_dojoin;
11474 parser->lex_expect = proto->lex_expect;
11475 parser->lex_formbrack = proto->lex_formbrack;
11476 parser->lex_inpat = proto->lex_inpat;
11477 parser->lex_inwhat = proto->lex_inwhat;
11478 parser->lex_op = proto->lex_op;
11479 parser->lex_repl = sv_dup_inc(proto->lex_repl, param);
11480 parser->lex_starts = proto->lex_starts;
11481 parser->lex_stuff = sv_dup_inc(proto->lex_stuff, param);
11482 parser->multi_close = proto->multi_close;
11483 parser->multi_open = proto->multi_open;
11484 parser->multi_start = proto->multi_start;
11485 parser->multi_end = proto->multi_end;
11486 parser->preambled = proto->preambled;
11487 parser->sublex_info = proto->sublex_info; /* XXX not quite right */
11488 parser->linestr = sv_dup_inc(proto->linestr, param);
11489 parser->expect = proto->expect;
11490 parser->copline = proto->copline;
11491 parser->last_lop_op = proto->last_lop_op;
11492 parser->lex_state = proto->lex_state;
11493 parser->rsfp = fp_dup(proto->rsfp, '<', param);
11494 /* rsfp_filters entries have fake IoDIRP() */
11495 parser->rsfp_filters= av_dup_inc(proto->rsfp_filters, param);
11496 parser->in_my = proto->in_my;
11497 parser->in_my_stash = hv_dup(proto->in_my_stash, param);
11498 parser->error_count = proto->error_count;
11501 parser->linestr = sv_dup_inc(proto->linestr, param);
11504 char * const ols = SvPVX(proto->linestr);
11505 char * const ls = SvPVX(parser->linestr);
11507 parser->bufptr = ls + (proto->bufptr >= ols ?
11508 proto->bufptr - ols : 0);
11509 parser->oldbufptr = ls + (proto->oldbufptr >= ols ?
11510 proto->oldbufptr - ols : 0);
11511 parser->oldoldbufptr= ls + (proto->oldoldbufptr >= ols ?
11512 proto->oldoldbufptr - ols : 0);
11513 parser->linestart = ls + (proto->linestart >= ols ?
11514 proto->linestart - ols : 0);
11515 parser->last_uni = ls + (proto->last_uni >= ols ?
11516 proto->last_uni - ols : 0);
11517 parser->last_lop = ls + (proto->last_lop >= ols ?
11518 proto->last_lop - ols : 0);
11520 parser->bufend = ls + SvCUR(parser->linestr);
11523 Copy(proto->tokenbuf, parser->tokenbuf, 256, char);
11527 parser->endwhite = proto->endwhite;
11528 parser->faketokens = proto->faketokens;
11529 parser->lasttoke = proto->lasttoke;
11530 parser->nextwhite = proto->nextwhite;
11531 parser->realtokenstart = proto->realtokenstart;
11532 parser->skipwhite = proto->skipwhite;
11533 parser->thisclose = proto->thisclose;
11534 parser->thismad = proto->thismad;
11535 parser->thisopen = proto->thisopen;
11536 parser->thisstuff = proto->thisstuff;
11537 parser->thistoken = proto->thistoken;
11538 parser->thiswhite = proto->thiswhite;
11540 Copy(proto->nexttoke, parser->nexttoke, 5, NEXTTOKE);
11541 parser->curforce = proto->curforce;
11543 Copy(proto->nextval, parser->nextval, 5, YYSTYPE);
11544 Copy(proto->nexttype, parser->nexttype, 5, I32);
11545 parser->nexttoke = proto->nexttoke;
11548 /* XXX should clone saved_curcop here, but we aren't passed
11549 * proto_perl; so do it in perl_clone_using instead */
11555 /* duplicate a file handle */
11558 Perl_fp_dup(pTHX_ PerlIO *const fp, const char type, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
11562 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_FP_DUP;
11563 PERL_UNUSED_ARG(type);
11566 return (PerlIO*)NULL;
11568 /* look for it in the table first */
11569 ret = (PerlIO*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, fp);
11573 /* create anew and remember what it is */
11574 ret = PerlIO_fdupopen(aTHX_ fp, param, PERLIO_DUP_CLONE);
11575 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, fp, ret);
11579 /* duplicate a directory handle */
11582 Perl_dirp_dup(pTHX_ DIR *const dp, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
11588 const Direntry_t *dirent;
11589 char smallbuf[256];
11595 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
11596 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_DIRP_DUP;
11601 /* look for it in the table first */
11602 ret = (DIR*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, dp);
11608 PERL_UNUSED_ARG(param);
11612 /* open the current directory (so we can switch back) */
11613 if (!(pwd = PerlDir_open("."))) return (DIR *)NULL;
11615 /* chdir to our dir handle and open the present working directory */
11616 if (fchdir(my_dirfd(dp)) < 0 || !(ret = PerlDir_open("."))) {
11617 PerlDir_close(pwd);
11618 return (DIR *)NULL;
11620 /* Now we should have two dir handles pointing to the same dir. */
11622 /* Be nice to the calling code and chdir back to where we were. */
11623 fchdir(my_dirfd(pwd)); /* If this fails, then what? */
11625 /* We have no need of the pwd handle any more. */
11626 PerlDir_close(pwd);
11629 # define d_namlen(d) (d)->d_namlen
11631 # define d_namlen(d) strlen((d)->d_name)
11633 /* Iterate once through dp, to get the file name at the current posi-
11634 tion. Then step back. */
11635 pos = PerlDir_tell(dp);
11636 if ((dirent = PerlDir_read(dp))) {
11637 len = d_namlen(dirent);
11638 if (len <= sizeof smallbuf) name = smallbuf;
11639 else Newx(name, len, char);
11640 Move(dirent->d_name, name, len, char);
11642 PerlDir_seek(dp, pos);
11644 /* Iterate through the new dir handle, till we find a file with the
11646 if (!dirent) /* just before the end */
11648 pos = PerlDir_tell(ret);
11649 if (PerlDir_read(ret)) continue; /* not there yet */
11650 PerlDir_seek(ret, pos); /* step back */
11654 const long pos0 = PerlDir_tell(ret);
11656 pos = PerlDir_tell(ret);
11657 if ((dirent = PerlDir_read(ret))) {
11658 if (len == d_namlen(dirent)
11659 && memEQ(name, dirent->d_name, len)) {
11661 PerlDir_seek(ret, pos); /* step back */
11664 /* else we are not there yet; keep iterating */
11666 else { /* This is not meant to happen. The best we can do is
11667 reset the iterator to the beginning. */
11668 PerlDir_seek(ret, pos0);
11675 if (name && name != smallbuf)
11680 ret = win32_dirp_dup(dp, param);
11683 /* pop it in the pointer table */
11685 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, dp, ret);
11690 /* duplicate a typeglob */
11693 Perl_gp_dup(pTHX_ GP *const gp, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
11697 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_GP_DUP;
11701 /* look for it in the table first */
11702 ret = (GP*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, gp);
11706 /* create anew and remember what it is */
11708 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, gp, ret);
11711 /* ret->gp_refcnt must be 0 before any other dups are called. We're relying
11712 on Newxz() to do this for us. */
11713 ret->gp_sv = sv_dup_inc(gp->gp_sv, param);
11714 ret->gp_io = io_dup_inc(gp->gp_io, param);
11715 ret->gp_form = cv_dup_inc(gp->gp_form, param);
11716 ret->gp_av = av_dup_inc(gp->gp_av, param);
11717 ret->gp_hv = hv_dup_inc(gp->gp_hv, param);
11718 ret->gp_egv = gv_dup(gp->gp_egv, param);/* GvEGV is not refcounted */
11719 ret->gp_cv = cv_dup_inc(gp->gp_cv, param);
11720 ret->gp_cvgen = gp->gp_cvgen;
11721 ret->gp_line = gp->gp_line;
11722 ret->gp_file_hek = hek_dup(gp->gp_file_hek, param);
11726 /* duplicate a chain of magic */
11729 Perl_mg_dup(pTHX_ MAGIC *mg, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
11731 MAGIC *mgret = NULL;
11732 MAGIC **mgprev_p = &mgret;
11734 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_MG_DUP;
11736 for (; mg; mg = mg->mg_moremagic) {
11739 if ((param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN)
11740 && mg->mg_type == PERL_MAGIC_backref)
11741 /* when joining, we let the individual SVs add themselves to
11742 * backref as needed. */
11745 Newx(nmg, 1, MAGIC);
11747 mgprev_p = &(nmg->mg_moremagic);
11749 /* There was a comment "XXX copy dynamic vtable?" but as we don't have
11750 dynamic vtables, I'm not sure why Sarathy wrote it. The comment dates
11751 from the original commit adding Perl_mg_dup() - revision 4538.
11752 Similarly there is the annotation "XXX random ptr?" next to the
11753 assignment to nmg->mg_ptr. */
11756 /* FIXME for plugins
11757 if (nmg->mg_type == PERL_MAGIC_qr) {
11758 nmg->mg_obj = MUTABLE_SV(CALLREGDUPE((REGEXP*)nmg->mg_obj, param));
11762 nmg->mg_obj = (nmg->mg_flags & MGf_REFCOUNTED)
11763 ? nmg->mg_type == PERL_MAGIC_backref
11764 /* The backref AV has its reference
11765 * count deliberately bumped by 1 */
11766 ? SvREFCNT_inc(av_dup_inc((const AV *)
11767 nmg->mg_obj, param))
11768 : sv_dup_inc(nmg->mg_obj, param)
11769 : sv_dup(nmg->mg_obj, param);
11771 if (nmg->mg_ptr && nmg->mg_type != PERL_MAGIC_regex_global) {
11772 if (nmg->mg_len > 0) {
11773 nmg->mg_ptr = SAVEPVN(nmg->mg_ptr, nmg->mg_len);
11774 if (nmg->mg_type == PERL_MAGIC_overload_table &&
11775 AMT_AMAGIC((AMT*)nmg->mg_ptr))
11777 AMT * const namtp = (AMT*)nmg->mg_ptr;
11778 sv_dup_inc_multiple((SV**)(namtp->table),
11779 (SV**)(namtp->table), NofAMmeth, param);
11782 else if (nmg->mg_len == HEf_SVKEY)
11783 nmg->mg_ptr = (char*)sv_dup_inc((const SV *)nmg->mg_ptr, param);
11785 if ((nmg->mg_flags & MGf_DUP) && nmg->mg_virtual && nmg->mg_virtual->svt_dup) {
11786 nmg->mg_virtual->svt_dup(aTHX_ nmg, param);
11792 #endif /* USE_ITHREADS */
11794 struct ptr_tbl_arena {
11795 struct ptr_tbl_arena *next;
11796 struct ptr_tbl_ent array[1023/3]; /* as ptr_tbl_ent has 3 pointers. */
11799 /* create a new pointer-mapping table */
11802 Perl_ptr_table_new(pTHX)
11805 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
11807 Newx(tbl, 1, PTR_TBL_t);
11808 tbl->tbl_max = 511;
11809 tbl->tbl_items = 0;
11810 tbl->tbl_arena = NULL;
11811 tbl->tbl_arena_next = NULL;
11812 tbl->tbl_arena_end = NULL;
11813 Newxz(tbl->tbl_ary, tbl->tbl_max + 1, PTR_TBL_ENT_t*);
11817 #define PTR_TABLE_HASH(ptr) \
11818 ((PTR2UV(ptr) >> 3) ^ (PTR2UV(ptr) >> (3 + 7)) ^ (PTR2UV(ptr) >> (3 + 17)))
11820 /* map an existing pointer using a table */
11822 STATIC PTR_TBL_ENT_t *
11823 S_ptr_table_find(PTR_TBL_t *const tbl, const void *const sv)
11825 PTR_TBL_ENT_t *tblent;
11826 const UV hash = PTR_TABLE_HASH(sv);
11828 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PTR_TABLE_FIND;
11830 tblent = tbl->tbl_ary[hash & tbl->tbl_max];
11831 for (; tblent; tblent = tblent->next) {
11832 if (tblent->oldval == sv)
11839 Perl_ptr_table_fetch(pTHX_ PTR_TBL_t *const tbl, const void *const sv)
11841 PTR_TBL_ENT_t const *const tblent = ptr_table_find(tbl, sv);
11843 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PTR_TABLE_FETCH;
11844 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
11846 return tblent ? tblent->newval : NULL;
11849 /* add a new entry to a pointer-mapping table */
11852 Perl_ptr_table_store(pTHX_ PTR_TBL_t *const tbl, const void *const oldsv, void *const newsv)
11854 PTR_TBL_ENT_t *tblent = ptr_table_find(tbl, oldsv);
11856 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PTR_TABLE_STORE;
11857 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
11860 tblent->newval = newsv;
11862 const UV entry = PTR_TABLE_HASH(oldsv) & tbl->tbl_max;
11864 if (tbl->tbl_arena_next == tbl->tbl_arena_end) {
11865 struct ptr_tbl_arena *new_arena;
11867 Newx(new_arena, 1, struct ptr_tbl_arena);
11868 new_arena->next = tbl->tbl_arena;
11869 tbl->tbl_arena = new_arena;
11870 tbl->tbl_arena_next = new_arena->array;
11871 tbl->tbl_arena_end = new_arena->array
11872 + sizeof(new_arena->array) / sizeof(new_arena->array[0]);
11875 tblent = tbl->tbl_arena_next++;
11877 tblent->oldval = oldsv;
11878 tblent->newval = newsv;
11879 tblent->next = tbl->tbl_ary[entry];
11880 tbl->tbl_ary[entry] = tblent;
11882 if (tblent->next && tbl->tbl_items > tbl->tbl_max)
11883 ptr_table_split(tbl);
11887 /* double the hash bucket size of an existing ptr table */
11890 Perl_ptr_table_split(pTHX_ PTR_TBL_t *const tbl)
11892 PTR_TBL_ENT_t **ary = tbl->tbl_ary;
11893 const UV oldsize = tbl->tbl_max + 1;
11894 UV newsize = oldsize * 2;
11897 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PTR_TABLE_SPLIT;
11898 PERL_UNUSED_CONTEXT;
11900 Renew(ary, newsize, PTR_TBL_ENT_t*);
11901 Zero(&ary[oldsize], newsize-oldsize, PTR_TBL_ENT_t*);
11902 tbl->tbl_max = --newsize;
11903 tbl->tbl_ary = ary;
11904 for (i=0; i < oldsize; i++, ary++) {
11905 PTR_TBL_ENT_t **entp = ary;
11906 PTR_TBL_ENT_t *ent = *ary;
11907 PTR_TBL_ENT_t **curentp;
11910 curentp = ary + oldsize;
11912 if ((newsize & PTR_TABLE_HASH(ent->oldval)) != i) {
11914 ent->next = *curentp;
11924 /* remove all the entries from a ptr table */
11925 /* Deprecated - will be removed post 5.14 */
11928 Perl_ptr_table_clear(pTHX_ PTR_TBL_t *const tbl)
11930 if (tbl && tbl->tbl_items) {
11931 struct ptr_tbl_arena *arena = tbl->tbl_arena;
11933 Zero(tbl->tbl_ary, tbl->tbl_max + 1, struct ptr_tbl_ent **);
11936 struct ptr_tbl_arena *next = arena->next;
11942 tbl->tbl_items = 0;
11943 tbl->tbl_arena = NULL;
11944 tbl->tbl_arena_next = NULL;
11945 tbl->tbl_arena_end = NULL;
11949 /* clear and free a ptr table */
11952 Perl_ptr_table_free(pTHX_ PTR_TBL_t *const tbl)
11954 struct ptr_tbl_arena *arena;
11960 arena = tbl->tbl_arena;
11963 struct ptr_tbl_arena *next = arena->next;
11969 Safefree(tbl->tbl_ary);
11973 #if defined(USE_ITHREADS)
11976 Perl_rvpv_dup(pTHX_ SV *const dstr, const SV *const sstr, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
11978 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_RVPV_DUP;
11980 assert(!isREGEXP(sstr));
11982 if (SvWEAKREF(sstr)) {
11983 SvRV_set(dstr, sv_dup(SvRV_const(sstr), param));
11984 if (param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN) {
11985 /* if joining, we add any back references individually rather
11986 * than copying the whole backref array */
11987 Perl_sv_add_backref(aTHX_ SvRV(dstr), dstr);
11991 SvRV_set(dstr, sv_dup_inc(SvRV_const(sstr), param));
11993 else if (SvPVX_const(sstr)) {
11994 /* Has something there */
11996 /* Normal PV - clone whole allocated space */
11997 SvPV_set(dstr, SAVEPVN(SvPVX_const(sstr), SvLEN(sstr)-1));
11998 /* sstr may not be that normal, but actually copy on write.
11999 But we are a true, independent SV, so: */
12003 /* Special case - not normally malloced for some reason */
12004 if (isGV_with_GP(sstr)) {
12005 /* Don't need to do anything here. */
12007 else if ((SvIsCOW(sstr))) {
12008 /* A "shared" PV - clone it as "shared" PV */
12010 HEK_KEY(hek_dup(SvSHARED_HEK_FROM_PV(SvPVX_const(sstr)),
12014 /* Some other special case - random pointer */
12015 SvPV_set(dstr, (char *) SvPVX_const(sstr));
12020 /* Copy the NULL */
12021 SvPV_set(dstr, NULL);
12025 /* duplicate a list of SVs. source and dest may point to the same memory. */
12027 S_sv_dup_inc_multiple(pTHX_ SV *const *source, SV **dest,
12028 SSize_t items, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
12030 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_DUP_INC_MULTIPLE;
12032 while (items-- > 0) {
12033 *dest++ = sv_dup_inc(*source++, param);
12039 /* duplicate an SV of any type (including AV, HV etc) */
12042 S_sv_dup_common(pTHX_ const SV *const sstr, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
12047 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_DUP_COMMON;
12049 if (SvTYPE(sstr) == (svtype)SVTYPEMASK) {
12050 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS_ABORT
12055 /* look for it in the table first */
12056 dstr = MUTABLE_SV(ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, sstr));
12060 if(param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN) {
12061 /** We are joining here so we don't want do clone
12062 something that is bad **/
12063 if (SvTYPE(sstr) == SVt_PVHV) {
12064 const HEK * const hvname = HvNAME_HEK(sstr);
12066 /** don't clone stashes if they already exist **/
12067 dstr = MUTABLE_SV(gv_stashpvn(HEK_KEY(hvname), HEK_LEN(hvname),
12068 HEK_UTF8(hvname) ? SVf_UTF8 : 0));
12069 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, sstr, dstr);
12073 else if (SvTYPE(sstr) == SVt_PVGV && !SvFAKE(sstr)) {
12074 HV *stash = GvSTASH(sstr);
12075 const HEK * hvname;
12076 if (stash && (hvname = HvNAME_HEK(stash))) {
12077 /** don't clone GVs if they already exist **/
12079 stash = gv_stashpvn(HEK_KEY(hvname), HEK_LEN(hvname),
12080 HEK_UTF8(hvname) ? SVf_UTF8 : 0);
12082 stash, GvNAME(sstr),
12088 if (svp && *svp && SvTYPE(*svp) == SVt_PVGV) {
12089 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, sstr, *svp);
12096 /* create anew and remember what it is */
12099 #ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS
12100 dstr->sv_debug_optype = sstr->sv_debug_optype;
12101 dstr->sv_debug_line = sstr->sv_debug_line;
12102 dstr->sv_debug_inpad = sstr->sv_debug_inpad;
12103 dstr->sv_debug_parent = (SV*)sstr;
12104 FREE_SV_DEBUG_FILE(dstr);
12105 dstr->sv_debug_file = savesharedpv(sstr->sv_debug_file);
12108 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, sstr, dstr);
12111 SvFLAGS(dstr) = SvFLAGS(sstr);
12112 SvFLAGS(dstr) &= ~SVf_OOK; /* don't propagate OOK hack */
12113 SvREFCNT(dstr) = 0; /* must be before any other dups! */
12116 if (SvANY(sstr) && PL_watch_pvx && SvPVX_const(sstr) == PL_watch_pvx)
12117 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log, "watch at %p hit, found string \"%s\"\n",
12118 (void*)PL_watch_pvx, SvPVX_const(sstr));
12121 /* don't clone objects whose class has asked us not to */
12122 if (SvOBJECT(sstr) && ! (SvFLAGS(SvSTASH(sstr)) & SVphv_CLONEABLE)) {
12127 switch (SvTYPE(sstr)) {
12129 SvANY(dstr) = NULL;
12132 SvANY(dstr) = (XPVIV*)((char*)&(dstr->sv_u.svu_iv) - STRUCT_OFFSET(XPVIV, xiv_iv));
12134 Perl_rvpv_dup(aTHX_ dstr, sstr, param);
12136 SvIV_set(dstr, SvIVX(sstr));
12140 SvANY(dstr) = new_XNV();
12141 SvNV_set(dstr, SvNVX(sstr));
12143 /* case SVt_BIND: */
12146 /* These are all the types that need complex bodies allocating. */
12148 const svtype sv_type = SvTYPE(sstr);
12149 const struct body_details *const sv_type_details
12150 = bodies_by_type + sv_type;
12154 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Bizarre SvTYPE [%" IVdf "]", (IV)SvTYPE(sstr));
12169 assert(sv_type_details->body_size);
12170 if (sv_type_details->arena) {
12171 new_body_inline(new_body, sv_type);
12173 = (void*)((char*)new_body - sv_type_details->offset);
12175 new_body = new_NOARENA(sv_type_details);
12179 SvANY(dstr) = new_body;
12182 Copy(((char*)SvANY(sstr)) + sv_type_details->offset,
12183 ((char*)SvANY(dstr)) + sv_type_details->offset,
12184 sv_type_details->copy, char);
12186 Copy(((char*)SvANY(sstr)),
12187 ((char*)SvANY(dstr)),
12188 sv_type_details->body_size + sv_type_details->offset, char);
12191 if (sv_type != SVt_PVAV && sv_type != SVt_PVHV
12192 && !isGV_with_GP(dstr)
12194 && !(sv_type == SVt_PVIO && !(IoFLAGS(dstr) & IOf_FAKE_DIRP)))
12195 Perl_rvpv_dup(aTHX_ dstr, sstr, param);
12197 /* The Copy above means that all the source (unduplicated) pointers
12198 are now in the destination. We can check the flags and the
12199 pointers in either, but it's possible that there's less cache
12200 missing by always going for the destination.
12201 FIXME - instrument and check that assumption */
12202 if (sv_type >= SVt_PVMG) {
12203 if ((sv_type == SVt_PVMG) && SvPAD_OUR(dstr)) {
12204 SvOURSTASH_set(dstr, hv_dup_inc(SvOURSTASH(dstr), param));
12205 } else if (SvMAGIC(dstr))
12206 SvMAGIC_set(dstr, mg_dup(SvMAGIC(dstr), param));
12207 if (SvOBJECT(dstr) && SvSTASH(dstr))
12208 SvSTASH_set(dstr, hv_dup_inc(SvSTASH(dstr), param));
12209 else SvSTASH_set(dstr, 0); /* don't copy DESTROY cache */
12212 /* The cast silences a GCC warning about unhandled types. */
12213 switch ((int)sv_type) {
12224 /* FIXME for plugins */
12225 dstr->sv_u.svu_rx = ((REGEXP *)dstr)->sv_any;
12226 re_dup_guts((REGEXP*) sstr, (REGEXP*) dstr, param);
12229 /* XXX LvTARGOFF sometimes holds PMOP* when DEBUGGING */
12230 if (LvTYPE(dstr) == 't') /* for tie: unrefcnted fake (SV**) */
12231 LvTARG(dstr) = dstr;
12232 else if (LvTYPE(dstr) == 'T') /* for tie: fake HE */
12233 LvTARG(dstr) = MUTABLE_SV(he_dup((HE*)LvTARG(dstr), 0, param));
12235 LvTARG(dstr) = sv_dup_inc(LvTARG(dstr), param);
12236 if (isREGEXP(sstr)) goto duprex;
12238 /* non-GP case already handled above */
12239 if(isGV_with_GP(sstr)) {
12240 GvNAME_HEK(dstr) = hek_dup(GvNAME_HEK(dstr), param);
12241 /* Don't call sv_add_backref here as it's going to be
12242 created as part of the magic cloning of the symbol
12243 table--unless this is during a join and the stash
12244 is not actually being cloned. */
12245 /* Danger Will Robinson - GvGP(dstr) isn't initialised
12246 at the point of this comment. */
12247 GvSTASH(dstr) = hv_dup(GvSTASH(dstr), param);
12248 if (param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN)
12249 Perl_sv_add_backref(aTHX_ MUTABLE_SV(GvSTASH(dstr)), dstr);
12250 GvGP_set(dstr, gp_dup(GvGP(sstr), param));
12251 (void)GpREFCNT_inc(GvGP(dstr));
12255 /* PL_parser->rsfp_filters entries have fake IoDIRP() */
12256 if(IoFLAGS(dstr) & IOf_FAKE_DIRP) {
12257 /* I have no idea why fake dirp (rsfps)
12258 should be treated differently but otherwise
12259 we end up with leaks -- sky*/
12260 IoTOP_GV(dstr) = gv_dup_inc(IoTOP_GV(dstr), param);
12261 IoFMT_GV(dstr) = gv_dup_inc(IoFMT_GV(dstr), param);
12262 IoBOTTOM_GV(dstr) = gv_dup_inc(IoBOTTOM_GV(dstr), param);
12264 IoTOP_GV(dstr) = gv_dup(IoTOP_GV(dstr), param);
12265 IoFMT_GV(dstr) = gv_dup(IoFMT_GV(dstr), param);
12266 IoBOTTOM_GV(dstr) = gv_dup(IoBOTTOM_GV(dstr), param);
12267 if (IoDIRP(dstr)) {
12268 IoDIRP(dstr) = dirp_dup(IoDIRP(dstr), param);
12271 /* IoDIRP(dstr) is already a copy of IoDIRP(sstr) */
12273 IoIFP(dstr) = fp_dup(IoIFP(sstr), IoTYPE(dstr), param);
12275 if (IoOFP(dstr) == IoIFP(sstr))
12276 IoOFP(dstr) = IoIFP(dstr);
12278 IoOFP(dstr) = fp_dup(IoOFP(dstr), IoTYPE(dstr), param);
12279 IoTOP_NAME(dstr) = SAVEPV(IoTOP_NAME(dstr));
12280 IoFMT_NAME(dstr) = SAVEPV(IoFMT_NAME(dstr));
12281 IoBOTTOM_NAME(dstr) = SAVEPV(IoBOTTOM_NAME(dstr));
12284 /* avoid cloning an empty array */
12285 if (AvARRAY((const AV *)sstr) && AvFILLp((const AV *)sstr) >= 0) {
12286 SV **dst_ary, **src_ary;
12287 SSize_t items = AvFILLp((const AV *)sstr) + 1;
12289 src_ary = AvARRAY((const AV *)sstr);
12290 Newxz(dst_ary, AvMAX((const AV *)sstr)+1, SV*);
12291 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, src_ary, dst_ary);
12292 AvARRAY(MUTABLE_AV(dstr)) = dst_ary;
12293 AvALLOC((const AV *)dstr) = dst_ary;
12294 if (AvREAL((const AV *)sstr)) {
12295 dst_ary = sv_dup_inc_multiple(src_ary, dst_ary, items,
12299 while (items-- > 0)
12300 *dst_ary++ = sv_dup(*src_ary++, param);
12302 items = AvMAX((const AV *)sstr) - AvFILLp((const AV *)sstr);
12303 while (items-- > 0) {
12304 *dst_ary++ = &PL_sv_undef;
12308 AvARRAY(MUTABLE_AV(dstr)) = NULL;
12309 AvALLOC((const AV *)dstr) = (SV**)NULL;
12310 AvMAX( (const AV *)dstr) = -1;
12311 AvFILLp((const AV *)dstr) = -1;
12315 if (HvARRAY((const HV *)sstr)) {
12317 const bool sharekeys = !!HvSHAREKEYS(sstr);
12318 XPVHV * const dxhv = (XPVHV*)SvANY(dstr);
12319 XPVHV * const sxhv = (XPVHV*)SvANY(sstr);
12321 Newx(darray, PERL_HV_ARRAY_ALLOC_BYTES(dxhv->xhv_max+1)
12322 + (SvOOK(sstr) ? sizeof(struct xpvhv_aux) : 0),
12324 HvARRAY(dstr) = (HE**)darray;
12325 while (i <= sxhv->xhv_max) {
12326 const HE * const source = HvARRAY(sstr)[i];
12327 HvARRAY(dstr)[i] = source
12328 ? he_dup(source, sharekeys, param) : 0;
12332 const struct xpvhv_aux * const saux = HvAUX(sstr);
12333 struct xpvhv_aux * const daux = HvAUX(dstr);
12334 /* This flag isn't copied. */
12337 if (saux->xhv_name_count) {
12338 HEK ** const sname = saux->xhv_name_u.xhvnameu_names;
12340 = saux->xhv_name_count < 0
12341 ? -saux->xhv_name_count
12342 : saux->xhv_name_count;
12343 HEK **shekp = sname + count;
12345 Newx(daux->xhv_name_u.xhvnameu_names, count, HEK *);
12346 dhekp = daux->xhv_name_u.xhvnameu_names + count;
12347 while (shekp-- > sname) {
12349 *dhekp = hek_dup(*shekp, param);
12353 daux->xhv_name_u.xhvnameu_name
12354 = hek_dup(saux->xhv_name_u.xhvnameu_name,
12357 daux->xhv_name_count = saux->xhv_name_count;
12359 daux->xhv_riter = saux->xhv_riter;
12360 daux->xhv_eiter = saux->xhv_eiter
12361 ? he_dup(saux->xhv_eiter,
12362 cBOOL(HvSHAREKEYS(sstr)), param) : 0;
12363 /* backref array needs refcnt=2; see sv_add_backref */
12364 daux->xhv_backreferences =
12365 (param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN)
12366 /* when joining, we let the individual GVs and
12367 * CVs add themselves to backref as
12368 * needed. This avoids pulling in stuff
12369 * that isn't required, and simplifies the
12370 * case where stashes aren't cloned back
12371 * if they already exist in the parent
12374 : saux->xhv_backreferences
12375 ? (SvTYPE(saux->xhv_backreferences) == SVt_PVAV)
12376 ? MUTABLE_AV(SvREFCNT_inc(
12377 sv_dup_inc((const SV *)
12378 saux->xhv_backreferences, param)))
12379 : MUTABLE_AV(sv_dup((const SV *)
12380 saux->xhv_backreferences, param))
12383 daux->xhv_mro_meta = saux->xhv_mro_meta
12384 ? mro_meta_dup(saux->xhv_mro_meta, param)
12386 daux->xhv_super = NULL;
12388 /* Record stashes for possible cloning in Perl_clone(). */
12390 av_push(param->stashes, dstr);
12394 HvARRAY(MUTABLE_HV(dstr)) = NULL;
12397 if (!(param->flags & CLONEf_COPY_STACKS)) {
12402 /* NOTE: not refcounted */
12403 SvANY(MUTABLE_CV(dstr))->xcv_stash =
12404 hv_dup(CvSTASH(dstr), param);
12405 if ((param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN) && CvSTASH(dstr))
12406 Perl_sv_add_backref(aTHX_ MUTABLE_SV(CvSTASH(dstr)), dstr);
12407 if (!CvISXSUB(dstr)) {
12409 CvROOT(dstr) = OpREFCNT_inc(CvROOT(dstr));
12411 CvSLABBED_off(dstr);
12412 } else if (CvCONST(dstr)) {
12413 CvXSUBANY(dstr).any_ptr =
12414 sv_dup_inc((const SV *)CvXSUBANY(dstr).any_ptr, param);
12416 assert(!CvSLABBED(dstr));
12417 if (CvDYNFILE(dstr)) CvFILE(dstr) = SAVEPV(CvFILE(dstr));
12419 SvANY((CV *)dstr)->xcv_gv_u.xcv_hek =
12420 share_hek_hek(CvNAME_HEK((CV *)sstr));
12421 /* don't dup if copying back - CvGV isn't refcounted, so the
12422 * duped GV may never be freed. A bit of a hack! DAPM */
12424 SvANY(MUTABLE_CV(dstr))->xcv_gv_u.xcv_gv =
12426 ? gv_dup_inc(CvGV(sstr), param)
12427 : (param->flags & CLONEf_JOIN_IN)
12429 : gv_dup(CvGV(sstr), param);
12431 CvPADLIST(dstr) = padlist_dup(CvPADLIST(sstr), param);
12433 CvWEAKOUTSIDE(sstr)
12434 ? cv_dup( CvOUTSIDE(dstr), param)
12435 : cv_dup_inc(CvOUTSIDE(dstr), param);
12441 if (SvOBJECT(dstr) && SvTYPE(dstr) != SVt_PVIO)
12448 Perl_sv_dup_inc(pTHX_ const SV *const sstr, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
12450 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_DUP_INC;
12451 return sstr ? SvREFCNT_inc(sv_dup_common(sstr, param)) : NULL;
12455 Perl_sv_dup(pTHX_ const SV *const sstr, CLONE_PARAMS *const param)
12457 SV *dstr = sstr ? sv_dup_common(sstr, param) : NULL;
12458 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_DUP;
12460 /* Track every SV that (at least initially) had a reference count of 0.
12461 We need to do this by holding an actual reference to it in this array.
12462 If we attempt to cheat, turn AvREAL_off(), and store only pointers
12463 (akin to the stashes hash, and the perl stack), we come unstuck if
12464 a weak reference (or other SV legitimately SvREFCNT() == 0 for this
12465 thread) is manipulated in a CLONE method, because CLONE runs before the
12466 unreferenced array is walked to find SVs still with SvREFCNT() == 0
12467 (and fix things up by giving each a reference via the temps stack).
12468 Instead, during CLONE, if the 0-referenced SV has SvREFCNT_inc() and
12469 then SvREFCNT_dec(), it will be cleaned up (and added to the free list)
12470 before the walk of unreferenced happens and a reference to that is SV
12471 added to the temps stack. At which point we have the same SV considered
12472 to be in use, and free to be re-used. Not good.
12474 if (dstr && !(param->flags & CLONEf_COPY_STACKS) && !SvREFCNT(dstr)) {
12475 assert(param->unreferenced);
12476 av_push(param->unreferenced, SvREFCNT_inc(dstr));
12482 /* duplicate a context */
12485 Perl_cx_dup(pTHX_ PERL_CONTEXT *cxs, I32 ix, I32 max, CLONE_PARAMS* param)
12487 PERL_CONTEXT *ncxs;
12489 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CX_DUP;
12492 return (PERL_CONTEXT*)NULL;
12494 /* look for it in the table first */
12495 ncxs = (PERL_CONTEXT*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, cxs);
12499 /* create anew and remember what it is */
12500 Newx(ncxs, max + 1, PERL_CONTEXT);
12501 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, cxs, ncxs);
12502 Copy(cxs, ncxs, max + 1, PERL_CONTEXT);
12505 PERL_CONTEXT * const ncx = &ncxs[ix];
12506 if (CxTYPE(ncx) == CXt_SUBST) {
12507 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Cloning substitution context is unimplemented");
12510 ncx->blk_oldcop = (COP*)any_dup(ncx->blk_oldcop, param->proto_perl);
12511 switch (CxTYPE(ncx)) {
12513 ncx->blk_sub.cv = (ncx->blk_sub.olddepth == 0
12514 ? cv_dup_inc(ncx->blk_sub.cv, param)
12515 : cv_dup(ncx->blk_sub.cv,param));
12516 ncx->blk_sub.argarray = (CxHASARGS(ncx)
12517 ? av_dup_inc(ncx->blk_sub.argarray,
12520 ncx->blk_sub.savearray = av_dup_inc(ncx->blk_sub.savearray,
12522 ncx->blk_sub.oldcomppad = (PAD*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table,
12523 ncx->blk_sub.oldcomppad);
12526 ncx->blk_eval.old_namesv = sv_dup_inc(ncx->blk_eval.old_namesv,
12528 ncx->blk_eval.cur_text = sv_dup(ncx->blk_eval.cur_text, param);
12529 ncx->blk_eval.cv = cv_dup(ncx->blk_eval.cv, param);
12531 case CXt_LOOP_LAZYSV:
12532 ncx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.end
12533 = sv_dup_inc(ncx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.end, param);
12534 /* We are taking advantage of av_dup_inc and sv_dup_inc
12535 actually being the same function, and order equivalence of
12537 We can assert the later [but only at run time :-(] */
12538 assert ((void *) &ncx->blk_loop.state_u.ary.ary ==
12539 (void *) &ncx->blk_loop.state_u.lazysv.cur);
12541 ncx->blk_loop.state_u.ary.ary
12542 = av_dup_inc(ncx->blk_loop.state_u.ary.ary, param);
12543 case CXt_LOOP_LAZYIV:
12544 case CXt_LOOP_PLAIN:
12545 if (CxPADLOOP(ncx)) {
12546 ncx->blk_loop.itervar_u.oldcomppad
12547 = (PAD*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table,
12548 ncx->blk_loop.itervar_u.oldcomppad);
12550 ncx->blk_loop.itervar_u.gv
12551 = gv_dup((const GV *)ncx->blk_loop.itervar_u.gv,
12556 ncx->blk_format.cv = cv_dup(ncx->blk_format.cv, param);
12557 ncx->blk_format.gv = gv_dup(ncx->blk_format.gv, param);
12558 ncx->blk_format.dfoutgv = gv_dup_inc(ncx->blk_format.dfoutgv,
12573 /* duplicate a stack info structure */
12576 Perl_si_dup(pTHX_ PERL_SI *si, CLONE_PARAMS* param)
12580 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SI_DUP;
12583 return (PERL_SI*)NULL;
12585 /* look for it in the table first */
12586 nsi = (PERL_SI*)ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, si);
12590 /* create anew and remember what it is */
12591 Newxz(nsi, 1, PERL_SI);
12592 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, si, nsi);
12594 nsi->si_stack = av_dup_inc(si->si_stack, param);
12595 nsi->si_cxix = si->si_cxix;
12596 nsi->si_cxmax = si->si_cxmax;
12597 nsi->si_cxstack = cx_dup(si->si_cxstack, si->si_cxix, si->si_cxmax, param);
12598 nsi->si_type = si->si_type;
12599 nsi->si_prev = si_dup(si->si_prev, param);
12600 nsi->si_next = si_dup(si->si_next, param);
12601 nsi->si_markoff = si->si_markoff;
12606 #define POPINT(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_i32)
12607 #define TOPINT(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_i32)
12608 #define POPLONG(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_long)
12609 #define TOPLONG(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_long)
12610 #define POPIV(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_iv)
12611 #define TOPIV(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_iv)
12612 #define POPUV(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_uv)
12613 #define TOPUV(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_uv)
12614 #define POPBOOL(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_bool)
12615 #define TOPBOOL(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_bool)
12616 #define POPPTR(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_ptr)
12617 #define TOPPTR(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_ptr)
12618 #define POPDPTR(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_dptr)
12619 #define TOPDPTR(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_dptr)
12620 #define POPDXPTR(ss,ix) ((ss)[--(ix)].any_dxptr)
12621 #define TOPDXPTR(ss,ix) ((ss)[ix].any_dxptr)
12624 #define pv_dup_inc(p) SAVEPV(p)
12625 #define pv_dup(p) SAVEPV(p)
12626 #define svp_dup_inc(p,pp) any_dup(p,pp)
12628 /* map any object to the new equivent - either something in the
12629 * ptr table, or something in the interpreter structure
12633 Perl_any_dup(pTHX_ void *v, const PerlInterpreter *proto_perl)
12637 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_ANY_DUP;
12640 return (void*)NULL;
12642 /* look for it in the table first */
12643 ret = ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table, v);
12647 /* see if it is part of the interpreter structure */
12648 if (v >= (void*)proto_perl && v < (void*)(proto_perl+1))
12649 ret = (void*)(((char*)aTHX) + (((char*)v) - (char*)proto_perl));
12657 /* duplicate the save stack */
12660 Perl_ss_dup(pTHX_ PerlInterpreter *proto_perl, CLONE_PARAMS* param)
12663 ANY * const ss = proto_perl->Isavestack;
12664 const I32 max = proto_perl->Isavestack_max;
12665 I32 ix = proto_perl->Isavestack_ix;
12678 void (*dptr) (void*);
12679 void (*dxptr) (pTHX_ void*);
12681 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SS_DUP;
12683 Newxz(nss, max, ANY);
12686 const UV uv = POPUV(ss,ix);
12687 const U8 type = (U8)uv & SAVE_MASK;
12689 TOPUV(nss,ix) = uv;
12691 case SAVEt_CLEARSV:
12692 case SAVEt_CLEARPADRANGE:
12694 case SAVEt_HELEM: /* hash element */
12695 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12696 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12698 case SAVEt_ITEM: /* normal string */
12699 case SAVEt_GVSV: /* scalar slot in GV */
12700 case SAVEt_SV: /* scalar reference */
12701 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12702 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12705 case SAVEt_MORTALIZESV:
12706 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12707 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12709 case SAVEt_SHARED_PVREF: /* char* in shared space */
12710 c = (char*)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12711 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = savesharedpv(c);
12712 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12713 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12715 case SAVEt_GENERIC_SVREF: /* generic sv */
12716 case SAVEt_SVREF: /* scalar reference */
12717 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12718 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12719 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12720 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = svp_dup_inc((SV**)ptr, proto_perl);/* XXXXX */
12722 case SAVEt_GVSLOT: /* any slot in GV */
12723 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12724 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12725 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12726 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = svp_dup_inc((SV**)ptr, proto_perl);/* XXXXX */
12727 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12728 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12730 case SAVEt_HV: /* hash reference */
12731 case SAVEt_AV: /* array reference */
12732 sv = (const SV *) POPPTR(ss,ix);
12733 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12735 case SAVEt_COMPPAD:
12737 sv = (const SV *) POPPTR(ss,ix);
12738 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup(sv, param);
12740 case SAVEt_INT: /* int reference */
12741 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12742 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12743 intval = (int)POPINT(ss,ix);
12744 TOPINT(nss,ix) = intval;
12746 case SAVEt_LONG: /* long reference */
12747 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12748 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12749 longval = (long)POPLONG(ss,ix);
12750 TOPLONG(nss,ix) = longval;
12752 case SAVEt_I32: /* I32 reference */
12753 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12754 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12756 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12758 case SAVEt_IV: /* IV reference */
12759 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12760 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12762 TOPIV(nss,ix) = iv;
12764 case SAVEt_HPTR: /* HV* reference */
12765 case SAVEt_APTR: /* AV* reference */
12766 case SAVEt_SPTR: /* SV* reference */
12767 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12768 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12769 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12770 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup(sv, param);
12772 case SAVEt_VPTR: /* random* reference */
12773 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12774 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12776 case SAVEt_INT_SMALL:
12777 case SAVEt_I32_SMALL:
12778 case SAVEt_I16: /* I16 reference */
12779 case SAVEt_I8: /* I8 reference */
12781 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12782 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12784 case SAVEt_GENERIC_PVREF: /* generic char* */
12785 case SAVEt_PPTR: /* char* reference */
12786 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12787 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12788 c = (char*)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12789 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = pv_dup(c);
12791 case SAVEt_GP: /* scalar reference */
12792 gp = (GP*)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12793 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = gp = gp_dup(gp, param);
12794 (void)GpREFCNT_inc(gp);
12795 gv = (const GV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12796 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = gv_dup_inc(gv, param);
12799 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12800 if (ptr && (((OP*)ptr)->op_private & OPpREFCOUNTED)) {
12801 /* these are assumed to be refcounted properly */
12803 switch (((OP*)ptr)->op_type) {
12805 case OP_LEAVESUBLV:
12809 case OP_LEAVEWRITE:
12810 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = ptr;
12813 (void) OpREFCNT_inc(o);
12817 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = NULL;
12822 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = NULL;
12824 case SAVEt_FREECOPHH:
12825 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12826 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = cophh_copy((COPHH *)ptr);
12829 hv = (const HV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12830 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = hv_dup_inc(hv, param);
12832 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12835 c = (char*)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12836 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = pv_dup_inc(c);
12838 case SAVEt_STACK_POS: /* Position on Perl stack */
12840 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12842 case SAVEt_DESTRUCTOR:
12843 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12844 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl); /* XXX quite arbitrary */
12845 dptr = POPDPTR(ss,ix);
12846 TOPDPTR(nss,ix) = DPTR2FPTR(void (*)(void*),
12847 any_dup(FPTR2DPTR(void *, dptr),
12850 case SAVEt_DESTRUCTOR_X:
12851 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12852 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl); /* XXX quite arbitrary */
12853 dxptr = POPDXPTR(ss,ix);
12854 TOPDXPTR(nss,ix) = DPTR2FPTR(void (*)(pTHX_ void*),
12855 any_dup(FPTR2DPTR(void *, dxptr),
12858 case SAVEt_REGCONTEXT:
12860 ix -= uv >> SAVE_TIGHT_SHIFT;
12862 case SAVEt_AELEM: /* array element */
12863 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12864 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12866 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12867 av = (const AV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12868 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = av_dup_inc(av, param);
12871 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12872 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = ptr;
12875 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12876 ptr = cophh_copy((COPHH*)ptr);
12877 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = ptr;
12879 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12880 if (i & HINT_LOCALIZE_HH) {
12881 hv = (const HV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12882 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = hv_dup_inc(hv, param);
12885 case SAVEt_PADSV_AND_MORTALIZE:
12886 longval = (long)POPLONG(ss,ix);
12887 TOPLONG(nss,ix) = longval;
12888 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12889 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = any_dup(ptr, proto_perl);
12890 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12891 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup_inc(sv, param);
12893 case SAVEt_SET_SVFLAGS:
12895 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12897 TOPINT(nss,ix) = i;
12898 sv = (const SV *)POPPTR(ss,ix);
12899 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = sv_dup(sv, param);
12901 case SAVEt_RE_STATE:
12903 const struct re_save_state *const old_state
12904 = (struct re_save_state *)
12905 (ss + ix - SAVESTACK_ALLOC_FOR_RE_SAVE_STATE);
12906 struct re_save_state *const new_state
12907 = (struct re_save_state *)
12908 (nss + ix - SAVESTACK_ALLOC_FOR_RE_SAVE_STATE);
12910 Copy(old_state, new_state, 1, struct re_save_state);
12911 ix -= SAVESTACK_ALLOC_FOR_RE_SAVE_STATE;
12913 new_state->re_state_bostr
12914 = pv_dup(old_state->re_state_bostr);
12915 new_state->re_state_regeol
12916 = pv_dup(old_state->re_state_regeol);
12917 #ifdef PERL_ANY_COW
12918 new_state->re_state_nrs
12919 = sv_dup(old_state->re_state_nrs, param);
12921 new_state->re_state_reg_magic
12922 = (MAGIC*) any_dup(old_state->re_state_reg_magic,
12924 new_state->re_state_reg_oldcurpm
12925 = (PMOP*) any_dup(old_state->re_state_reg_oldcurpm,
12927 new_state->re_state_reg_curpm
12928 = (PMOP*) any_dup(old_state->re_state_reg_curpm,
12930 new_state->re_state_reg_oldsaved
12931 = pv_dup(old_state->re_state_reg_oldsaved);
12932 new_state->re_state_reg_poscache
12933 = pv_dup(old_state->re_state_reg_poscache);
12934 new_state->re_state_reg_starttry
12935 = pv_dup(old_state->re_state_reg_starttry);
12938 case SAVEt_COMPILE_WARNINGS:
12939 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12940 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = DUP_WARNINGS((STRLEN*)ptr);
12943 ptr = POPPTR(ss,ix);
12944 TOPPTR(nss,ix) = parser_dup((const yy_parser*)ptr, param);
12948 "panic: ss_dup inconsistency (%"IVdf")", (IV) type);
12956 /* if sv is a stash, call $class->CLONE_SKIP(), and set the SVphv_CLONEABLE
12957 * flag to the result. This is done for each stash before cloning starts,
12958 * so we know which stashes want their objects cloned */
12961 do_mark_cloneable_stash(pTHX_ SV *const sv)
12963 const HEK * const hvname = HvNAME_HEK((const HV *)sv);
12965 GV* const cloner = gv_fetchmethod_autoload(MUTABLE_HV(sv), "CLONE_SKIP", 0);
12966 SvFLAGS(sv) |= SVphv_CLONEABLE; /* clone objects by default */
12967 if (cloner && GvCV(cloner)) {
12974 mXPUSHs(newSVhek(hvname));
12976 call_sv(MUTABLE_SV(GvCV(cloner)), G_SCALAR);
12983 SvFLAGS(sv) &= ~SVphv_CLONEABLE;
12991 =for apidoc perl_clone
12993 Create and return a new interpreter by cloning the current one.
12995 perl_clone takes these flags as parameters:
12997 CLONEf_COPY_STACKS - is used to, well, copy the stacks also,
12998 without it we only clone the data and zero the stacks,
12999 with it we copy the stacks and the new perl interpreter is
13000 ready to run at the exact same point as the previous one.
13001 The pseudo-fork code uses COPY_STACKS while the
13002 threads->create doesn't.
13004 CLONEf_KEEP_PTR_TABLE -
13005 perl_clone keeps a ptr_table with the pointer of the old
13006 variable as a key and the new variable as a value,
13007 this allows it to check if something has been cloned and not
13008 clone it again but rather just use the value and increase the
13009 refcount. If KEEP_PTR_TABLE is not set then perl_clone will kill
13010 the ptr_table using the function
13011 C<ptr_table_free(PL_ptr_table); PL_ptr_table = NULL;>,
13012 reason to keep it around is if you want to dup some of your own
13013 variable who are outside the graph perl scans, example of this
13014 code is in threads.xs create.
13016 CLONEf_CLONE_HOST -
13017 This is a win32 thing, it is ignored on unix, it tells perls
13018 win32host code (which is c++) to clone itself, this is needed on
13019 win32 if you want to run two threads at the same time,
13020 if you just want to do some stuff in a separate perl interpreter
13021 and then throw it away and return to the original one,
13022 you don't need to do anything.
13027 /* XXX the above needs expanding by someone who actually understands it ! */
13028 EXTERN_C PerlInterpreter *
13029 perl_clone_host(PerlInterpreter* proto_perl, UV flags);
13032 perl_clone(PerlInterpreter *proto_perl, UV flags)
13035 #ifdef PERL_IMPLICIT_SYS
13037 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PERL_CLONE;
13039 /* perlhost.h so we need to call into it
13040 to clone the host, CPerlHost should have a c interface, sky */
13042 if (flags & CLONEf_CLONE_HOST) {
13043 return perl_clone_host(proto_perl,flags);
13045 return perl_clone_using(proto_perl, flags,
13047 proto_perl->IMemShared,
13048 proto_perl->IMemParse,
13050 proto_perl->IStdIO,
13054 proto_perl->IProc);
13058 perl_clone_using(PerlInterpreter *proto_perl, UV flags,
13059 struct IPerlMem* ipM, struct IPerlMem* ipMS,
13060 struct IPerlMem* ipMP, struct IPerlEnv* ipE,
13061 struct IPerlStdIO* ipStd, struct IPerlLIO* ipLIO,
13062 struct IPerlDir* ipD, struct IPerlSock* ipS,
13063 struct IPerlProc* ipP)
13065 /* XXX many of the string copies here can be optimized if they're
13066 * constants; they need to be allocated as common memory and just
13067 * their pointers copied. */
13070 CLONE_PARAMS clone_params;
13071 CLONE_PARAMS* const param = &clone_params;
13073 PerlInterpreter * const my_perl = (PerlInterpreter*)(*ipM->pMalloc)(ipM, sizeof(PerlInterpreter));
13075 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PERL_CLONE_USING;
13076 #else /* !PERL_IMPLICIT_SYS */
13078 CLONE_PARAMS clone_params;
13079 CLONE_PARAMS* param = &clone_params;
13080 PerlInterpreter * const my_perl = (PerlInterpreter*)PerlMem_malloc(sizeof(PerlInterpreter));
13082 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_PERL_CLONE;
13083 #endif /* PERL_IMPLICIT_SYS */
13085 /* for each stash, determine whether its objects should be cloned */
13086 S_visit(proto_perl, do_mark_cloneable_stash, SVt_PVHV, SVTYPEMASK);
13087 PERL_SET_THX(my_perl);
13090 PoisonNew(my_perl, 1, PerlInterpreter);
13093 PL_defstash = NULL; /* may be used by perl malloc() */
13096 PL_scopestack_name = 0;
13098 PL_savestack_ix = 0;
13099 PL_savestack_max = -1;
13100 PL_sig_pending = 0;
13102 Zero(&PL_debug_pad, 1, struct perl_debug_pad);
13103 # ifdef DEBUG_LEAKING_SCALARS
13104 PL_sv_serial = (((UV)my_perl >> 2) & 0xfff) * 1000000;
13106 #else /* !DEBUGGING */
13107 Zero(my_perl, 1, PerlInterpreter);
13108 #endif /* DEBUGGING */
13110 #ifdef PERL_IMPLICIT_SYS
13111 /* host pointers */
13113 PL_MemShared = ipMS;
13114 PL_MemParse = ipMP;
13121 #endif /* PERL_IMPLICIT_SYS */
13124 param->flags = flags;
13125 /* Nothing in the core code uses this, but we make it available to
13126 extensions (using mg_dup). */
13127 param->proto_perl = proto_perl;
13128 /* Likely nothing will use this, but it is initialised to be consistent
13129 with Perl_clone_params_new(). */
13130 param->new_perl = my_perl;
13131 param->unreferenced = NULL;
13134 INIT_TRACK_MEMPOOL(my_perl->Imemory_debug_header, my_perl);
13136 PL_body_arenas = NULL;
13137 Zero(&PL_body_roots, 1, PL_body_roots);
13140 PL_sv_objcount = 0;
13142 PL_sv_arenaroot = NULL;
13144 PL_debug = proto_perl->Idebug;
13146 /* dbargs array probably holds garbage */
13149 PL_compiling = proto_perl->Icompiling;
13151 /* pseudo environmental stuff */
13152 PL_origargc = proto_perl->Iorigargc;
13153 PL_origargv = proto_perl->Iorigargv;
13155 #if !NO_TAINT_SUPPORT
13156 /* Set tainting stuff before PerlIO_debug can possibly get called */
13157 PL_tainting = proto_perl->Itainting;
13158 PL_taint_warn = proto_perl->Itaint_warn;
13160 PL_tainting = FALSE;
13161 PL_taint_warn = FALSE;
13164 PL_minus_c = proto_perl->Iminus_c;
13166 PL_localpatches = proto_perl->Ilocalpatches;
13167 PL_splitstr = proto_perl->Isplitstr;
13168 PL_minus_n = proto_perl->Iminus_n;
13169 PL_minus_p = proto_perl->Iminus_p;
13170 PL_minus_l = proto_perl->Iminus_l;
13171 PL_minus_a = proto_perl->Iminus_a;
13172 PL_minus_E = proto_perl->Iminus_E;
13173 PL_minus_F = proto_perl->Iminus_F;
13174 PL_doswitches = proto_perl->Idoswitches;
13175 PL_dowarn = proto_perl->Idowarn;
13176 #ifdef PERL_SAWAMPERSAND
13177 PL_sawampersand = proto_perl->Isawampersand;
13179 PL_unsafe = proto_perl->Iunsafe;
13180 PL_perldb = proto_perl->Iperldb;
13181 PL_perl_destruct_level = proto_perl->Iperl_destruct_level;
13182 PL_exit_flags = proto_perl->Iexit_flags;
13184 /* XXX time(&PL_basetime) when asked for? */
13185 PL_basetime = proto_perl->Ibasetime;
13187 PL_maxsysfd = proto_perl->Imaxsysfd;
13188 PL_statusvalue = proto_perl->Istatusvalue;
13190 PL_statusvalue_vms = proto_perl->Istatusvalue_vms;
13192 PL_statusvalue_posix = proto_perl->Istatusvalue_posix;
13195 /* RE engine related */
13196 Zero(&PL_reg_state, 1, struct re_save_state);
13197 PL_regmatch_slab = NULL;
13199 PL_sub_generation = proto_perl->Isub_generation;
13201 /* funky return mechanisms */
13202 PL_forkprocess = proto_perl->Iforkprocess;
13204 /* internal state */
13205 PL_maxo = proto_perl->Imaxo;
13207 PL_main_start = proto_perl->Imain_start;
13208 PL_eval_root = proto_perl->Ieval_root;
13209 PL_eval_start = proto_perl->Ieval_start;
13211 PL_filemode = proto_perl->Ifilemode;
13212 PL_lastfd = proto_perl->Ilastfd;
13213 PL_oldname = proto_perl->Ioldname; /* XXX not quite right */
13216 PL_gensym = proto_perl->Igensym;
13218 PL_laststatval = proto_perl->Ilaststatval;
13219 PL_laststype = proto_perl->Ilaststype;
13222 PL_profiledata = NULL;
13224 PL_generation = proto_perl->Igeneration;
13226 PL_in_clean_objs = proto_perl->Iin_clean_objs;
13227 PL_in_clean_all = proto_perl->Iin_clean_all;
13229 PL_delaymagic_uid = proto_perl->Idelaymagic_uid;
13230 PL_delaymagic_euid = proto_perl->Idelaymagic_euid;
13231 PL_delaymagic_gid = proto_perl->Idelaymagic_gid;
13232 PL_delaymagic_egid = proto_perl->Idelaymagic_egid;
13233 PL_nomemok = proto_perl->Inomemok;
13234 PL_an = proto_perl->Ian;
13235 PL_evalseq = proto_perl->Ievalseq;
13236 PL_origenviron = proto_perl->Iorigenviron; /* XXX not quite right */
13237 PL_origalen = proto_perl->Iorigalen;
13239 PL_sighandlerp = proto_perl->Isighandlerp;
13241 PL_runops = proto_perl->Irunops;
13243 PL_subline = proto_perl->Isubline;
13246 PL_cryptseen = proto_perl->Icryptseen;
13249 PL_hints = proto_perl->Ihints;
13251 #ifdef USE_LOCALE_COLLATE
13252 PL_collation_ix = proto_perl->Icollation_ix;
13253 PL_collation_standard = proto_perl->Icollation_standard;
13254 PL_collxfrm_base = proto_perl->Icollxfrm_base;
13255 PL_collxfrm_mult = proto_perl->Icollxfrm_mult;
13256 #endif /* USE_LOCALE_COLLATE */
13258 #ifdef USE_LOCALE_NUMERIC
13259 PL_numeric_standard = proto_perl->Inumeric_standard;
13260 PL_numeric_local = proto_perl->Inumeric_local;
13261 #endif /* !USE_LOCALE_NUMERIC */
13263 /* Did the locale setup indicate UTF-8? */
13264 PL_utf8locale = proto_perl->Iutf8locale;
13265 /* Unicode features (see perlrun/-C) */
13266 PL_unicode = proto_perl->Iunicode;
13268 /* Pre-5.8 signals control */
13269 PL_signals = proto_perl->Isignals;
13271 /* times() ticks per second */
13272 PL_clocktick = proto_perl->Iclocktick;
13274 /* Recursion stopper for PerlIO_find_layer */
13275 PL_in_load_module = proto_perl->Iin_load_module;
13277 /* sort() routine */
13278 PL_sort_RealCmp = proto_perl->Isort_RealCmp;
13280 /* Not really needed/useful since the reenrant_retint is "volatile",
13281 * but do it for consistency's sake. */
13282 PL_reentrant_retint = proto_perl->Ireentrant_retint;
13284 /* Hooks to shared SVs and locks. */
13285 PL_sharehook = proto_perl->Isharehook;
13286 PL_lockhook = proto_perl->Ilockhook;
13287 PL_unlockhook = proto_perl->Iunlockhook;
13288 PL_threadhook = proto_perl->Ithreadhook;
13289 PL_destroyhook = proto_perl->Idestroyhook;
13290 PL_signalhook = proto_perl->Isignalhook;
13292 PL_globhook = proto_perl->Iglobhook;
13295 PL_last_swash_hv = NULL; /* reinits on demand */
13296 PL_last_swash_klen = 0;
13297 PL_last_swash_key[0]= '\0';
13298 PL_last_swash_tmps = (U8*)NULL;
13299 PL_last_swash_slen = 0;
13301 PL_srand_called = proto_perl->Isrand_called;
13303 if (flags & CLONEf_COPY_STACKS) {
13304 /* next allocation will be PL_tmps_stack[PL_tmps_ix+1] */
13305 PL_tmps_ix = proto_perl->Itmps_ix;
13306 PL_tmps_max = proto_perl->Itmps_max;
13307 PL_tmps_floor = proto_perl->Itmps_floor;
13309 /* next push_scope()/ENTER sets PL_scopestack[PL_scopestack_ix]
13310 * NOTE: unlike the others! */
13311 PL_scopestack_ix = proto_perl->Iscopestack_ix;
13312 PL_scopestack_max = proto_perl->Iscopestack_max;
13314 /* next SSPUSHFOO() sets PL_savestack[PL_savestack_ix]
13315 * NOTE: unlike the others! */
13316 PL_savestack_ix = proto_perl->Isavestack_ix;
13317 PL_savestack_max = proto_perl->Isavestack_max;
13320 PL_start_env = proto_perl->Istart_env; /* XXXXXX */
13321 PL_top_env = &PL_start_env;
13323 PL_op = proto_perl->Iop;
13326 PL_Xpv = (XPV*)NULL;
13327 my_perl->Ina = proto_perl->Ina;
13329 PL_statbuf = proto_perl->Istatbuf;
13330 PL_statcache = proto_perl->Istatcache;
13333 PL_timesbuf = proto_perl->Itimesbuf;
13336 #if !NO_TAINT_SUPPORT
13337 PL_tainted = proto_perl->Itainted;
13339 PL_tainted = FALSE;
13341 PL_curpm = proto_perl->Icurpm; /* XXX No PMOP ref count */
13343 PL_chopset = proto_perl->Ichopset; /* XXX never deallocated */
13345 PL_restartjmpenv = proto_perl->Irestartjmpenv;
13346 PL_restartop = proto_perl->Irestartop;
13347 PL_in_eval = proto_perl->Iin_eval;
13348 PL_delaymagic = proto_perl->Idelaymagic;
13349 PL_phase = proto_perl->Iphase;
13350 PL_localizing = proto_perl->Ilocalizing;
13352 PL_hv_fetch_ent_mh = NULL;
13353 PL_modcount = proto_perl->Imodcount;
13354 PL_lastgotoprobe = NULL;
13355 PL_dumpindent = proto_perl->Idumpindent;
13357 PL_efloatbuf = NULL; /* reinits on demand */
13358 PL_efloatsize = 0; /* reinits on demand */
13362 PL_regdummy = proto_perl->Iregdummy;
13363 PL_colorset = 0; /* reinits PL_colors[] */
13364 /*PL_colors[6] = {0,0,0,0,0,0};*/
13366 /* Pluggable optimizer */
13367 PL_peepp = proto_perl->Ipeepp;
13368 PL_rpeepp = proto_perl->Irpeepp;
13369 /* op_free() hook */
13370 PL_opfreehook = proto_perl->Iopfreehook;
13372 #ifdef USE_REENTRANT_API
13373 /* XXX: things like -Dm will segfault here in perlio, but doing
13374 * PERL_SET_CONTEXT(proto_perl);
13375 * breaks too many other things
13377 Perl_reentrant_init(aTHX);
13380 /* create SV map for pointer relocation */
13381 PL_ptr_table = ptr_table_new();
13383 /* initialize these special pointers as early as possible */
13385 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, &proto_perl->Isv_undef, &PL_sv_undef);
13386 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, &proto_perl->Isv_no, &PL_sv_no);
13387 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, &proto_perl->Isv_yes, &PL_sv_yes);
13389 /* create (a non-shared!) shared string table */
13390 PL_strtab = newHV();
13391 HvSHAREKEYS_off(PL_strtab);
13392 hv_ksplit(PL_strtab, HvTOTALKEYS(proto_perl->Istrtab));
13393 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, proto_perl->Istrtab, PL_strtab);
13395 /* This PV will be free'd special way so must set it same way op.c does */
13396 PL_compiling.cop_file = savesharedpv(PL_compiling.cop_file);
13397 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, proto_perl->Icompiling.cop_file, PL_compiling.cop_file);
13399 ptr_table_store(PL_ptr_table, &proto_perl->Icompiling, &PL_compiling);
13400 PL_compiling.cop_warnings = DUP_WARNINGS(PL_compiling.cop_warnings);
13401 CopHINTHASH_set(&PL_compiling, cophh_copy(CopHINTHASH_get(&PL_compiling)));
13402 PL_curcop = (COP*)any_dup(proto_perl->Icurcop, proto_perl);
13404 param->stashes = newAV(); /* Setup array of objects to call clone on */
13405 /* This makes no difference to the implementation, as it always pushes
13406 and shifts pointers to other SVs without changing their reference
13407 count, with the array becoming empty before it is freed. However, it
13408 makes it conceptually clear what is going on, and will avoid some
13409 work inside av.c, filling slots between AvFILL() and AvMAX() with
13410 &PL_sv_undef, and SvREFCNT_dec()ing those. */
13411 AvREAL_off(param->stashes);
13413 if (!(flags & CLONEf_COPY_STACKS)) {
13414 param->unreferenced = newAV();
13417 #ifdef PERLIO_LAYERS
13418 /* Clone PerlIO tables as soon as we can handle general xx_dup() */
13419 PerlIO_clone(aTHX_ proto_perl, param);
13422 PL_envgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Ienvgv, param);
13423 PL_incgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Iincgv, param);
13424 PL_hintgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Ihintgv, param);
13425 PL_origfilename = SAVEPV(proto_perl->Iorigfilename);
13426 PL_diehook = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Idiehook, param);
13427 PL_warnhook = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iwarnhook, param);
13430 PL_patchlevel = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ipatchlevel, param);
13431 PL_apiversion = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iapiversion, param);
13432 PL_inplace = SAVEPV(proto_perl->Iinplace);
13433 PL_e_script = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ie_script, param);
13435 /* magical thingies */
13437 PL_encoding = sv_dup(proto_perl->Iencoding, param);
13439 sv_setpvs(PERL_DEBUG_PAD(0), ""); /* For regex debugging. */
13440 sv_setpvs(PERL_DEBUG_PAD(1), ""); /* ext/re needs these */
13441 sv_setpvs(PERL_DEBUG_PAD(2), ""); /* even without DEBUGGING. */
13444 /* Clone the regex array */
13445 /* ORANGE FIXME for plugins, probably in the SV dup code.
13446 newSViv(PTR2IV(CALLREGDUPE(
13447 INT2PTR(REGEXP *, SvIVX(regex)), param))))
13449 PL_regex_padav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iregex_padav, param);
13450 PL_regex_pad = AvARRAY(PL_regex_padav);
13452 PL_stashpadmax = proto_perl->Istashpadmax;
13453 PL_stashpadix = proto_perl->Istashpadix ;
13454 Newx(PL_stashpad, PL_stashpadmax, HV *);
13457 for (; o < PL_stashpadmax; ++o)
13458 PL_stashpad[o] = hv_dup(proto_perl->Istashpad[o], param);
13461 /* shortcuts to various I/O objects */
13462 PL_ofsgv = gv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iofsgv, param);
13463 PL_stdingv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Istdingv, param);
13464 PL_stderrgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Istderrgv, param);
13465 PL_defgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Idefgv, param);
13466 PL_argvgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Iargvgv, param);
13467 PL_argvoutgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Iargvoutgv, param);
13468 PL_argvout_stack = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iargvout_stack, param);
13470 /* shortcuts to regexp stuff */
13471 PL_replgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Ireplgv, param);
13473 /* shortcuts to misc objects */
13474 PL_errgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Ierrgv, param);
13476 /* shortcuts to debugging objects */
13477 PL_DBgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->IDBgv, param);
13478 PL_DBline = gv_dup(proto_perl->IDBline, param);
13479 PL_DBsub = gv_dup(proto_perl->IDBsub, param);
13480 PL_DBsingle = sv_dup(proto_perl->IDBsingle, param);
13481 PL_DBtrace = sv_dup(proto_perl->IDBtrace, param);
13482 PL_DBsignal = sv_dup(proto_perl->IDBsignal, param);
13484 /* symbol tables */
13485 PL_defstash = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Idefstash, param);
13486 PL_curstash = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icurstash, param);
13487 PL_debstash = hv_dup(proto_perl->Idebstash, param);
13488 PL_globalstash = hv_dup(proto_perl->Iglobalstash, param);
13489 PL_curstname = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icurstname, param);
13491 PL_beginav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ibeginav, param);
13492 PL_beginav_save = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ibeginav_save, param);
13493 PL_checkav_save = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icheckav_save, param);
13494 PL_unitcheckav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iunitcheckav, param);
13495 PL_unitcheckav_save = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iunitcheckav_save, param);
13496 PL_endav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iendav, param);
13497 PL_checkav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icheckav, param);
13498 PL_initav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iinitav, param);
13500 PL_isarev = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iisarev, param);
13502 /* subprocess state */
13503 PL_fdpid = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ifdpid, param);
13505 if (proto_perl->Iop_mask)
13506 PL_op_mask = SAVEPVN(proto_perl->Iop_mask, PL_maxo);
13509 /* PL_asserting = proto_perl->Iasserting; */
13511 /* current interpreter roots */
13512 PL_main_cv = cv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Imain_cv, param);
13514 PL_main_root = OpREFCNT_inc(proto_perl->Imain_root);
13517 /* runtime control stuff */
13518 PL_curcopdb = (COP*)any_dup(proto_perl->Icurcopdb, proto_perl);
13520 PL_preambleav = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ipreambleav, param);
13522 PL_ors_sv = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iors_sv, param);
13524 /* interpreter atexit processing */
13525 PL_exitlistlen = proto_perl->Iexitlistlen;
13526 if (PL_exitlistlen) {
13527 Newx(PL_exitlist, PL_exitlistlen, PerlExitListEntry);
13528 Copy(proto_perl->Iexitlist, PL_exitlist, PL_exitlistlen, PerlExitListEntry);
13531 PL_exitlist = (PerlExitListEntry*)NULL;
13533 PL_my_cxt_size = proto_perl->Imy_cxt_size;
13534 if (PL_my_cxt_size) {
13535 Newx(PL_my_cxt_list, PL_my_cxt_size, void *);
13536 Copy(proto_perl->Imy_cxt_list, PL_my_cxt_list, PL_my_cxt_size, void *);
13537 #ifdef PERL_GLOBAL_STRUCT_PRIVATE
13538 Newx(PL_my_cxt_keys, PL_my_cxt_size, const char *);
13539 Copy(proto_perl->Imy_cxt_keys, PL_my_cxt_keys, PL_my_cxt_size, char *);
13543 PL_my_cxt_list = (void**)NULL;
13544 #ifdef PERL_GLOBAL_STRUCT_PRIVATE
13545 PL_my_cxt_keys = (const char**)NULL;
13548 PL_modglobal = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Imodglobal, param);
13549 PL_custom_op_names = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icustom_op_names,param);
13550 PL_custom_op_descs = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icustom_op_descs,param);
13551 PL_custom_ops = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Icustom_ops, param);
13553 PL_compcv = cv_dup(proto_perl->Icompcv, param);
13555 PAD_CLONE_VARS(proto_perl, param);
13557 #ifdef HAVE_INTERP_INTERN
13558 sys_intern_dup(&proto_perl->Isys_intern, &PL_sys_intern);
13561 PL_DBcv = cv_dup(proto_perl->IDBcv, param);
13563 #ifdef PERL_USES_PL_PIDSTATUS
13564 PL_pidstatus = newHV(); /* XXX flag for cloning? */
13566 PL_osname = SAVEPV(proto_perl->Iosname);
13567 PL_parser = parser_dup(proto_perl->Iparser, param);
13569 /* XXX this only works if the saved cop has already been cloned */
13570 if (proto_perl->Iparser) {
13571 PL_parser->saved_curcop = (COP*)any_dup(
13572 proto_perl->Iparser->saved_curcop,
13576 PL_subname = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Isubname, param);
13578 #ifdef USE_LOCALE_COLLATE
13579 PL_collation_name = SAVEPV(proto_perl->Icollation_name);
13580 #endif /* USE_LOCALE_COLLATE */
13582 #ifdef USE_LOCALE_NUMERIC
13583 PL_numeric_name = SAVEPV(proto_perl->Inumeric_name);
13584 PL_numeric_radix_sv = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Inumeric_radix_sv, param);
13585 #endif /* !USE_LOCALE_NUMERIC */
13587 /* Unicode inversion lists */
13588 PL_ASCII = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IASCII, param);
13589 PL_Latin1 = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->ILatin1, param);
13590 PL_L1Cased = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IL1Cased, param);
13592 PL_NonL1NonFinalFold = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->INonL1NonFinalFold, param);
13593 PL_HasMultiCharFold= sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IHasMultiCharFold, param);
13595 /* utf8 character class swashes */
13596 for (i = 0; i < POSIX_SWASH_COUNT; i++) {
13597 PL_utf8_swash_ptrs[i] = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_swash_ptrs[i], param);
13599 for (i = 0; i < POSIX_CC_COUNT; i++) {
13600 PL_Posix_ptrs[i] = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IPosix_ptrs[i], param);
13601 PL_L1Posix_ptrs[i] = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IL1Posix_ptrs[i], param);
13602 PL_XPosix_ptrs[i] = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IXPosix_ptrs[i], param);
13604 PL_utf8_mark = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_mark, param);
13605 PL_utf8_X_regular_begin = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_X_regular_begin, param);
13606 PL_utf8_X_extend = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_X_extend, param);
13607 PL_utf8_toupper = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_toupper, param);
13608 PL_utf8_totitle = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_totitle, param);
13609 PL_utf8_tolower = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_tolower, param);
13610 PL_utf8_tofold = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_tofold, param);
13611 PL_utf8_idstart = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_idstart, param);
13612 PL_utf8_xidstart = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_xidstart, param);
13613 PL_utf8_perl_idstart = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_perl_idstart, param);
13614 PL_utf8_perl_idcont = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_perl_idcont, param);
13615 PL_utf8_idcont = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_idcont, param);
13616 PL_utf8_xidcont = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_xidcont, param);
13617 PL_utf8_foldable = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_foldable, param);
13618 PL_utf8_charname_begin = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_charname_begin, param);
13619 PL_utf8_charname_continue = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_charname_continue, param);
13620 PL_ASCII = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IASCII, param);
13621 PL_AboveLatin1 = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->IAboveLatin1, param);
13622 PL_Latin1 = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->ILatin1, param);
13624 if (proto_perl->Ipsig_pend) {
13625 Newxz(PL_psig_pend, SIG_SIZE, int);
13628 PL_psig_pend = (int*)NULL;
13631 if (proto_perl->Ipsig_name) {
13632 Newx(PL_psig_name, 2 * SIG_SIZE, SV*);
13633 sv_dup_inc_multiple(proto_perl->Ipsig_name, PL_psig_name, 2 * SIG_SIZE,
13635 PL_psig_ptr = PL_psig_name + SIG_SIZE;
13638 PL_psig_ptr = (SV**)NULL;
13639 PL_psig_name = (SV**)NULL;
13642 if (flags & CLONEf_COPY_STACKS) {
13643 Newx(PL_tmps_stack, PL_tmps_max, SV*);
13644 sv_dup_inc_multiple(proto_perl->Itmps_stack, PL_tmps_stack,
13645 PL_tmps_ix+1, param);
13647 /* next PUSHMARK() sets *(PL_markstack_ptr+1) */
13648 i = proto_perl->Imarkstack_max - proto_perl->Imarkstack;
13649 Newxz(PL_markstack, i, I32);
13650 PL_markstack_max = PL_markstack + (proto_perl->Imarkstack_max
13651 - proto_perl->Imarkstack);
13652 PL_markstack_ptr = PL_markstack + (proto_perl->Imarkstack_ptr
13653 - proto_perl->Imarkstack);
13654 Copy(proto_perl->Imarkstack, PL_markstack,
13655 PL_markstack_ptr - PL_markstack + 1, I32);
13657 /* next push_scope()/ENTER sets PL_scopestack[PL_scopestack_ix]
13658 * NOTE: unlike the others! */
13659 Newxz(PL_scopestack, PL_scopestack_max, I32);
13660 Copy(proto_perl->Iscopestack, PL_scopestack, PL_scopestack_ix, I32);
13663 Newxz(PL_scopestack_name, PL_scopestack_max, const char *);
13664 Copy(proto_perl->Iscopestack_name, PL_scopestack_name, PL_scopestack_ix, const char *);
13666 /* reset stack AV to correct length before its duped via
13667 * PL_curstackinfo */
13668 AvFILLp(proto_perl->Icurstack) =
13669 proto_perl->Istack_sp - proto_perl->Istack_base;
13671 /* NOTE: si_dup() looks at PL_markstack */
13672 PL_curstackinfo = si_dup(proto_perl->Icurstackinfo, param);
13674 /* PL_curstack = PL_curstackinfo->si_stack; */
13675 PL_curstack = av_dup(proto_perl->Icurstack, param);
13676 PL_mainstack = av_dup(proto_perl->Imainstack, param);
13678 /* next PUSHs() etc. set *(PL_stack_sp+1) */
13679 PL_stack_base = AvARRAY(PL_curstack);
13680 PL_stack_sp = PL_stack_base + (proto_perl->Istack_sp
13681 - proto_perl->Istack_base);
13682 PL_stack_max = PL_stack_base + AvMAX(PL_curstack);
13684 /*Newxz(PL_savestack, PL_savestack_max, ANY);*/
13685 PL_savestack = ss_dup(proto_perl, param);
13689 ENTER; /* perl_destruct() wants to LEAVE; */
13692 PL_statgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Istatgv, param);
13693 PL_statname = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Istatname, param);
13695 PL_rs = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Irs, param);
13696 PL_last_in_gv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Ilast_in_gv, param);
13697 PL_defoutgv = gv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Idefoutgv, param);
13698 PL_toptarget = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Itoptarget, param);
13699 PL_bodytarget = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ibodytarget, param);
13700 PL_formtarget = sv_dup(proto_perl->Iformtarget, param);
13702 PL_errors = sv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Ierrors, param);
13704 PL_sortcop = (OP*)any_dup(proto_perl->Isortcop, proto_perl);
13705 PL_sortstash = hv_dup(proto_perl->Isortstash, param);
13706 PL_firstgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Ifirstgv, param);
13707 PL_secondgv = gv_dup(proto_perl->Isecondgv, param);
13709 PL_stashcache = newHV();
13711 PL_watchaddr = (char **) ptr_table_fetch(PL_ptr_table,
13712 proto_perl->Iwatchaddr);
13713 PL_watchok = PL_watchaddr ? * PL_watchaddr : NULL;
13714 if (PL_debug && PL_watchaddr) {
13715 PerlIO_printf(Perl_debug_log,
13716 "WATCHING: %"UVxf" cloned as %"UVxf" with value %"UVxf"\n",
13717 PTR2UV(proto_perl->Iwatchaddr), PTR2UV(PL_watchaddr),
13718 PTR2UV(PL_watchok));
13721 PL_registered_mros = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iregistered_mros, param);
13722 PL_blockhooks = av_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iblockhooks, param);
13723 PL_utf8_foldclosures = hv_dup_inc(proto_perl->Iutf8_foldclosures, param);
13725 /* Call the ->CLONE method, if it exists, for each of the stashes
13726 identified by sv_dup() above.
13728 while(av_len(param->stashes) != -1) {
13729 HV* const stash = MUTABLE_HV(av_shift(param->stashes));
13730 GV* const cloner = gv_fetchmethod_autoload(stash, "CLONE", 0);
13731 if (cloner && GvCV(cloner)) {
13736 mXPUSHs(newSVhek(HvNAME_HEK(stash)));
13738 call_sv(MUTABLE_SV(GvCV(cloner)), G_DISCARD);
13744 if (!(flags & CLONEf_KEEP_PTR_TABLE)) {
13745 ptr_table_free(PL_ptr_table);
13746 PL_ptr_table = NULL;
13749 if (!(flags & CLONEf_COPY_STACKS)) {
13750 unreferenced_to_tmp_stack(param->unreferenced);
13753 SvREFCNT_dec(param->stashes);
13755 /* orphaned? eg threads->new inside BEGIN or use */
13756 if (PL_compcv && ! SvREFCNT(PL_compcv)) {
13757 SvREFCNT_inc_simple_void(PL_compcv);
13758 SAVEFREESV(PL_compcv);
13765 S_unreferenced_to_tmp_stack(pTHX_ AV *const unreferenced)
13767 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_UNREFERENCED_TO_TMP_STACK;
13769 if (AvFILLp(unreferenced) > -1) {
13770 SV **svp = AvARRAY(unreferenced);
13771 SV **const last = svp + AvFILLp(unreferenced);
13775 if (SvREFCNT(*svp) == 1)
13777 } while (++svp <= last);
13779 EXTEND_MORTAL(count);
13780 svp = AvARRAY(unreferenced);
13783 if (SvREFCNT(*svp) == 1) {
13784 /* Our reference is the only one to this SV. This means that
13785 in this thread, the scalar effectively has a 0 reference.
13786 That doesn't work (cleanup never happens), so donate our
13787 reference to it onto the save stack. */
13788 PL_tmps_stack[++PL_tmps_ix] = *svp;
13790 /* As an optimisation, because we are already walking the
13791 entire array, instead of above doing either
13792 SvREFCNT_inc(*svp) or *svp = &PL_sv_undef, we can instead
13793 release our reference to the scalar, so that at the end of
13794 the array owns zero references to the scalars it happens to
13795 point to. We are effectively converting the array from
13796 AvREAL() on to AvREAL() off. This saves the av_clear()
13797 (triggered by the SvREFCNT_dec(unreferenced) below) from
13798 walking the array a second time. */
13799 SvREFCNT_dec(*svp);
13802 } while (++svp <= last);
13803 AvREAL_off(unreferenced);
13805 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(unreferenced);
13809 Perl_clone_params_del(CLONE_PARAMS *param)
13811 /* This seemingly funky ordering keeps the build with PERL_GLOBAL_STRUCT
13813 PerlInterpreter *const to = param->new_perl;
13815 PerlInterpreter *const was = PERL_GET_THX;
13817 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CLONE_PARAMS_DEL;
13823 SvREFCNT_dec(param->stashes);
13824 if (param->unreferenced)
13825 unreferenced_to_tmp_stack(param->unreferenced);
13835 Perl_clone_params_new(PerlInterpreter *const from, PerlInterpreter *const to)
13838 /* Need to play this game, as newAV() can call safesysmalloc(), and that
13839 does a dTHX; to get the context from thread local storage.
13840 FIXME - under PERL_CORE Newx(), Safefree() and friends should expand to
13841 a version that passes in my_perl. */
13842 PerlInterpreter *const was = PERL_GET_THX;
13843 CLONE_PARAMS *param;
13845 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_CLONE_PARAMS_NEW;
13851 /* Given that we've set the context, we can do this unshared. */
13852 Newx(param, 1, CLONE_PARAMS);
13855 param->proto_perl = from;
13856 param->new_perl = to;
13857 param->stashes = (AV *)Perl_newSV_type(to, SVt_PVAV);
13858 AvREAL_off(param->stashes);
13859 param->unreferenced = (AV *)Perl_newSV_type(to, SVt_PVAV);
13867 #endif /* USE_ITHREADS */
13870 Perl_init_constants(pTHX)
13872 SvREFCNT(&PL_sv_undef) = SvREFCNT_IMMORTAL;
13873 SvFLAGS(&PL_sv_undef) = SVf_READONLY|SVt_NULL;
13874 SvANY(&PL_sv_undef) = NULL;
13876 SvANY(&PL_sv_no) = new_XPVNV();
13877 SvREFCNT(&PL_sv_no) = SvREFCNT_IMMORTAL;
13878 SvFLAGS(&PL_sv_no) = SVt_PVNV|SVf_READONLY
13879 |SVp_IOK|SVf_IOK|SVp_NOK|SVf_NOK
13882 SvANY(&PL_sv_yes) = new_XPVNV();
13883 SvREFCNT(&PL_sv_yes) = SvREFCNT_IMMORTAL;
13884 SvFLAGS(&PL_sv_yes) = SVt_PVNV|SVf_READONLY
13885 |SVp_IOK|SVf_IOK|SVp_NOK|SVf_NOK
13888 SvPV_set(&PL_sv_no, (char*)PL_No);
13889 SvCUR_set(&PL_sv_no, 0);
13890 SvLEN_set(&PL_sv_no, 0);
13891 SvIV_set(&PL_sv_no, 0);
13892 SvNV_set(&PL_sv_no, 0);
13894 SvPV_set(&PL_sv_yes, (char*)PL_Yes);
13895 SvCUR_set(&PL_sv_yes, 1);
13896 SvLEN_set(&PL_sv_yes, 0);
13897 SvIV_set(&PL_sv_yes, 1);
13898 SvNV_set(&PL_sv_yes, 1);
13902 =head1 Unicode Support
13904 =for apidoc sv_recode_to_utf8
13906 The encoding is assumed to be an Encode object, on entry the PV
13907 of the sv is assumed to be octets in that encoding, and the sv
13908 will be converted into Unicode (and UTF-8).
13910 If the sv already is UTF-8 (or if it is not POK), or if the encoding
13911 is not a reference, nothing is done to the sv. If the encoding is not
13912 an C<Encode::XS> Encoding object, bad things will happen.
13913 (See F<lib/encoding.pm> and L<Encode>.)
13915 The PV of the sv is returned.
13920 Perl_sv_recode_to_utf8(pTHX_ SV *sv, SV *encoding)
13924 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_RECODE_TO_UTF8;
13926 if (SvPOK(sv) && !SvUTF8(sv) && !IN_BYTES && SvROK(encoding)) {
13940 Passing sv_yes is wrong - it needs to be or'ed set of constants
13941 for Encode::XS, while UTf-8 decode (currently) assumes a true value means
13942 remove converted chars from source.
13944 Both will default the value - let them.
13946 XPUSHs(&PL_sv_yes);
13949 call_method("decode", G_SCALAR);
13953 s = SvPV_const(uni, len);
13954 if (s != SvPVX_const(sv)) {
13955 SvGROW(sv, len + 1);
13956 Move(s, SvPVX(sv), len + 1, char);
13957 SvCUR_set(sv, len);
13961 if (SvTYPE(sv) >= SVt_PVMG && SvMAGIC(sv)) {
13962 /* clear pos and any utf8 cache */
13963 MAGIC * mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_regex_global);
13966 if ((mg = mg_find(sv, PERL_MAGIC_utf8)))
13967 magic_setutf8(sv,mg); /* clear UTF8 cache */
13972 return SvPOKp(sv) ? SvPVX(sv) : NULL;
13976 =for apidoc sv_cat_decode
13978 The encoding is assumed to be an Encode object, the PV of the ssv is
13979 assumed to be octets in that encoding and decoding the input starts
13980 from the position which (PV + *offset) pointed to. The dsv will be
13981 concatenated the decoded UTF-8 string from ssv. Decoding will terminate
13982 when the string tstr appears in decoding output or the input ends on
13983 the PV of the ssv. The value which the offset points will be modified
13984 to the last input position on the ssv.
13986 Returns TRUE if the terminator was found, else returns FALSE.
13991 Perl_sv_cat_decode(pTHX_ SV *dsv, SV *encoding,
13992 SV *ssv, int *offset, char *tstr, int tlen)
13997 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_SV_CAT_DECODE;
13999 if (SvPOK(ssv) && SvPOK(dsv) && SvROK(encoding) && offset) {
14010 offsv = newSViv(*offset);
14012 mPUSHp(tstr, tlen);
14014 call_method("cat_decode", G_SCALAR);
14016 ret = SvTRUE(TOPs);
14017 *offset = SvIV(offsv);
14023 Perl_croak(aTHX_ "Invalid argument to sv_cat_decode");
14028 /* ---------------------------------------------------------------------
14030 * support functions for report_uninit()
14033 /* the maxiumum size of array or hash where we will scan looking
14034 * for the undefined element that triggered the warning */
14036 #define FUV_MAX_SEARCH_SIZE 1000
14038 /* Look for an entry in the hash whose value has the same SV as val;
14039 * If so, return a mortal copy of the key. */
14042 S_find_hash_subscript(pTHX_ const HV *const hv, const SV *const val)
14048 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_FIND_HASH_SUBSCRIPT;
14050 if (!hv || SvMAGICAL(hv) || !HvARRAY(hv) ||
14051 (HvTOTALKEYS(hv) > FUV_MAX_SEARCH_SIZE))
14054 array = HvARRAY(hv);
14056 for (i=HvMAX(hv); i>=0; i--) {
14058 for (entry = array[i]; entry; entry = HeNEXT(entry)) {
14059 if (HeVAL(entry) != val)
14061 if ( HeVAL(entry) == &PL_sv_undef ||
14062 HeVAL(entry) == &PL_sv_placeholder)
14066 if (HeKLEN(entry) == HEf_SVKEY)
14067 return sv_mortalcopy(HeKEY_sv(entry));
14068 return sv_2mortal(newSVhek(HeKEY_hek(entry)));
14074 /* Look for an entry in the array whose value has the same SV as val;
14075 * If so, return the index, otherwise return -1. */
14078 S_find_array_subscript(pTHX_ const AV *const av, const SV *const val)
14082 PERL_ARGS_ASSERT_FIND_ARRAY_SUBSCRIPT;
14084 if (!av || SvMAGICAL(av) || !AvARRAY(av) ||
14085 (AvFILLp(av) > FUV_MAX_SEARCH_SIZE))
14088 if (val != &PL_sv_undef) {
14089 SV ** const svp = AvARRAY(av);
14092 for (i=AvFILLp(av); i>=0; i--)
14099 /* varname(): return the name of a variable, optionally with a subscript.
14100 * If gv is non-zero, use the name of that global, along with gvtype (one
14101 * of "$", "@", "%"); otherwise use the name of the lexical at pad offset
14102 * targ. Depending on the value of the subscript_type flag, return:
14105 #define FUV_SUBSCRIPT_NONE 1 /* "@foo" */
14106 #define FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY 2 /* "$foo[aindex]" */
14107 #define FUV_SUBSCRIPT_HASH 3 /* "$foo{keyname}" */
14108 #define FUV_SUBSCRIPT_WITHIN 4 /* "within @foo" */
14111 Perl_varname(pTHX_ const GV *const gv, const char gvtype, PADOFFSET targ,
14112 const SV *const keyname, I32 aindex, int subscript_type)
14115 SV * const name = sv_newmortal();
14116 if (gv && isGV(gv)) {
14118 buffer[0] = gvtype;
14121 /* as gv_fullname4(), but add literal '^' for $^FOO names */
14123 gv_fullname4(name, gv, buffer, 0);
14125 if ((unsigned int)SvPVX(name)[1] <= 26) {
14127 buffer[1] = SvPVX(name)[1] + 'A' - 1;
14129 /* Swap the 1 unprintable control character for the 2 byte pretty
14130 version - ie substr($name, 1, 1) = $buffer; */
14131 sv_insert(name, 1, 1, buffer, 2);
14135 CV * const cv = gv ? ((CV *)gv) : find_runcv(NULL);
14139 assert(!cv || SvTYPE(cv) == SVt_PVCV || SvTYPE(cv) == SVt_PVFM);
14141 if (!cv || !CvPADLIST(cv))
14143 av = *PadlistARRAY(CvPADLIST(cv));
14144 sv = *av_fetch(av, targ, FALSE);
14145 sv_setsv_flags(name, sv, 0);
14148 if (subscript_type == FUV_SUBSCRIPT_HASH) {
14149 SV * const sv = newSV(0);
14150 *SvPVX(name) = '$';
14151 Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ name, "{%s}",
14152 pv_pretty(sv, SvPVX_const(keyname), SvCUR(keyname), 32, NULL, NULL,
14153 PERL_PV_PRETTY_DUMP | PERL_PV_ESCAPE_UNI_DETECT ));
14154 SvREFCNT_dec_NN(sv);
14156 else if (subscript_type == FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY) {
14157 *SvPVX(name) = '$';
14158 Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ name, "[%"IVdf"]", (IV)aindex);
14160 else if (subscript_type == FUV_SUBSCRIPT_WITHIN) {
14161 /* We know that name has no magic, so can use 0 instead of SV_GMAGIC */
14162 Perl_sv_insert_flags(aTHX_ name, 0, 0, STR_WITH_LEN("within "), 0);
14170 =for apidoc find_uninit_var
14172 Find the name of the undefined variable (if any) that caused the operator
14173 to issue a "Use of uninitialized value" warning.
14174 If match is true, only return a name if its value matches uninit_sv.
14175 So roughly speaking, if a unary operator (such as OP_COS) generates a
14176 warning, then following the direct child of the op may yield an
14177 OP_PADSV or OP_GV that gives the name of the undefined variable. On the
14178 other hand, with OP_ADD there are two branches to follow, so we only print
14179 the variable name if we get an exact match.
14181 The name is returned as a mortal SV.
14183 Assumes that PL_op is the op that originally triggered the error, and that
14184 PL_comppad/PL_curpad points to the currently executing pad.
14190 S_find_uninit_var(pTHX_ const OP *const obase, const SV *const uninit_sv,
14196 const OP *o, *o2, *kid;
14198 if (!obase || (match && (!uninit_sv || uninit_sv == &PL_sv_undef ||
14199 uninit_sv == &PL_sv_placeholder)))
14202 switch (obase->op_type) {
14209 const bool pad = ( obase->op_type == OP_PADAV
14210 || obase->op_type == OP_PADHV
14211 || obase->op_type == OP_PADRANGE
14214 const bool hash = ( obase->op_type == OP_PADHV
14215 || obase->op_type == OP_RV2HV
14216 || (obase->op_type == OP_PADRANGE
14217 && SvTYPE(PAD_SVl(obase->op_targ)) == SVt_PVHV)
14221 int subscript_type = FUV_SUBSCRIPT_WITHIN;
14223 if (pad) { /* @lex, %lex */
14224 sv = PAD_SVl(obase->op_targ);
14228 if (cUNOPx(obase)->op_first->op_type == OP_GV) {
14229 /* @global, %global */
14230 gv = cGVOPx_gv(cUNOPx(obase)->op_first);
14233 sv = hash ? MUTABLE_SV(GvHV(gv)): MUTABLE_SV(GvAV(gv));
14235 else if (obase == PL_op) /* @{expr}, %{expr} */
14236 return find_uninit_var(cUNOPx(obase)->op_first,
14238 else /* @{expr}, %{expr} as a sub-expression */
14242 /* attempt to find a match within the aggregate */
14244 keysv = find_hash_subscript((const HV*)sv, uninit_sv);
14246 subscript_type = FUV_SUBSCRIPT_HASH;
14249 index = find_array_subscript((const AV *)sv, uninit_sv);
14251 subscript_type = FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY;
14254 if (match && subscript_type == FUV_SUBSCRIPT_WITHIN)
14257 return varname(gv, hash ? '%' : '@', obase->op_targ,
14258 keysv, index, subscript_type);
14262 if (cUNOPx(obase)->op_first->op_type == OP_GV) {
14264 gv = cGVOPx_gv(cUNOPx(obase)->op_first);
14265 if (!gv || !GvSTASH(gv))
14267 if (match && (GvSV(gv) != uninit_sv))
14269 return varname(gv, '$', 0, NULL, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_NONE);
14272 return find_uninit_var(cUNOPx(obase)->op_first, uninit_sv, 1);
14275 if (match && PAD_SVl(obase->op_targ) != uninit_sv)
14277 return varname(NULL, '$', obase->op_targ,
14278 NULL, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_NONE);
14281 gv = cGVOPx_gv(obase);
14282 if (!gv || (match && GvSV(gv) != uninit_sv) || !GvSTASH(gv))
14284 return varname(gv, '$', 0, NULL, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_NONE);
14286 case OP_AELEMFAST_LEX:
14289 AV *av = MUTABLE_AV(PAD_SV(obase->op_targ));
14290 if (!av || SvRMAGICAL(av))
14292 svp = av_fetch(av, (I32)obase->op_private, FALSE);
14293 if (!svp || *svp != uninit_sv)
14296 return varname(NULL, '$', obase->op_targ,
14297 NULL, (I32)obase->op_private, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY);
14300 gv = cGVOPx_gv(obase);
14305 AV *const av = GvAV(gv);
14306 if (!av || SvRMAGICAL(av))
14308 svp = av_fetch(av, (I32)obase->op_private, FALSE);
14309 if (!svp || *svp != uninit_sv)
14312 return varname(gv, '$', 0,
14313 NULL, (I32)obase->op_private, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY);
14318 o = cUNOPx(obase)->op_first;
14319 if (!o || o->op_type != OP_NULL ||
14320 ! (o->op_targ == OP_AELEM || o->op_targ == OP_HELEM))
14322 return find_uninit_var(cBINOPo->op_last, uninit_sv, match);
14327 bool negate = FALSE;
14329 if (PL_op == obase)
14330 /* $a[uninit_expr] or $h{uninit_expr} */
14331 return find_uninit_var(cBINOPx(obase)->op_last, uninit_sv, match);
14334 o = cBINOPx(obase)->op_first;
14335 kid = cBINOPx(obase)->op_last;
14337 /* get the av or hv, and optionally the gv */
14339 if (o->op_type == OP_PADAV || o->op_type == OP_PADHV) {
14340 sv = PAD_SV(o->op_targ);
14342 else if ((o->op_type == OP_RV2AV || o->op_type == OP_RV2HV)
14343 && cUNOPo->op_first->op_type == OP_GV)
14345 gv = cGVOPx_gv(cUNOPo->op_first);
14349 == OP_RV2HV ? MUTABLE_SV(GvHV(gv)) : MUTABLE_SV(GvAV(gv));
14354 if (kid && kid->op_type == OP_NEGATE) {
14356 kid = cUNOPx(kid)->op_first;
14359 if (kid && kid->op_type == OP_CONST && SvOK(cSVOPx_sv(kid))) {
14360 /* index is constant */
14363 kidsv = sv_2mortal(newSVpvs("-"));
14364 sv_catsv(kidsv, cSVOPx_sv(kid));
14367 kidsv = cSVOPx_sv(kid);
14371 if (obase->op_type == OP_HELEM) {
14372 HE* he = hv_fetch_ent(MUTABLE_HV(sv), kidsv, 0, 0);
14373 if (!he || HeVAL(he) != uninit_sv)
14377 SV * const * const svp = av_fetch(MUTABLE_AV(sv),
14378 negate ? - SvIV(cSVOPx_sv(kid)) : SvIV(cSVOPx_sv(kid)),
14380 if (!svp || *svp != uninit_sv)
14384 if (obase->op_type == OP_HELEM)
14385 return varname(gv, '%', o->op_targ,
14386 kidsv, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_HASH);
14388 return varname(gv, '@', o->op_targ, NULL,
14389 negate ? - SvIV(cSVOPx_sv(kid)) : SvIV(cSVOPx_sv(kid)),
14390 FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY);
14393 /* index is an expression;
14394 * attempt to find a match within the aggregate */
14395 if (obase->op_type == OP_HELEM) {
14396 SV * const keysv = find_hash_subscript((const HV*)sv, uninit_sv);
14398 return varname(gv, '%', o->op_targ,
14399 keysv, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_HASH);
14403 = find_array_subscript((const AV *)sv, uninit_sv);
14405 return varname(gv, '@', o->op_targ,
14406 NULL, index, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_ARRAY);
14411 (o->op_type == OP_PADAV || o->op_type == OP_RV2AV)
14413 o->op_targ, NULL, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_WITHIN);
14419 /* only examine RHS */
14420 return find_uninit_var(cBINOPx(obase)->op_first, uninit_sv, match);
14423 o = cUNOPx(obase)->op_first;
14424 if ( o->op_type == OP_PUSHMARK
14425 || (o->op_type == OP_NULL && o->op_targ == OP_PUSHMARK)
14429 if (!o->op_sibling) {
14430 /* one-arg version of open is highly magical */
14432 if (o->op_type == OP_GV) { /* open FOO; */
14434 if (match && GvSV(gv) != uninit_sv)
14436 return varname(gv, '$', 0,
14437 NULL, 0, FUV_SUBSCRIPT_NONE);
14439 /* other possibilities not handled are:
14440 * open $x; or open my $x; should return '${*$x}'
14441 * open expr; should return '$'.expr ideally
14447 /* ops where $_ may be an implicit arg */
14452 if ( !(obase->op_flags & OPf_STACKED)) {
14453 if (uninit_sv == ((obase->op_private & OPpTARGET_MY)
14454 ? PAD_SVl(obase->op_targ)
14457 sv = sv_newmortal();
14458 sv_setpvs(sv, "$_");
14467 match = 1; /* print etc can return undef on defined args */
14468 /* skip filehandle as it can't produce 'undef' warning */
14469 o = cUNOPx(obase)->op_first;
14470 if ((obase->op_flags & OPf_STACKED)
14472 ( o->op_type == OP_PUSHMARK
14473 || (o->op_type == OP_NULL && o->op_targ == OP_PUSHMARK)))
14474 o = o->op_sibling->op_sibling;
14478 case OP_ENTEREVAL: /* could be eval $undef or $x='$undef'; eval $x */
14479 case OP_CUSTOM: /* XS or custom code could trigger random warnings */
14481 /* the following ops are capable of returning PL_sv_undef even for
14482 * defined arg(s) */
14501 case OP_GETPEERNAME:
14549 case OP_SMARTMATCH:
14558 /* XXX tmp hack: these two may call an XS sub, and currently
14559 XS subs don't have a SUB entry on the context stack, so CV and
14560 pad determination goes wrong, and BAD things happen. So, just
14561 don't try to determine the value under those circumstances.
14562 Need a better fix at dome point. DAPM 11/2007 */
14568 GV * const gv = gv_fetchpvs(".", GV_NOTQUAL, SVt_PV);
14569 if (gv && GvSV(gv) == uninit_sv)
14570 return newSVpvs_flags("$.", SVs_TEMP);
14575 /* def-ness of rval pos() is independent of the def-ness of its arg */
14576 if ( !(obase->op_flags & OPf_MOD))
14581 if (SvROK(PL_rs) && uninit_sv == SvRV(PL_rs))
14582 return newSVpvs_flags("${$/}", SVs_TEMP);
14587 if (!(obase->op_flags & OPf_KIDS))
14589 o = cUNOPx(obase)->op_first;
14595 /* This loop checks all the kid ops, skipping any that cannot pos-
14596 * sibly be responsible for the uninitialized value; i.e., defined
14597 * constants and ops that return nothing. If there is only one op
14598 * left that is not skipped, then we *know* it is responsible for
14599 * the uninitialized value. If there is more than one op left, we
14600 * have to look for an exact match in the while() loop below.
14601 * Note that we skip padrange, because the individual pad ops that
14602 * it replaced are still in the tree, so we work on them instead.
14605 for (kid=o; kid; kid = kid->op_sibling) {
14607 const OPCODE type = kid->op_type;
14608 if ( (type == OP_CONST && SvOK(cSVOPx_sv(kid)))
14609 || (type == OP_NULL && ! (kid->op_flags & OPf_KIDS))
14610 || (type == OP_PUSHMARK)
14611 || (type == OP_PADRANGE)
14615 if (o2) { /* more than one found */
14622 return find_uninit_var(o2, uninit_sv, match);
14624 /* scan all args */
14626 sv = find_uninit_var(o, uninit_sv, 1);
14638 =for apidoc report_uninit
14640 Print appropriate "Use of uninitialized variable" warning.
14646 Perl_report_uninit(pTHX_ const SV *uninit_sv)
14650 SV* varname = NULL;
14651 if (uninit_sv && PL_curpad) {
14652 varname = find_uninit_var(PL_op, uninit_sv,0);
14654 sv_insert(varname, 0, 0, " ", 1);
14656 /* diag_listed_as: Use of uninitialized value%s */
14657 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED), PL_warn_uninit_sv,
14658 SVfARG(varname ? varname : &PL_sv_no),
14659 " in ", OP_DESC(PL_op));
14662 Perl_warner(aTHX_ packWARN(WARN_UNINITIALIZED), PL_warn_uninit,
14668 * c-indentation-style: bsd
14669 * c-basic-offset: 4
14670 * indent-tabs-mode: nil
14673 * ex: set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et: